]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - lisp/ldefs-boot.el
If ps-lpr-switches is not a list, force it to be one.
[gnu-emacs] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (18177 871))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9
10 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
12
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
15
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
30
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
32
33 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
35
36 \(fn)" t nil)
37
38 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
40
41 \(fn)" t nil)
42
43 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
45
46 \(fn)" t nil)
47
48 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
50 Mutate the result.
51
52 \(fn)" t nil)
53
54 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
56
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
61
62 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
63
64 ;;;***
65 \f
66 ;;;### (autoloads nil "abbrev" "abbrev.el" (18177 854))
67 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrev.el
68 (put 'abbrev-mode 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
69
70 ;;;***
71 \f
72 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
73 ;;;;;; (18177 854))
74 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
75
76 (autoload 'list-one-abbrev-table "abbrevlist" "\
77 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
78
79 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil)
80
81 ;;;***
82 \f
83 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
84 ;;;;;; (18190 35204))
85 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
86
87 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
88 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
89 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
90 extensions.
91 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
92 the file name.
93
94 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
95
96 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
97 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
98
99 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
100 \\{ada-mode-map}
101
102 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
103 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
104
105 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
106 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
107
108 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
109 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
110
111 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
112
113 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
114 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
115
116 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
117 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
118
119 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
120 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
121 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
122 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
123 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
124
125 If you use imenu.el:
126 Display index-menu of functions and procedures '\\[imenu]'
127
128 If you use find-file.el:
129 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
130 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
131 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
132 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
133 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
134
135 If you use ada-xref.el:
136 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
137 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
138 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
139
140 \(fn)" t nil)
141
142 ;;;***
143 \f
144 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
145 ;;;;;; (18177 871))
146 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
147
148 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
149 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
150
151 \(fn)" t nil)
152
153 ;;;***
154 \f
155 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
156 ;;;;;; (18177 871))
157 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
158
159 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
160 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
161 Completion is available.
162
163 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
164
165 ;;;***
166 \f
167 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
168 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
169 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
170 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "add-log.el" (18190
171 ;;;;;; 35183))
172 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
173
174 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
175 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
176 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
177 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
178
179 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
180
181 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
182 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
183 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
184
185 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
186
187 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
188 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
189 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
190 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
191 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
192 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
193
194 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
195
196 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
197 Prompt for a change log name.
198
199 \(fn)" nil nil)
200
201 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
202 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
203
204 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
205 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
206 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
207 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
208
209 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
210 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
211 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
212
213 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
214 current buffer to the complete file name.
215 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
216
217 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
218
219 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
220 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
221 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
222 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
223
224 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
225 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
226
227 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
228
229 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
230 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
231 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
232
233 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
234 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
235 the same person.
236
237 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
238 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
239 notices.
240
241 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
242 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
243
244 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
245
246 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
247 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
248 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
249 the change log file in another window.
250
251 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
252 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
253
254 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
255 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
256 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
257 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
258 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
259 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
260 \\{change-log-mode-map}
261
262 \(fn)" t nil)
263
264 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes '(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode) "\
265 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
266
267 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes '(c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode) "\
268 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
269
270 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes '(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode) "\
271 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
272
273 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
274 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
275
276 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
277 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
278
279 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
280 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
281 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
282 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
283 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
284
285 Has a preference of looking backwards.
286
287 \(fn)" nil nil)
288
289 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
290 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
291 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
292 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
293 or a buffer.
294
295 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
296 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
297
298 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
299
300 ;;;***
301 \f
302 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
303 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
304 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (18190 35187))
305 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
306
307 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
308 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
309 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
310 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
311 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
312 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
313 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
314 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
315 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
316 interpreted as `error'.")
317
318 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
319
320 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
321 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
322 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
323 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
324 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
325 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
326 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
327 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
328
329 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
330
331 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
332 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
333
334 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
335
336 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
337 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
338
339 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
340
341 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
342 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
343 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
344 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
345 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
346 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
347 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
348 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
349 will be overwritten with the new one.
350 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
351 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
352 will clear the cache.
353
354 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
355
356 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
357 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
358 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
359 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
360 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
361 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
362 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
363 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
364 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
365 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
366 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
367 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
368 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
369 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
370 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
371 definition will always be cached for later usage.
372
373 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
374
375 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
376 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
377 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
378
379 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
380 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
381 BODY...)
382
383 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
384 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
385 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
386 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
387 see also `ad-add-advice'.
388 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
389 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
390 before/around/after-advices will be used.
391 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
392 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
393 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
394 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
395 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
396 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
397
398 Semantics of the various flags:
399 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
400 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
401 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
402
403 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
404 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
405
406 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
407 advised function should be compiled.
408
409 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
410 during activation until somebody enables it.
411
412 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
413 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
414 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
415 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
416
417 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
418 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
419 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
420 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
421 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
422 during preloading.
423
424 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
425
426 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
427
428 ;;;***
429 \f
430 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
431 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
432 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (18177 854))
433 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
434
435 (autoload 'align "align" "\
436 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
437 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
438 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
439 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
440 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
441 rule's `separate' attribute).
442
443 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
444 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
445 `separate' attribute set.
446
447 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
448 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
449 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
450 on the format of these lists.
451
452 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
453
454 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
455 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
456 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
457 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
458 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
459 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
460 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
461 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
462 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
463 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
464 options.
465
466 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
467 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
468
469 Fred (123) 456-7890
470 Alice (123) 456-7890
471 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
472 Joe (123) 456-7890
473
474 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
475 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
476 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
477
478 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
479
480 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
481 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
482 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
483 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
484 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
485 align that section.
486
487 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
488
489 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
490 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
491 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
492 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
493 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
494 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
495 been used to align that section.
496
497 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
498
499 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
500 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
501 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
502 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
503 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
504 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
505 to be colored.
506
507 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
508
509 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
510 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
511
512 \(fn)" t nil)
513
514 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
515 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
516
517 \(fn)" t nil)
518
519 ;;;***
520 \f
521 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
522 ;;;;;; (18190 35183))
523 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
524
525 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
526
527 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
528
529 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
530
531 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
532
533 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
534
535 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
536
537 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
538
539 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
540
541 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
542
543 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
544
545 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
546
547 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
548
549 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
550
551 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
552
553 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
554
555 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
556
557 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
558 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
559 \\<allout-mode-map>
560
561 Optional prefix argument TOGGLE forces the mode to re-initialize
562 if it is positive, otherwise it turns the mode off. Allout
563 outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
564
565 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
566 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
567 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
568 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
569 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
570 outline.)
571
572 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
573
574 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
575 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
576 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
577 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
578 - easy topic encryption and decryption
579 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
580 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
581 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
582
583 and many other features.
584
585 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
586 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
587 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
588 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
589 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
590
591 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
592 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
593 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
594 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
595 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
596 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" - then you can invoke allout
597 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
598 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
599
600 Exposure Control:
601 ----------------
602 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
603 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
604 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
605 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
606 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
607
608 Navigation:
609 ----------
610 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
611 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
612 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
613 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
614 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
615 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
616 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
617 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' - like regular beginning-of-line, but
618 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
619 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
620
621
622 Topic Header Production:
623 -----------------------
624 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
625 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
626 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
627
628 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
629 ---------------------------------
630 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
631 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
632 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
633 current topic
634 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
635 its' offspring - distinctive bullets are not changed, others
636 are alternated according to nesting depth.
637 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings -
638 the offspring are not affected.
639 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
640
641 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
642 ----------------------------------
643 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
644 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
645 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
646 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
647 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
648 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
649 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
650 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
651
652 Topic-oriented Encryption:
653 -------------------------
654 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
655 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
656
657 Misc commands:
658 -------------
659 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
660 and establish a default file-var setting
661 for `allout-layout'.
662 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
663 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
664 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
665 buffer with name derived from derived from that
666 of current buffer - \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
667 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
668 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
669 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
670 format.
671 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
672 auto-activation.
673
674 Topic Encryption
675
676 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
677 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
678 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
679 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
680
681 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
682 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
683 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
684 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
685
686 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
687 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
688 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
689 pitfalls.
690
691 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
692 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
693 for details.
694
695 HOT-SPOT Operation
696
697 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
698 navigation and exposure control.
699
700 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
701 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
702 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
703 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
704 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
705
706 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
707 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
708 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
709 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
710 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
711
712 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]]) is
713 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
714 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
715 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
716 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
717 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
718 at the beginning of the current entry.
719
720 Extending Allout
721
722 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
723 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
724 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
725
726 `allout-mode-hook'
727 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
728 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
729 `allout-structure-added-hook'
730 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
731 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
732
733 Terminology
734
735 Topic hierarchy constituents - TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
736
737 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
738 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
739 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
740 CURRENT ITEM:
741 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
742 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
743 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
744 called the:
745 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
746
747 ANCESTORS:
748 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
749 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
750 of the ITEM.
751 OFFSPRING:
752 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
753 SUBTOPIC:
754 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
755 CHILD:
756 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
757 SIBLINGS:
758 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
759
760 Topic text constituents:
761
762 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
763 text.
764 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
765 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
766 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
767 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
768 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
769 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
770 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
771 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
772 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
773 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
774 the PREFIX.
775
776 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
777 of the ITEM.
778 PREFIX-LEAD:
779 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
780 It can be customized by changing the setting of
781 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
782
783 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
784 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
785 program code without interfering with processing of the text
786 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
787 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
788 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
789 docstring for more detail.
790 PREFIX-PADDING:
791 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
792 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
793 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
794 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
795 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
796 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
797 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
798 provide a universal argugment (\\[universal-argument]) to the
799 TOPIC creation command, or when explictly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
800 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
801 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
802 more details.
803 EXPOSURE:
804 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
805 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
806 CONCEALED:
807 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
808 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
809
810 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
811 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
812 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
813
814 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
815
816 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
817
818 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
819 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
820
821 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
822 setup for auto-startup.
823
824 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
825
826 ;;;***
827 \f
828 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
829 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (18190 35202))
830 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
831
832 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
833
834 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
835 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
836 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
837 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
838 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
839 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
840
841 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
842
843 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
844 Not documented
845
846 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
847
848 ;;;***
849 \f
850 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
851 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (18177 871))
852 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
853
854 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
855 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
856 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
857 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
858 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
859 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
860 in the current window.
861
862 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
863
864 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
865 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
866 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
867
868 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
869
870 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
871 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
872 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
873
874 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
875
876 ;;;***
877 \f
878 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
879 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (18190 35183))
880 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
881
882 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
883 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
884
885 \(fn)" t nil)
886
887 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
888 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
889
890 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
891 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
892 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
893 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
894
895 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
896 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
897
898 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
899
900 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
901
902 ;;;***
903 \f
904 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
905 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (18177 871))
906 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
907
908 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
909 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
910 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
911 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
912 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
913 \\[yank].
914
915 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
916 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
917 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
918 the rules.
919
920 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
921 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
922 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
923 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
924
925 \(fn)" t nil)
926
927 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
928 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
929 \\{antlr-mode-map}
930
931 \(fn)" t nil)
932
933 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
934 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
935 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
936
937 \(fn)" nil nil)
938
939 ;;;***
940 \f
941 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add
942 ;;;;;; appt-display-diary appt-display-duration appt-display-mode-line
943 ;;;;;; appt-msg-window appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time
944 ;;;;;; appt-issue-message) "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (18177 855))
945 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
946
947 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
948 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
949 To be detected, the diary entry must have the format described in the
950 documentation of the function `appt-check'.")
951
952 (custom-autoload 'appt-issue-message "appt" t)
953
954 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
955 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
956
957 (custom-autoload 'appt-message-warning-time "appt" t)
958
959 (defvar appt-audible t "\
960 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
961
962 (custom-autoload 'appt-audible "appt" t)
963
964 (defvar appt-visible t "\
965 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.
966 This variable is only relevant if `appt-msg-window' is nil.")
967
968 (custom-autoload 'appt-visible "appt" t)
969
970 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
971 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.
972 If non-nil, this variable overrides `appt-visible'.")
973
974 (custom-autoload 'appt-msg-window "appt" t)
975
976 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
977 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.
978 This is in addition to any other display of appointment messages.")
979
980 (custom-autoload 'appt-display-mode-line "appt" t)
981
982 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
983 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.
984 Only relevant if reminders are to be displayed in their own window.")
985
986 (custom-autoload 'appt-display-duration "appt" t)
987
988 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
989 *Non-nil displays the diary when the appointment list is first initialized.
990 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
991
992 (custom-autoload 'appt-display-diary "appt" t)
993
994 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
995 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
996 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
997
998 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
999
1000 (autoload 'appt-delete "appt" "\
1001 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
1002
1003 \(fn)" t nil)
1004
1005 (autoload 'appt-make-list "appt" "\
1006 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
1007 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
1008 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
1009 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
1010 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
1011 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
1012
1013 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this
1014 function.
1015
1016 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
1017 appointment package (if it is not already active).
1018
1019 \(fn)" nil nil)
1020
1021 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1022 Toggle checking of appointments.
1023 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1024 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1025
1026 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1027
1028 ;;;***
1029 \f
1030 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
1031 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-read-pattern) "apropos"
1032 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (18177 855))
1033 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1034
1035 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1036 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1037 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1038 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1039
1040 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1041 kind of objects to search.
1042
1043 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1044
1045 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1046 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1047 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1048 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1049 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1050 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1051
1052 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1053 normal variables.
1054
1055 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1056
1057 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1058
1059 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1060 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1061 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1062 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1063 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1064 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1065
1066 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1067 noninteractive functions.
1068
1069 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1070 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1071
1072 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1073 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1074
1075 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1076
1077 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1078 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1079
1080 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1081
1082 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1083 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1084 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1085 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1086
1087 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1088 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1089 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1090 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1091
1092 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1093 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1094
1095 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1096
1097 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1098
1099 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1100 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1101 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1102 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1103 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1104 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1105
1106 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1107 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1108 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1109
1110 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1111
1112 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1113 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1114 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1115 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1116 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1117 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1118
1119 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1120 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1121 bindings.
1122 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1123
1124 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1125
1126 ;;;***
1127 \f
1128 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (18190
1129 ;;;;;; 35184))
1130 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1131
1132 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1133 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1134 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1135 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1136 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1137 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1138
1139 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1140 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1141 archive.
1142
1143 \\{archive-mode-map}
1144
1145 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1146
1147 ;;;***
1148 \f
1149 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (18177 855))
1150 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1151
1152 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1153 Major mode for editing arrays.
1154
1155 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1156 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1157 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1158
1159 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1160
1161 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1162 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1163 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1164
1165 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1166 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1167 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1168 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1169 The variables are:
1170
1171 Variables you assign:
1172 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1173 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1174 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1175 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1176 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1177 row numbers in the buffer.
1178
1179 Variables which are calculated:
1180 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1181 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1182
1183 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1184 take a numeric prefix argument):
1185
1186 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1187 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1188 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1189 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1190
1191 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1192 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1193 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1194 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1195
1196 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1197 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1198 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1199 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1200
1201 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1202 between that of point and mark.
1203
1204 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1205 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1206
1207 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1208 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1209 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1210 newlines inside rows)
1211
1212 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1213
1214 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1215
1216 \(fn)" t nil)
1217
1218 ;;;***
1219 \f
1220 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (18190
1221 ;;;;;; 35208))
1222 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1223
1224 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1225 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
1226 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
1227 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1228
1229 How to quit artist mode
1230
1231 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1232
1233
1234 How to submit a bug report
1235
1236 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1237
1238
1239 Drawing with the mouse:
1240
1241 mouse-2
1242 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1243 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1244 below).
1245
1246 mouse-1
1247 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1248 or pastes:
1249
1250 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1251 --------------------------------------------------------------
1252 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1253 to new point
1254 --------------------------------------------------------------
1255 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1256 --------------------------------------------------------------
1257 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1258 --------------------------------------------------------------
1259 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1260 --------------------------------------------------------------
1261 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1262 --------------------------------------------------------------
1263 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1264 --------------------------------------------------------------
1265 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1266 --------------------------------------------------------------
1267 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1268 --------------------------------------------------------------
1269 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1270 lines
1271 --------------------------------------------------------------
1272 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1273 --------------------------------------------------------------
1274 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1275 --------------------------------------------------------------
1276 Paste Paste Paste
1277 --------------------------------------------------------------
1278 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1279 --------------------------------------------------------------
1280
1281 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1282 or diagonally.
1283
1284 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1285 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1286 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1287 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1288 poly-lines.
1289
1290 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1291 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1292 overwrite means the opposite.
1293
1294 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1295 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1296 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1297
1298 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1299
1300 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1301 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1302
1303 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1304 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1305 are currently drawing something.
1306
1307 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1308 some time to fill.
1309
1310
1311 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1312 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1313
1314
1315 Settings
1316
1317 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1318
1319 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1320
1321 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1322
1323 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1324
1325 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1326 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1327
1328 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
1329
1330
1331 Drawing with keys
1332
1333 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1334 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1335 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1336 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1337 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1338 When pasting: Pastes
1339
1340 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1341
1342 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1343
1344 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
1345 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
1346 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
1347 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1348 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1349 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1350
1351
1352 Arrows
1353
1354 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1355 of the line/poly-line
1356
1357 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1358 of the line/poly-line
1359
1360
1361 Selecting operation
1362
1363 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1364
1365 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1366 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1367 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1368 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1369 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1370 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1371 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1372 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1373 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1374 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1375 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1376 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1377 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1378 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1379 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1380 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1381 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1382 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1383 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1384 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1385
1386
1387 Variables
1388
1389 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1390 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1391
1392 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1393 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1394 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1395 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1396 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1397 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1398 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1399 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1400 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1401 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1402 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1403 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1404 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1405 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1406 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1407 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1408 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1409 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1410 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1411
1412 Hooks
1413
1414 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1415 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1416
1417
1418 Keymap summary
1419
1420 \\{artist-mode-map}
1421
1422 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1423
1424 ;;;***
1425 \f
1426 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (18177
1427 ;;;;;; 872))
1428 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1429
1430 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1431 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1432 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1433
1434 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1435 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1436 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1437 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1438
1439 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1440 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1441
1442 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1443 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1444
1445 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1446
1447 Special commands:
1448 \\{asm-mode-map}
1449
1450 \(fn)" t nil)
1451
1452 ;;;***
1453 \f
1454 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
1455 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
1456 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
1457
1458 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
1459 Obsolete.")
1460
1461 (custom-autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" t)
1462
1463 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
1464 This command is obsolete.
1465
1466 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
1467
1468 ;;;***
1469 \f
1470 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1471 ;;;;;; (18177 855))
1472 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1473
1474 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1475 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1476 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1477
1478 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1479
1480 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1481 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1482 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1483 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1484 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1485 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1486 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1487 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1488 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1489 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1490
1491 For example:
1492 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1493 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1494 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1495 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1496 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1497
1498 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1499
1500 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1501
1502 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1503 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1504 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1505 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1506 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1507 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1508
1509 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1510
1511 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1512 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1513 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1514 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1515 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1516 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1517
1518 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1519
1520 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1521
1522 ;;;***
1523 \f
1524 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1525 ;;;;;; (18190 35204))
1526 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1527
1528 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1529 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1530
1531 \(fn)" t nil)
1532
1533 ;;;***
1534 \f
1535 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1536 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (18190 35184))
1537 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1538
1539 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1540 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1541 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1542
1543 \(fn)" t nil)
1544
1545 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1546 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1547 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1548 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1549
1550 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1551
1552 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1553 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1554 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1555 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1556 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1557 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1558
1559 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1560
1561 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1562 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1563 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1564 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1565
1566 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1567 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1568
1569 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1570
1571 ;;;***
1572 \f
1573 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1574 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1575 ;;;;;; (18177 857))
1576 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1577
1578 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1579
1580 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1581 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1582 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1583 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1584 save the buffer too.
1585
1586 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1587
1588 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1589
1590 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1591 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1592 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1593 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1594 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1595 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1596
1597 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1598 directory or directories specified.
1599
1600 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1601
1602 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1603 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1604 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1605
1606 \(fn)" nil nil)
1607
1608 ;;;***
1609 \f
1610 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1611 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1612 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (18190 35184))
1613 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1614
1615 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1616 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1617
1618 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1619 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1620 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1621 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1622 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1623
1624 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1625
1626 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1627 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1628
1629 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1630 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1631
1632 \(fn)" nil nil)
1633
1634 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1635 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1636 With arg, turn Tail mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
1637
1638 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1639 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1640 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1641 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1642 reflected in the current buffer.
1643
1644 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1645 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1646 writing before you save the file!
1647
1648 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1649
1650 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1651
1652 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1653 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1654
1655 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1656 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1657
1658 \(fn)" nil nil)
1659
1660 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1661 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1662 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1663 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1664 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1665 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1666
1667 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1668
1669 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1670 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1671
1672 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1673 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1674 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1675
1676 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1677
1678 ;;;***
1679 \f
1680 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1681 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (18177 855))
1682 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1683
1684 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1685 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1686 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1687 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1688 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1689
1690 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1691
1692 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1693 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1694 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1695 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1696
1697 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1698 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1699 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1700
1701 Effects of the different modes:
1702 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1703 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1704 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1705 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1706 a random distance & direction.
1707 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1708 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1709 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1710
1711 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1712
1713 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1714 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1715 definition of \"random distance\".)
1716
1717 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1718
1719 ;;;***
1720 \f
1721 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1722 ;;;;;; (18177 857))
1723 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1724
1725 (autoload 'backquote "backquote" "\
1726 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1727
1728 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1729 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1730
1731 For example:
1732
1733 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1734 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1735 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1736 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1737
1738 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1739
1740 \(fn ARG)" nil (quote macro))
1741
1742 (defalias '\` (symbol-function 'backquote))
1743
1744 ;;;***
1745 \f
1746 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1747 ;;;;;; (18177 855))
1748 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1749 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1750
1751 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1752 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1753 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1754 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1755
1756 \(fn)" t nil)
1757
1758 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1759 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1760 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1761 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1762 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1763 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1764
1765 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1766
1767 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1768 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1769 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1770 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1771 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1772 seconds.
1773
1774 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1775
1776 ;;;***
1777 \f
1778 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1779 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (18177 857))
1780 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1781
1782 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1783 Time execution of FORMS.
1784 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1785 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1786 FORMS once.
1787 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1788 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1789 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1790
1791 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1792
1793 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1794 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1795 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1796 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1797 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1798
1799 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1800
1801 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1802 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1803 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1804 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1805 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1806
1807 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1808
1809 ;;;***
1810 \f
1811 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (18177
1812 ;;;;;; 875))
1813 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1814
1815 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1816 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1817
1818 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1819
1820 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1821 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1822 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1823 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1824
1825 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1826 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1827 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1828 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1829 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1830
1831 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1832 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1833
1834
1835 Special information:
1836
1837 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1838
1839 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1840 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1841 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1842 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1843 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1844 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1845 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1846 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1847 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1848 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1849 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1850
1851 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1852 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1853 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1854 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1855 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1856 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1857 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1858 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1859
1860 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1861
1862 ----------------------------------------------------------
1863 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1864 if that value is non-nil.
1865
1866 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1867
1868 \(fn)" t nil)
1869
1870 ;;;***
1871 \f
1872 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1873 ;;;;;; (18190 35208))
1874 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1875 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.bst\\'" . bibtex-style-mode))
1876
1877 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1878 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1879
1880 \(fn)" t nil)
1881
1882 ;;;***
1883 \f
1884 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1885 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el"
1886 ;;;;;; (18177 860))
1887 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1888
1889 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1890
1891 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1892 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1893 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1894
1895 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1896
1897 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1898 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1899
1900 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1901
1902 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1903 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1904
1905 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1906
1907 ;;;***
1908 \f
1909 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (18177
1910 ;;;;;; 871))
1911 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1912
1913 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
1914 Play blackbox.
1915 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1916
1917 What is blackbox?
1918
1919 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1920 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1921 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1922 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1923 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1924 your score.
1925
1926 Overview of play:
1927
1928 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1929 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1930 four.
1931
1932 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1933 movement keys.
1934
1935 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1936 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1937
1938 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1939 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1940
1941 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1942 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1943 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1944 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1945 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1946 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1947
1948 Details:
1949
1950 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1951
1952 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1953 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1954 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1955 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1956
1957 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1958 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1959 denoted by the letter `R'.
1960
1961 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1962 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1963 denoted by the letter `H'.
1964
1965 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1966 example.
1967
1968 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1969 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1970 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1971 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1972 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1973 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1974 ray.
1975
1976 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1977 degree deflection it causes.
1978
1979 1
1980 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1981 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1982 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1983 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1984 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1985 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1986 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1987 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1988 2 3
1989
1990 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1991 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1992
1993
1994 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1995 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1996 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1997 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1998 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1999 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2000 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2001 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2002
2003 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2004 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2005 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2006 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2007 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2008 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2009 emerging from the box.
2010
2011 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2012
2013 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2014 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2015 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2016 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2017 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2018 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2019 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2020 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2021
2022 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2023 a reflection.
2024
2025 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2026
2027 ;;;***
2028 \f
2029 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
2030 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
2031 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump-other-window
2032 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (18190
2033 ;;;;;; 35184))
2034 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2035 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
2036 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
2037 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2038
2039 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
2040 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2041 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2042 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2043 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2044 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2045 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
2046 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
2047 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set) ;"m"ark
2048 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
2049 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump) ;"g"o
2050 (define-key bookmark-map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window)
2051 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
2052 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
2053 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) ;"f"ind
2054 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
2055 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
2056 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
2057 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
2058 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
2059
2060 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2061 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
2062 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
2063 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
2064 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
2065 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
2066 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
2067 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
2068 recent one.
2069
2070 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2071 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2072 yank successive words.
2073
2074 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
2075 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
2076 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
2077 name of the file being visited.
2078
2079 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
2080 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2081 the list of bookmarks.)
2082
2083 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
2084
2085 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2086 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2087 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2088 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2089 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2090 this.
2091
2092 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2093 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2094 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2095 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2096
2097 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2098
2099 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2100 Jump to BOOKMARK (a point in some file) in another window.
2101 See `bookmark-jump'.
2102
2103 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2104
2105 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2106 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2107 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2108 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2109 after a bookmark was set in it.
2110
2111 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2112
2113 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2114 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2115 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2116 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2117
2118 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2119
2120 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2121
2122 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2123 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2124 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2125 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2126
2127 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2128 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2129 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2130
2131 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2132 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2133 name.
2134
2135 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
2136
2137 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2138 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2139 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2140 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2141 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2142 this.
2143
2144 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2145
2146 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2147 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2148 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2149 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2150 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2151 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2152 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2153 probably because we were called from there.
2154
2155 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2156
2157 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2158 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2159 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2160
2161 \(fn)" t nil)
2162
2163 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2164 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2165 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2166 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2167 \(second argument).
2168
2169 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2170 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2171 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2172 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2173 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2174
2175 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2176 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2177 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2178 `bookmark-default-file'.
2179
2180 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2181
2182 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2183 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2184 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2185 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2186 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2187 while loading.
2188
2189 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2190 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2191 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2192 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2193 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2194 explicitly.
2195
2196 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2197 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2198 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2199 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2200
2201 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2202
2203 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2204 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2205 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2206 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2207 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2208
2209 \(fn)" t nil)
2210
2211 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2212
2213 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2214
2215 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] '("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)) (define-key map [write] '("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)) (define-key map [save] '("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)) (define-key map [edit] '("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)) (define-key map [delete] '("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete)) (define-key map [rename] '("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename)) (define-key map [locate] '("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate)) (define-key map [insert] '("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert)) (define-key map [set] '("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set)) (define-key map [jump] '("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump)) map))
2216
2217 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2218
2219 ;;;***
2220 \f
2221 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2222 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
2223 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
2224 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
2225 ;;;;;; browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla
2226 ;;;;;; browse-url-netscape browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse
2227 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2228 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-url-at-point
2229 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program browse-url-browser-function)
2230 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (18190 35202))
2231 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2232
2233 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type '(windows-nt ms-dos cygwin)) 'browse-url-default-windows-browser) ((memq system-type '(darwin)) 'browse-url-default-macosx-browser) (t 'browse-url-default-browser)) "\
2234 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2235 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2236 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2237
2238 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2239 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2240 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2241 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2242 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2243
2244 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2245
2246 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2247 The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2248
2249 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-firefox-program "browse-url" t)
2250
2251 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2252 The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2253
2254 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-galeon-program "browse-url" t)
2255
2256 (autoload 'browse-url-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2257 Not documented
2258
2259 \(fn)" nil nil)
2260
2261 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2262 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2263 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2264 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2265 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2266 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2267
2268 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2269
2270 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2271 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2272 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2273 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2274 narrowed.
2275
2276 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2277
2278 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2279 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2280
2281 \(fn)" t nil)
2282
2283 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2284 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2285
2286 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2287
2288 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2289 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2290 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2291 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2292
2293 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2294
2295 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2296 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2297 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2298 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2299
2300 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2301
2302 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2303 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2304 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2305 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2306 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2307 to use.
2308
2309 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2310
2311 (autoload 'browse-url-default-browser "browse-url" "\
2312 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2313 Default to the URL around or before point.
2314
2315 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2316 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2317 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2318 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2319
2320 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2321 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2322
2323 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2324 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an
2325 xterm, MMM, and then W3.
2326
2327 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2328
2329 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2330 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2331 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2332 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2333
2334 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2335 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2336 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2337 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2338
2339 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2340 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2341 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2342
2343 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2344 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2345
2346 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2347
2348 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2349 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2350 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2351 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2352
2353 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2354 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2355 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2356 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2357
2358 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2359 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2360 new tab in an existing window instead.
2361
2362 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2363 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2364
2365 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2366
2367 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2368 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2369 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2370 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2371 Firefox.
2372
2373 When called interactively, if variable
2374 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2375 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2376 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2377 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2378
2379 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2380 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2381 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2382
2383 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2384 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2385
2386 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2387 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2388 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2389 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2390 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2391 URL in a new window.
2392
2393 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2394
2395 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2396 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2397 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2398 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2399
2400 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2401 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2402 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2403 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2404
2405 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2406 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2407 new tab in an existing window instead.
2408
2409 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2410 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2411
2412 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2413
2414 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2415 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2416
2417 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2418
2419 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2420 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2421 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2422 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2423
2424 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2425 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2426 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2427 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2428
2429 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2430 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2431
2432 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2433
2434 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2435 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2436
2437 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2438 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2439 program is invoked according to the variable
2440 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2441
2442 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2443 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2444 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2445 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2446
2447 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2448 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2449
2450 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2451
2452 (autoload 'browse-url-grail "browse-url" "\
2453 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
2454 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
2455 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2456
2457 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2458
2459 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2460 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2461 Default to the URL around or before point.
2462
2463 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2464 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2465 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2466
2467 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2468 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2469 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2470 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2471
2472 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2473 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2474
2475 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2476
2477 (autoload 'browse-url-iximosaic "browse-url" "\
2478 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2479 Default to the URL around or before point.
2480
2481 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2482
2483 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2484 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2485 Default to the URL around or before point.
2486
2487 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2488 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2489 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2490
2491 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2492 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2493
2494 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2495
2496 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2497 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2498 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2499 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2500
2501 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2502
2503 (autoload 'browse-url-lynx-xterm "browse-url" "\
2504 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2505 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2506 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2507 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2508
2509 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2510
2511 (autoload 'browse-url-lynx-emacs "browse-url" "\
2512 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2513 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2514 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2515
2516 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2517 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2518 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2519 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2520
2521 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2522 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2523
2524 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2525
2526 (autoload 'browse-url-mmm "browse-url" "\
2527 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2528 Default to the URL around or before point.
2529
2530 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2531
2532 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2533 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2534 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2535 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2536 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2537 current one.
2538
2539 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2540 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2541 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2542 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2543
2544 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2545 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2546
2547 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2548
2549 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2550 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2551 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2552 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2553 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2554 don't offer a form of remote control.
2555
2556 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2557
2558 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2559 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2560 Default to the URL around or before point.
2561
2562 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2563
2564 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2565 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2566 Default to the URL around the point.
2567
2568 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2569 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2570
2571 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2572 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2573
2574 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2575
2576 ;;;***
2577 \f
2578 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (18177
2579 ;;;;;; 871))
2580 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2581
2582 (autoload 'bruce "bruce" "\
2583 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2584
2585 \(fn)" t nil)
2586
2587 (autoload 'snarf-bruces "bruce" "\
2588 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2589
2590 \(fn)" nil nil)
2591
2592 ;;;***
2593 \f
2594 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2595 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (18190 35184))
2596 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2597
2598 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2599 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2600 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2601 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2602
2603 \(fn)" t nil)
2604
2605 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2606 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2607 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2608 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2609
2610 \(fn)" t nil)
2611
2612 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2613 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2614
2615 \(fn)" t nil)
2616
2617 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2618 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2619 \\<bs-mode-map>
2620 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2621 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2622 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2623 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2624
2625 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2626 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2627 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2628 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2629 name of buffer configuration.
2630
2631 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2632
2633 ;;;***
2634 \f
2635 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (18190 35204))
2636 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2637
2638 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2639 Play Bubbles game.
2640
2641 \(fn)" t nil)
2642
2643 ;;;***
2644 \f
2645 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2646 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (18190
2647 ;;;;;; 35184))
2648 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2649
2650 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'push-button) (define-key map [mouse-2] 'push-button) map) "\
2651 Keymap used by buttons.")
2652
2653 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] 'forward-button) (define-key map "\e " 'backward-button) (define-key map [backtab] 'backward-button) map) "\
2654 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2655 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2656
2657 (autoload 'define-button-type "button" "\
2658 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2659 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2660 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2661 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2662 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2663
2664 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2665 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2666 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2667 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2668
2669 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2670
2671 (autoload 'make-button "button" "\
2672 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2673 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2674 specifying properties to add to the button.
2675 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2676 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2677 `define-button-type'.
2678
2679 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2680
2681 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2682
2683 (autoload 'insert-button "button" "\
2684 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2685 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2686 specifying properties to add to the button.
2687 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2688 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2689 `define-button-type'.
2690
2691 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2692
2693 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2694
2695 (autoload 'make-text-button "button" "\
2696 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2697 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2698 specifying properties to add to the button.
2699 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2700 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2701 `define-button-type'.
2702
2703 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2704 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2705 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2706 `make-text-button'.
2707
2708 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2709
2710 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2711
2712 (autoload 'insert-text-button "button" "\
2713 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2714 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2715 specifying properties to add to the button.
2716 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2717 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2718 `define-button-type'.
2719
2720 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2721 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2722 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2723 `insert-text-button'.
2724
2725 Also see `make-text-button'.
2726
2727 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2728
2729 ;;;***
2730 \f
2731 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2732 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2733 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2734 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp"
2735 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (18190 35187))
2736 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2737 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2738 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2739 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2740
2741 (autoload 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p "bytecomp" "\
2742 Not documented
2743
2744 \(fn X)" nil nil)
2745
2746 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2747 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2748 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2749
2750 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2751
2752 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2753 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2754 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2755 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2756
2757 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2758 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2759 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2760 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2761 whether to compile it.
2762
2763 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2764
2765 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2766 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2767
2768 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2769 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2770
2771 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2772 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2773 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2774 `byte-compile-dest-file' function (which see).
2775 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2776 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2777
2778 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2779
2780 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2781 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2782 Print the result in the echo area.
2783 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2784
2785 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2786
2787 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2788 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2789 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2790
2791 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2792
2793 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2794 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2795 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2796 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2797 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2798 all functions called by those functions.
2799
2800 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2801 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2802 cons, etc.).
2803
2804 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2805 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2806 invoked interactively.
2807
2808 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2809
2810 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2811 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2812 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2813 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2814
2815 \(fn)" nil nil)
2816
2817 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2818 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2819 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2820 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2821 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2822 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2823 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2824 already up-to-date.
2825
2826 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2827
2828 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2829 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2830 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2831 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2832
2833 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2834 `batch-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2835 and corresponding effects.
2836
2837 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2838
2839 ;;;***
2840 \f
2841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (18177 856))
2842 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2843
2844 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2845
2846 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2847
2848 ;;;***
2849 \f
2850 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2851 ;;;;;; (18190 35185))
2852 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2853
2854 (autoload 'list-yahrzeit-dates "cal-hebrew" "\
2855 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2856 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2857 from the cursor position.
2858
2859 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2860
2861 ;;;***
2862 \f
2863 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2864 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2865 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2866 ;;;;;; (18190 35184))
2867 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2868
2869 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2870 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2871
2872 (custom-autoload 'calc-settings-file "calc" t)
2873 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2874
2875 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2876 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2877
2878 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2879
2880 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2881 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2882
2883 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2884
2885 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2886 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2887
2888 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2889
2890 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2891 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2892
2893 \(fn)" t nil)
2894
2895 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2896 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2897 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2898 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2899
2900 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2901
2902 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2903 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2904 This is most useful in the X window system.
2905 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2906 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2907
2908 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2909
2910 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2911 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2912 See calc-keypad for details.
2913
2914 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2915
2916 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2917 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2918
2919 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2920
2921 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2922 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2923
2924 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2925
2926 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2927 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2928
2929 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2930
2931 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2932 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2933 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2934
2935 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2936
2937 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2938 Not documented
2939
2940 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2941
2942 ;;;***
2943 \f
2944 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (18190
2945 ;;;;;; 35184))
2946 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2947
2948 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2949 Run the Emacs calculator.
2950 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2951
2952 \(fn)" t nil)
2953
2954 ;;;***
2955 \f
2956 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-week-start-day calendar calendar-setup
2957 ;;;;;; solar-holidays bahai-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2958 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2959 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2960 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2961 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2962 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2963 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2964 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2965 ;;;;;; bahai-diary-entry-symbol islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol
2966 ;;;;;; diary-nonmarking-symbol diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2967 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2968 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-bahai-calendar-holidays all-islamic-calendar-holidays
2969 ;;;;;; all-christian-calendar-holidays all-hebrew-calendar-holidays
2970 ;;;;;; mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2971 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2972 ;;;;;; view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset) "calendar"
2973 ;;;;;; "calendar/calendar.el" (18190 35185))
2974 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2975
2976 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2977 The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2978 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2979 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2980 the screen.")
2981
2982 (custom-autoload 'calendar-offset "calendar" t)
2983
2984 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2985 Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry to calendar.
2986 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2987 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2988 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This variable can
2989 be overridden by the value of `calendar-setup'.")
2990
2991 (custom-autoload 'view-diary-entries-initially "calendar" t)
2992
2993 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2994 Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2995 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2996
2997 (custom-autoload 'mark-diary-entries-in-calendar "calendar" t)
2998
2999 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
3000 Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
3001 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
3002
3003 (custom-autoload 'calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting "calendar" t)
3004
3005 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
3006 Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
3007 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
3008 displayed.")
3009
3010 (custom-autoload 'view-calendar-holidays-initially "calendar" t)
3011
3012 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
3013 Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
3014 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
3015
3016 (custom-autoload 'mark-holidays-in-calendar "calendar" t)
3017
3018 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
3019 If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
3020 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
3021
3022 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
3023
3024 (custom-autoload 'all-hebrew-calendar-holidays "calendar" t)
3025
3026 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
3027 If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
3028 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
3029
3030 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
3031 calendar.")
3032
3033 (custom-autoload 'all-christian-calendar-holidays "calendar" t)
3034
3035 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
3036 If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
3037 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
3038
3039 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
3040 calendar.")
3041
3042 (custom-autoload 'all-islamic-calendar-holidays "calendar" t)
3043
3044 (defvar all-bahai-calendar-holidays nil "\
3045 If nil, show only major holidays from the Baha'i calendar.
3046 These are the days on which work and school must be suspended.
3047
3048 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Baha'i
3049 calendar.")
3050
3051 (custom-autoload 'all-bahai-calendar-holidays "calendar" t)
3052
3053 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
3054 List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
3055 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
3056
3057 (custom-autoload 'calendar-load-hook "calendar" t)
3058
3059 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
3060 List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
3061 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
3062 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
3063 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
3064
3065 (custom-autoload 'initial-calendar-window-hook "calendar" t)
3066
3067 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
3068 List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
3069 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
3070 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
3071 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
3072 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
3073 a function is also provided for this:
3074 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
3075
3076 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3077 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3078 date is not visible in the window.
3079
3080 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3081 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3082 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3083
3084 (custom-autoload 'today-visible-calendar-hook "calendar" t)
3085
3086 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
3087 List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
3088
3089 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3090 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3091 date is visible in the window.
3092
3093 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3094 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3095 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3096
3097 (custom-autoload 'today-invisible-calendar-hook "calendar" t)
3098
3099 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
3100 List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
3101
3102 For example,
3103
3104 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (diary-view-entries 1)))
3105
3106 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
3107
3108 (custom-autoload 'calendar-move-hook "calendar" t)
3109
3110 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
3111 Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
3112
3113 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
3114 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
3115
3116 MONTH/DAY
3117 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
3118 MONTHNAME DAY
3119 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
3120 DAYNAME
3121
3122 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
3123 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
3124 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
3125 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
3126 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
3127 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
3128 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
3129 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
3130 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
3131 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
3132 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
3133 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
3134 in every week.
3135
3136 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
3137 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
3138 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
3139 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
3140
3141 DAY/MONTH
3142 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
3143 DAY MONTHNAME
3144 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
3145 DAYNAME
3146
3147 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
3148 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
3149
3150 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
3151 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
3152 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
3153 window but will appear in a diary window.
3154
3155 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
3156 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
3157
3158 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
3159 entries (in the default American style):
3160
3161 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
3162 &1/1. Happy New Year!
3163 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
3164 21: Payday
3165 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
3166 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
3167 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
3168 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
3169 mar 16 Dad's birthday
3170 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
3171 &* 15 time cards due.
3172
3173 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
3174 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
3175 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
3176 single diary entry
3177
3178 02/11/1989
3179 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
3180 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
3181 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
3182 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
3183 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
3184 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
3185
3186 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
3187 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
3188 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
3189
3190 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
3191
3192 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
3193
3194 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through
3195 November 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float',
3196 `diary-anniversary', `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year',
3197 `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', `diary-hebrew-date',
3198 `diary-islamic-date', `diary-bahai-date', `diary-mayan-date',
3199 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
3200 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
3201 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer',
3202 `diary-rosh-hodesh', and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the
3203 documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more
3204 details.
3205
3206 Diary entries based on the Hebrew, the Islamic and/or the Baha'i
3207 calendar are also possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they
3208 are ignored unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and
3209 the `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the
3210 documentation for these functions for details.
3211
3212 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
3213 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3214
3215 (custom-autoload 'diary-file "calendar" t)
3216
3217 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
3218 Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
3219
3220 (custom-autoload 'diary-nonmarking-symbol "calendar" t)
3221
3222 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
3223 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
3224
3225 (custom-autoload 'hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "calendar" t)
3226
3227 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
3228 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
3229
3230 (custom-autoload 'islamic-diary-entry-symbol "calendar" t)
3231
3232 (defvar bahai-diary-entry-symbol "B" "\
3233 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Baha'i calendar.")
3234
3235 (custom-autoload 'bahai-diary-entry-symbol "calendar" t)
3236
3237 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
3238 The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
3239 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
3240
3241 (custom-autoload 'diary-include-string "calendar" t)
3242
3243 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
3244 The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
3245 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
3246
3247 (custom-autoload 'sexp-diary-entry-symbol "calendar" t)
3248
3249 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
3250 Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
3251 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew, Islamic and
3252 Baha'i calendars. If this variable is nil, years must be written in
3253 full.")
3254
3255 (custom-autoload 'abbreviated-calendar-year "calendar" t)
3256
3257 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
3258 Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
3259 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
3260 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
3261 are
3262
3263 DAY/MONTH
3264 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
3265 DAY MONTHNAME
3266 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
3267 DAYNAME
3268
3269 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
3270 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
3271 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period.
3272
3273 Setting this variable directly does not take effect (if the
3274 calendar package is already loaded). Rather, use either
3275 \\[customize] or the functions `european-calendar' and
3276 `american-calendar'.")
3277
3278 (custom-autoload 'european-calendar-style "calendar" nil)
3279
3280 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern '((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W")) "\
3281 List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
3282 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3283
3284 (custom-autoload 'american-date-diary-pattern "calendar" t)
3285
3286 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern '((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W")) "\
3287 List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
3288 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3289
3290 (custom-autoload 'european-date-diary-pattern "calendar" t)
3291
3292 (defvar european-calendar-display-form '((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year) "\
3293 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
3294 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3295
3296 (custom-autoload 'european-calendar-display-form "calendar" t)
3297
3298 (defvar american-calendar-display-form '((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year) "\
3299 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
3300 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3301
3302 (custom-autoload 'american-calendar-display-form "calendar" t)
3303
3304 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook 'lpr-buffer "\
3305 List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
3306 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
3307 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
3308 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
3309 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
3310
3311 (custom-autoload 'print-diary-entries-hook "calendar" t)
3312
3313 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3314 List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
3315 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
3316
3317 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
3318 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
3319 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3320 of the form
3321
3322 #include \"filename\"
3323
3324 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3325 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
3326 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
3327 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3328 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
3329
3330 For example, you could use
3331
3332 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
3333 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
3334 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
3335
3336 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
3337 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
3338 lexicographic order.")
3339
3340 (custom-autoload 'list-diary-entries-hook "calendar" t)
3341
3342 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
3343 List of functions called after the display of the diary.
3344 Can be used for appointment notification.")
3345
3346 (custom-autoload 'diary-hook "calendar" t)
3347
3348 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
3349 List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
3350 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
3351 diary display.
3352
3353 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
3354 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
3355 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
3356 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
3357 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
3358 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
3359 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
3360
3361 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
3362 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
3363 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
3364 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
3365 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
3366 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
3367 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
3368 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
3369
3370 (custom-autoload 'diary-display-hook "calendar" nil)
3371
3372 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
3373 List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
3374 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3375 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3376 `list-hebrew-diary-entries', `list-islamic-diary-entries' and
3377 `list-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3378 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3379
3380 (custom-autoload 'nongregorian-diary-listing-hook "calendar" t)
3381
3382 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3383 List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
3384
3385 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
3386 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
3387 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3388 of the form
3389 #include \"filename\"
3390 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3391 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
3392 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
3393 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3394 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3395
3396 (custom-autoload 'mark-diary-entries-hook "calendar" t)
3397
3398 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3399 List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3400 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3401 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3402 `mark-hebrew-diary-entries', `mark-islamic-diary-entries' and
3403 `mark-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3404 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3405
3406 (custom-autoload 'nongregorian-diary-marking-hook "calendar" t)
3407
3408 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3409 If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3410 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3411 are holidays.")
3412
3413 (custom-autoload 'diary-list-include-blanks "calendar" t)
3414
3415 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3416 Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3417 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3418 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3419 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3420
3421 (custom-autoload 'holidays-in-diary-buffer "calendar" t)
3422
3423 (put 'general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3424
3425 (defvar general-holidays '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving")) "\
3426 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3427 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3428
3429 (custom-autoload 'general-holidays "calendar" t)
3430
3431 (put 'oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3432
3433 (defvar oriental-holidays '((if (fboundp 'atan) (holiday-chinese-new-year))) "\
3434 Oriental holidays.
3435 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3436
3437 (custom-autoload 'oriental-holidays "calendar" t)
3438
3439 (put 'local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3440
3441 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3442 Local holidays.
3443 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3444
3445 (custom-autoload 'local-holidays "calendar" t)
3446
3447 (put 'other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3448
3449 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3450 User defined holidays.
3451 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3452
3453 (custom-autoload 'other-holidays "calendar" t)
3454
3455 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
3456
3457 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 '((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)"))))
3458
3459 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
3460
3461 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 '((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat"))))
3462
3463 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
3464
3465 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 '((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah"))))
3466
3467 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
3468
3469 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 '((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc))))
3470
3471 (put 'hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3472
3473 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3474 Jewish holidays.
3475 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3476
3477 (custom-autoload 'hebrew-holidays "calendar" t)
3478
3479 (put 'christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3480
3481 (defvar christian-holidays '((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc 0 "Easter Sunday") (holiday-easter-etc -2 "Good Friday") (holiday-easter-etc -46 "Ash Wednesday") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -63 "Septuagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -56 "Sexagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -49 "Shrove Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -48 "Shrove Monday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -47 "Shrove Tuesday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -14 "Passion Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -7 "Palm Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -3 "Maundy Thursday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 35 "Rogation Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 39 "Ascension Day")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 49 "Pentecost (Whitsunday)")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 50 "Whitmonday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 56 "Trinity Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 60 "Corpus Christi")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas"))) "\
3482 Christian holidays.
3483 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3484
3485 (custom-autoload 'christian-holidays "calendar" t)
3486
3487 (put 'islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3488
3489 (defvar islamic-holidays '((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))) "\
3490 Islamic holidays.
3491 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3492
3493 (custom-autoload 'islamic-holidays "calendar" t)
3494
3495 (put 'bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3496
3497 (defvar bahai-holidays '((holiday-fixed 3 21 (format "Baha'i New Year (Naw-Ruz) %d" (- displayed-year (1- 1844)))) (holiday-fixed 4 21 "First Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 22 "Second Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 23 "Third Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 24 "Fourth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 25 "Fifth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 26 "Sixth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 27 "Seventh Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 28 "Eighth Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 4 29 "Ninth Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 30 "Tenth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 5 1 "Eleventh Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 5 2 "Twelfth Day of Ridvan") (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha"))) "\
3498 Baha'i holidays.
3499 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3500
3501 (custom-autoload 'bahai-holidays "calendar" t)
3502
3503 (put 'solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3504
3505 (defvar solar-holidays '((if (fboundp 'atan) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require 'cal-dst) t) (funcall 'holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts '(format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp 'atan) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) "")))) (funcall 'holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends '(format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp 'atan) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))) "\
3506 Sun-related holidays.
3507 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3508
3509 (custom-autoload 'solar-holidays "calendar" t)
3510
3511 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3512
3513 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3514 The frame setup of the calendar.
3515 The choices are: `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3516 dedicated frame); `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3517 frames); `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3518 any other value the current frame is used. Using any of the first
3519 three options overrides the value of `view-diary-entries-initially'.")
3520
3521 (custom-autoload 'calendar-setup "calendar" t)
3522
3523 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
3524 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3525 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3526
3527 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3528 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3529
3530 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3531
3532 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
3533 The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
3534 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.
3535
3536 If you change this variable directly (without using customize)
3537 after starting `calendar', you should call `redraw-calendar' to
3538 update the calendar display to reflect the change, otherwise
3539 movement commands will not work correctly.")
3540
3541 (custom-autoload 'calendar-week-start-day "calendar" nil)
3542
3543 ;;;***
3544 \f
3545 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3546 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (18177 860))
3547 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3548
3549 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3550 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3551
3552 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3553
3554 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3555 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3556 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3557 it fails.
3558
3559 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3560
3561 ;;;***
3562 \f
3563 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
3564 ;;;;;; (17928 6535))
3565 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
3566
3567 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3568 Toggle Capitalized- Words mode.
3569
3570 In this minor mode, a word boundary occurs immediately before an
3571 uppercase letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
3572 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
3573 restriction to ASCII.
3574
3575 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3576
3577 capitalizedWorDD
3578 ^ ^ ^^
3579
3580 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3581 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
3582 boundaries in found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
3583
3584 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3585 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
3586 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3587 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3588 the mode hook for programming langauge modes in which you encounter
3589 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
3590 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3591
3592 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3593 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3594
3595 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3596
3597 ;;;***
3598 \f
3599 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (18177
3600 ;;;;;; 872))
3601 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3602 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3603
3604 ;;;***
3605 \f
3606 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3607 ;;;;;; (18177 872))
3608 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3609
3610 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3611 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3612
3613 \(fn)" nil nil)
3614
3615 ;;;***
3616 \f
3617 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3618 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3619 ;;;;;; (18190 35205))
3620 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3621
3622 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3623 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3624 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3625 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3626 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3627 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3628 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3629
3630 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3631
3632 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3633 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3634 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3635 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3636 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3637 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3638 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3639 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3640
3641 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3642 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3643 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3644 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3645 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3646 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3647
3648 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3649
3650 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3651 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3652
3653 Key bindings:
3654 \\{c-mode-map}
3655
3656 \(fn)" t nil)
3657
3658 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3659 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3660
3661 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3662 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3663 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3664 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3665 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3666 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3667 message.
3668
3669 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3670
3671 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3672 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3673
3674 Key bindings:
3675 \\{c++-mode-map}
3676
3677 \(fn)" t nil)
3678
3679 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3680 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3681 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3682
3683 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3684 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3685 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3686 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3687 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3688 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3689 message.
3690
3691 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3692
3693 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3694 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3695
3696 Key bindings:
3697 \\{objc-mode-map}
3698
3699 \(fn)" t nil)
3700
3701 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3702 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3703 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3704
3705 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3706 Major mode for editing Java code.
3707 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3708 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3709 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3710 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3711 message.
3712
3713 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3714
3715 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3716 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3717
3718 Key bindings:
3719 \\{java-mode-map}
3720
3721 \(fn)" t nil)
3722
3723 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3724 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3725 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3726
3727 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3728 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3729 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3730 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3731 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3732 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3733 message.
3734
3735 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3736
3737 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3738 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3739
3740 Key bindings:
3741 \\{idl-mode-map}
3742
3743 \(fn)" t nil)
3744
3745 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3746 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3747 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3748 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3749
3750 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3751 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3752 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3753 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3754 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3755 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3756 message.
3757
3758 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3759
3760 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3761 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3762
3763 Key bindings:
3764 \\{pike-mode-map}
3765
3766 \(fn)" t nil)
3767 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3768 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3769 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3770 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3771 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3772 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3773
3774 ;;;***
3775 \f
3776 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3777 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (18177 872))
3778 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3779
3780 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3781 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3782 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3783 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3784
3785 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3786
3787 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3788 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3789 might get set too.
3790
3791 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3792 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3793 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3794 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3795 way.
3796
3797 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3798 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3799 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3800 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3801 a null operation.
3802
3803 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3804
3805 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3806 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3807 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3808 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3809
3810 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3811
3812 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3813 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3814 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3815
3816 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3817
3818 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3819 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3820 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3821 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3822 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3823
3824 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3825
3826 ;;;***
3827 \f
3828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el" (18177
3829 ;;;;;; 872))
3830 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3831 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys." t)
3832
3833 ;;;***
3834 \f
3835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (18177 872))
3836 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3837 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3838 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3839 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3840
3841 ;;;***
3842 \f
3843 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3844 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3845 ;;;;;; (18177 864))
3846 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3847
3848 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3849 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3850
3851 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3852
3853 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3854 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3855
3856 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3857
3858 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3859 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3860
3861 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3862 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3863 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3864 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3865 execution.
3866
3867 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3868
3869 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3870
3871 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3872 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3873
3874 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3875 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3876 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3877 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3878
3879 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3880 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3881 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3882 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3883 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3884 `write' commands.
3885
3886 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3887 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3888 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3889 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3890
3891 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3892 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3893 semantics.
3894
3895 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3896
3897 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3898
3899 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3900
3901 STATEMENT :=
3902 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3903 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3904
3905 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3906 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3907 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3908 | integer
3909
3910 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3911
3912 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3913 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3914 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3915
3916 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3917 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3918 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3919
3920 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3921 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3922
3923 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3924 BREAK := (break)
3925
3926 REPEAT :=
3927 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3928 (repeat)
3929 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3930 ;; (repeat))
3931 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3932 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3933 ;; (read REG)
3934 ;; (repeat))
3935 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3936 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3937 ;; (read REG)
3938 ;; (repeat))
3939 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3940
3941 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3942 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3943 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3944 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3945 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3946 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3947 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3948 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3949 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3950 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3951 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3952 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3953 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3954 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3955 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3956 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3957
3958 WRITE :=
3959 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3960 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3961 ;; representation.
3962 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3963 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3964 ;; (write r7))
3965 | (write EXPRESSION)
3966 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3967 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3968 ;; representation.
3969 | (write integer)
3970 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3971 ;; buffer.
3972 | (write string)
3973 ;; Same as: (write string)
3974 | string
3975 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3976 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3977 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3978 ;; representation.
3979 | (write REG ARRAY)
3980 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3981 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3982 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3983 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3984 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3985 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3986
3987 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3988 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3989
3990 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3991 END := (end)
3992
3993 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3994 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3995 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3996
3997 ARG := REG | integer
3998
3999 OPERATOR :=
4000 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
4001 + | - | * | / | %
4002
4003 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
4004 | & | `|' | ^
4005
4006 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
4007 | << | >>
4008
4009 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
4010 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
4011 | <8
4012
4013 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
4014 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
4015 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
4016 | >8
4017
4018 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
4019 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
4020 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
4021 | //
4022
4023 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
4024 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
4025
4026 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
4027 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
4028 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
4029 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
4030 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
4031 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
4032 ;; second code point of CHAR.
4033 | de-sjis
4034
4035 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
4036 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
4037 ;; Shift-JIS code,
4038 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
4039 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
4040 ;; (r7 = LOW))
4041 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
4042 ;; byte of SJIS.
4043 | en-sjis
4044
4045 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
4046 ;; Same meaning as C code
4047 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
4048
4049 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
4050 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
4051 ;; (REG |= ARG))
4052 | <8=
4053
4054 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
4055 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
4056 ;; (REG >>= 8))
4057
4058 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
4059 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
4060 ;; (REG /= ARG))
4061 | //=
4062
4063 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
4064
4065
4066 TRANSLATE :=
4067 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
4068 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
4069 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
4070 LOOKUP :=
4071 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
4072 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
4073 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
4074 MAP :=
4075 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
4076 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
4077 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
4078 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
4079 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
4080 MAP-ID := integer
4081
4082 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
4083
4084 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
4085 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
4086 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
4087 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
4088 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
4089 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
4090
4091 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
4092
4093 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
4094 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
4095 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
4096
4097 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
4098
4099 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4100
4101 ;;;***
4102 \f
4103 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
4104 ;;;;;; (18177 872))
4105 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
4106
4107 (autoload 'cfengine-mode "cfengine" "\
4108 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
4109 There are no special keybindings by default.
4110
4111 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
4112 to the action header.
4113
4114 \(fn)" t nil)
4115
4116 ;;;***
4117 \f
4118 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
4119 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
4120 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
4121 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
4122 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
4123 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
4124 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
4125 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
4126 ;;;;;; (18190 35187))
4127 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
4128 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4129 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4130
4131 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
4132 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
4133 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
4134 the users will view as each check is completed.
4135
4136 \(fn)" t nil)
4137
4138 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4139 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
4140 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4141 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4142 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4143 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4144 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4145 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4146
4147 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4148
4149 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4150 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
4151 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4152 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4153 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4154 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4155 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4156 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4157
4158 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4159
4160 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4161 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
4162 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
4163 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
4164 spacing are all verified.
4165
4166 \(fn)" t nil)
4167
4168 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4169 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4170 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
4171 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
4172 otherwise stop after the first error.
4173
4174 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4175
4176 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
4177 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
4178 Only documentation strings are checked.
4179 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
4180 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
4181 a separate buffer.
4182
4183 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4184
4185 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
4186 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
4187 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
4188 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
4189 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
4190
4191 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4192
4193 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
4194 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
4195 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4196 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4197 if there is one.
4198
4199 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4200
4201 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
4202 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
4203 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4204 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4205 if there is one.
4206 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
4207
4208 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
4209
4210 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
4211 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
4212 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
4213
4214 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4215
4216 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
4217 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
4218 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
4219 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
4220 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
4221
4222 \(fn)" t nil)
4223
4224 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
4225 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
4226 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
4227 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
4228 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
4229 space at the end of each line.
4230
4231 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
4232
4233 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
4234 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
4235 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
4236 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
4237
4238 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4239
4240 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4241 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4242 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4243 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4244
4245 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4246
4247 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4248 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4249 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4250 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4251
4252 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4253
4254 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4255 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4256 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4257 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4258
4259 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4260
4261 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
4262 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4263 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4264 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4265
4266 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4267
4268 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
4269 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4270 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4271 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4272
4273 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4274
4275 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
4276 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4277 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4278 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4279
4280 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4281
4282 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
4283 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4284 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4285 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4286
4287 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4288
4289 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
4290 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4291 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4292 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4293
4294 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4295
4296 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
4297 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
4298 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
4299 turn it off.
4300
4301 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4302 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4303 checking of documentation strings.
4304
4305 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4306
4307 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4308
4309 ;;;***
4310 \f
4311 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
4312 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
4313 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (18177 866))
4314 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4315
4316 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4317 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4318 Return the length of resulting text.
4319
4320 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4321
4322 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4323 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4324
4325 \(fn)" t nil)
4326
4327 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4328 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4329 Return the length of resulting text.
4330
4331 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4332
4333 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4334 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4335
4336 \(fn)" t nil)
4337
4338 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4339 Not documented
4340
4341 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
4342
4343 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4344 Not documented
4345
4346 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4347
4348 ;;;***
4349 \f
4350 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4351 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (18177 856))
4352 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4353
4354 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4355 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4356 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4357 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4358 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4359 editing and the result is evaluated.
4360
4361 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4362
4363 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4364 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4365 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4366 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4367 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4368
4369 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4370
4371 \(fn)" t nil)
4372
4373 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4374 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4375 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4376 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4377 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4378
4379 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4380 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4381 \\{command-history-map}
4382
4383 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4384 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4385
4386 \(fn)" t nil)
4387
4388 ;;;***
4389 \f
4390 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (18177 857))
4391 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4392
4393 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4394 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4395 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4396 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4397 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4398 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4399
4400 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4401 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4402
4403 ;;;***
4404 \f
4405 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4406 ;;;;;; (18177 857))
4407 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4408
4409 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4410 Not documented
4411
4412 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4413
4414 ;;;***
4415 \f
4416 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4417 ;;;;;; (18177 872))
4418 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4419
4420 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4421 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4422 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4423 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4424
4425 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4426 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4427 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4428 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4429
4430 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4431 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4432
4433 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4434
4435 ;;;***
4436 \f
4437 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (18177
4438 ;;;;;; 856))
4439 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4440
4441 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4442 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4443 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4444 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4445 of `scheme-program-name').
4446 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4447 it is given as initial input.
4448 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4449 discards input when it starts up.
4450 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4451 is run).
4452 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4453
4454 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4455 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
4456
4457 ;;;***
4458 \f
4459 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup) "codepage" "international/codepage.el"
4460 ;;;;;; (18177 864))
4461 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
4462
4463 (autoload 'codepage-setup "codepage" "\
4464 Obsolete. All coding systems are set up initially.
4465
4466 \(fn &optional CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4467
4468 ;;;***
4469 \f
4470 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4471 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4472 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4473 ;;;;;; (18190 35186))
4474 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4475
4476 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4477 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4478 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4479 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4480 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4481 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4482 functions have already modified the buffer.
4483
4484 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4485
4486 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4487 either globally or locally.")
4488
4489 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields 'comint-use-prompt-regexp "22.1")
4490
4491 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4492 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4493 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4494 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4495 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4496 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4497 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4498 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4499
4500 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4501
4502 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4503
4504 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4505 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4506 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4507 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4508 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4509 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4510 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4511 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
4512
4513 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4514
4515 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4516
4517 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4518 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4519 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4520 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4521 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4522 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4523
4524 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4525
4526 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
4527 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4528 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4529 directory tracking functions.")
4530
4531 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4532 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4533 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4534
4535 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4536
4537 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4538
4539 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4540 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4541 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4542
4543 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4544
4545 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4546
4547 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4548 Send COMMAND to current process.
4549 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4550 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4551
4552 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4553
4554 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4555 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4556 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4557 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4558
4559 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4560
4561 ;;;***
4562 \f
4563 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (18177
4564 ;;;;;; 856))
4565 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4566
4567 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4568 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4569 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4570 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4571
4572 This command pushes the mark in each window
4573 at the prior location of point in that window.
4574 If both windows display the same buffer,
4575 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4576 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4577
4578 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4579 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4580 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4581 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4582 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4583 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4584 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4585 ignored.
4586
4587 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4588 this command work in interlaced mode:
4589 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4590 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4591 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4592
4593 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4594
4595 ;;;***
4596 \f
4597 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4598 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4599 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4600 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4601 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (18190 35205))
4602 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4603
4604 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4605 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4606
4607 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4608
4609 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4610 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4611
4612 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4613
4614 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4615 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4616 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4617 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4618 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4619 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4620 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4621
4622 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4623 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4624 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4625 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4626 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4627
4628 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4629 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4630 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4631 describing how the process finished.")
4632
4633 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4634 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4635 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4636 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4637 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4638
4639 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4640 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4641 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4642
4643 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4644
4645 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4646 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4647 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4648 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4649
4650 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4651
4652 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4653 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4654
4655 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4656 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4657
4658 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4659 (lambda ()
4660 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4661 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4662 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4663 (concat \"make -k \"
4664 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4665
4666 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4667 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4668
4669 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4670 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4671 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4672 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4673
4674 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4675
4676 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4677 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4678 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4679 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4680
4681 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4682 and move to the source code that caused it.
4683
4684 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4685 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4686
4687 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4688 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4689 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4690 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4691
4692 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4693 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4694 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4695 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4696
4697 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4698 kills its subprocesses.
4699
4700 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4701 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4702 to a function that generates a unique name.
4703
4704 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4705
4706 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4707 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4708 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4709 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4710
4711 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4712 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4713
4714 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4715 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4716 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4717 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4718
4719 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4720 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4721 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4722
4723 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4724
4725 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4726
4727 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4728 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4729 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4730 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4731 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4732
4733 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4734
4735 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4736
4737 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4738
4739 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4740 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4741 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4742 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4743 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4744 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4745 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4746
4747 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4748
4749 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4750 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4751 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4752 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4753 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4754 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4755
4756 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4757
4758 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4759 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4760 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4761
4762 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4763
4764 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode))
4765
4766 ;;;***
4767 \f
4768 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4769 ;;;;;; (18190 35186))
4770 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4771
4772 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4773 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4774 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4775 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4776 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4777 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4778
4779 (custom-autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" nil)
4780
4781 (autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" "\
4782 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4783 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4784
4785 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4786 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4787 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4788 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4789
4790 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4791 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4792 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4793 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4794
4795 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4796 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4797 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4798 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4799
4800 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4801 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4802 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4803 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4804 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4805
4806 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4807
4808 ;;;***
4809 \f
4810 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4811 ;;;;;; (18190 35186))
4812 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4813
4814 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4815 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4816 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4817 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4818 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4819 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4820
4821 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4822
4823 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4824 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4825
4826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4827
4828 ;;;***
4829 \f
4830 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-composition-mode auto-composition-mode
4831 ;;;;;; encode-composition-rule) "composite" "composite.el" (18177
4832 ;;;;;; 856))
4833 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4834
4835 (autoload 'encode-composition-rule "composite" "\
4836 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4837 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4838 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4839
4840 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4841
4842 (autoload 'auto-composition-mode "composite" "\
4843 Toggle Auto Compostion mode.
4844 With arg, turn Auto Compostion mode off if and only if arg is a non-positive
4845 number; if arg is nil, toggle Auto Compostion mode; anything else turns Auto
4846 Compostion on.
4847
4848 When Auto Composition is enabled, text characters are automatically composed
4849 by functions registered in `composition-function-table' (which see).
4850
4851 You can use Global Auto Composition mode to automagically turn on
4852 Auto Composition mode in all buffers (this is the default).
4853
4854 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4855
4856 (defvar global-auto-composition-mode (not noninteractive) "\
4857 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Composition mode is enabled.
4858 See the command `global-auto-composition-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4859 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4860 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4861 or call the function `global-auto-composition-mode'.")
4862
4863 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-composition-mode "composite" nil)
4864
4865 (autoload 'global-auto-composition-mode "composite" "\
4866 Toggle Auto-Composition mode in every possible buffer.
4867 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Auto-Composition mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
4868 Auto-Composition mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-auto-composition-if-enabled' would do it.
4869 See `auto-composition-mode' for more information on Auto-Composition mode.
4870
4871 \(fn &optional ARG DUMMY)" t nil)
4872
4873 ;;;***
4874 \f
4875 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4876 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4877 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4878 ;;;;;; (18177 875))
4879 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4880
4881 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4882 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4883 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4884 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4885 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4886 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4887 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4888
4889 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4890 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4891 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4892
4893 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4894 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4895 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4896
4897 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4898 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4899 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4900 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4901
4902 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4903 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4904 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4905 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4906 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4907 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4908 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4909
4910 \\{conf-mode-map}
4911
4912 \(fn)" t nil)
4913
4914 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4915 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4916 Comments start with `#'.
4917 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4918
4919 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4920
4921 \[Desktop Entry]
4922 Encoding=UTF-8
4923 Name=The GIMP
4924 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4925 Name[cs]=GIMP
4926
4927 \(fn)" t nil)
4928
4929 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4930 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4931 Comments start with `;'.
4932 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4933
4934 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4935
4936 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4937 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4938 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4939
4940 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4941 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4942
4943 \(fn)" t nil)
4944
4945 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4946 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4947 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4948 between `/*' and `*/'.
4949 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4950
4951 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4952 // another kind of comment
4953 /* yet another */
4954
4955 name:value
4956 name=value
4957 name value
4958 x.1 =
4959 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4960 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4961
4962 \(fn)" t nil)
4963
4964 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4965 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4966 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4967 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4968 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4969 `conf-space-keywords'.
4970 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4971 in an interactive fashion instead.
4972
4973 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4974
4975 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4976
4977 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4978 image/png png
4979 image/tiff tiff tif
4980
4981 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4982 class desktop
4983 # Standard multimedia devices
4984 add /dev/audio desktop
4985 add /dev/mixer desktop
4986
4987 \(fn)" t nil)
4988
4989 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4990 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4991 See `conf-space-mode'.
4992
4993 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4994
4995 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4996 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4997 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4998 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4999
5000 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
5001
5002 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
5003 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
5004
5005 \(fn)" t nil)
5006
5007 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
5008 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
5009 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5010 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5011
5012 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
5013
5014 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5015 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
5016
5017 \(fn)" t nil)
5018
5019 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
5020 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5021 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5022 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5023
5024 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
5025
5026 *background: gray99
5027 *foreground: black
5028
5029 \(fn)" t nil)
5030
5031 ;;;***
5032 \f
5033 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
5034 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (18177 871))
5035 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5036
5037 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
5038 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5039 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5040 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5041
5042 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5043
5044 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
5045 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5046 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5047 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5048
5049 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5050
5051 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
5052 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5053 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5054 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5055
5056 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5057
5058 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
5059 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
5060
5061 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
5062
5063 ;;;***
5064 \f
5065 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
5066 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (18190 35188))
5067 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5068
5069 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
5070 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
5071 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5072 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5073 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5074 following the copyright are updated as well.
5075 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5076 interactively.
5077
5078 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5079
5080 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
5081 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5082 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5083
5084 \(fn)" t nil)
5085
5086 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
5087 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5088
5089 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5090
5091 ;;;***
5092 \f
5093 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
5094 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (18190 35205))
5095 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5096 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5097
5098 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
5099 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5100 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5101 Tab indents for Perl code.
5102 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5103 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5104
5105 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5106 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5107 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5108 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
5109 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
5110 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
5111 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5112 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5113 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
5114 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5115 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5116 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
5117
5118 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5119
5120 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5121 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5122
5123 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5124
5125 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5126 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5127 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
5128 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
5129 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5130 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5131 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
5132 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
5133 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5134
5135 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
5136
5137 bite if angry;
5138
5139 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5140 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5141 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5142 to nil.)
5143
5144 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
5145 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5146 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5147
5148 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5149
5150 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5151 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5152 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5153 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
5154 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5155
5156 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
5157
5158 if (A) { B }
5159
5160 into
5161
5162 B if A;
5163
5164 \\{cperl-mode-map}
5165
5166 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5167 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5168 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5169 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5170 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5171 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5172 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5173 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5174 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5175 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5176 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5177 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5178 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
5179
5180 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5181 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
5182 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5183 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5184 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5185 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5186
5187 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5188 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
5189 man via menu.
5190
5191 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5192 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5193 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5194 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5195 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
5196
5197 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
5198 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5199 span the needed amount of lines.
5200
5201 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5202 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5203 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5204 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5205
5206 Variables controlling indentation style:
5207 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5208 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5209 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5210 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5211 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5212 `cperl-auto-newline'
5213 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5214 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5215 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
5216 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5217 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5218 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5219 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5220 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5221 `cperl-indent-level'
5222 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5223 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5224 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5225 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5226 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5227 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5228 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5229 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5230 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5231 `cperl-brace-offset'
5232 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5233 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5234 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5235 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5236 `cperl-label-offset'
5237 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5238 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5239 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5240
5241 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5242 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5243 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5244 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5245 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5246 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5247
5248 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5249 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5250 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5251 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5252
5253 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5254 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5255 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5256 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same variable,
5257 and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5258 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5259
5260 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5261 column 0 is indented on
5262 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5263
5264 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5265 with no args.
5266
5267 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5268 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5269 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5270
5271 \(fn)" t nil)
5272
5273 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
5274 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5275
5276 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
5277
5278 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
5279 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5280
5281 \(fn)" t nil)
5282
5283 ;;;***
5284 \f
5285 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
5286 ;;;;;; (18177 872))
5287 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5288
5289 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
5290 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5291 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5292 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5293 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5294
5295 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5296
5297 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
5298 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5299
5300 \(fn)" t nil)
5301
5302 ;;;***
5303 \f
5304 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5305 ;;;;;; (18177 858))
5306 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5307
5308 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5309 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5310 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5311 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5312
5313 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5314 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5315
5316 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
5317
5318 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
5319 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
5320 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
5321
5322 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5323
5324 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
5325
5326 ;;;***
5327 \f
5328 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5329 ;;;;;; (18177 857))
5330 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5331
5332 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5333 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5334 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5335 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5336
5337 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5338 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5339 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5340 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5341
5342 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5343 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5344 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5345
5346 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5347 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5348 'bob', and 'eve'.
5349
5350 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5351 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5352 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5353
5354 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5355
5356 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5357 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5358 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5359
5360 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5361
5362 ;;;***
5363 \f
5364 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (18190
5365 ;;;;;; 35208))
5366 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5367 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.css\\'" . css-mode))
5368
5369 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5370 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5371
5372 \(fn)" t nil)
5373
5374 ;;;***
5375 \f
5376 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5377 ;;;;;; (18190 35188))
5378 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5379
5380 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5381 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5382 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5383 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5384 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5385 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5386
5387 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5388
5389 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5390 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
5391 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
5392 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
5393 and typed text replaces the active selection.
5394
5395 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
5396 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
5397 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
5398 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
5399 function of these prefix keys.
5400
5401 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5402 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5403 options:
5404 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5405 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5406 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5407
5408 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5409 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5410 the prefix fallback behavior.
5411
5412 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5413 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5414 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5415 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5416
5417 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5418
5419 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5420 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5421
5422 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5423
5424 ;;;***
5425 \f
5426 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5427 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5428 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5429 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5430 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
5431 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5432 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5433 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
5434 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
5435 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
5436 ;;;;;; (18190 35186))
5437 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5438
5439 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5440 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5441
5442 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5443
5444 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5445 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5446
5447 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5448
5449 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5450 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5451
5452 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5453 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
5454
5455 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5456 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5457
5458 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5459 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5460
5461 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5462 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5463
5464 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5465
5466 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5467
5468 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5469 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5470 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5471
5472 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5473 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5474
5475 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5476 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5477
5478 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5479 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5480
5481 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5482
5483 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5484
5485 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5486 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5487 Return VALUE.
5488
5489 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5490 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5491
5492 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5493 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5494
5495 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5496 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5497
5498 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5499
5500 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5501
5502 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5503 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5504 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5505 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5506 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5507
5508 \(fn)" t nil)
5509
5510 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5511 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5512 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5513 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5514
5515 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5516
5517 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5518 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5519
5520 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5521
5522 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5523 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5524
5525 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5526
5527 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5528
5529 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5530 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5531
5532 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5533
5534 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5535
5536 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5537 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5538 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5539
5540 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5541
5542 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5543 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5544 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5545 as part of Emacs itself.
5546
5547 Each elements looks like this:
5548
5549 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5550
5551 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5552 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5553 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5554 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5555 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5556 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5557 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5558 and `defface'.
5559
5560 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5561
5562 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5563 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5564 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5565 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5566 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5567
5568 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5569 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5570 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5571 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5572
5573 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5574
5575 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5576 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5577 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5578 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5579 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5580
5581 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5582 that were added or redefined since that version.
5583
5584 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5585
5586 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5587 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5588 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5589 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5590
5591 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5592 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5593
5594 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5595
5596 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5597 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5598 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5599
5600 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5601 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5602
5603 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5604
5605 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5606 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
5607
5608 \(fn)" t nil)
5609
5610 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5611 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5612
5613 \(fn)" t nil)
5614
5615 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5616 Customize all already saved user options.
5617
5618 \(fn)" t nil)
5619
5620 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5621 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5622 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5623 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5624 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5625 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5626 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5627 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5628
5629 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5630
5631 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5632 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5633 With prefix arg, include variables that are not customizable options
5634 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5635
5636 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5637
5638 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5639 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5640
5641 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5642
5643 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5644 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5645
5646 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5647
5648 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5649 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5650 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5651 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5652 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5653 that option.
5654
5655 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5656
5657 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5658 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5659 The result includes selecting that window.
5660 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5661 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5662 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5663 that option.
5664
5665 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5666
5667 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5668 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5669
5670 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5671
5672 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5673 File used for storing customization information.
5674 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5675 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5676 it should be an absolute file name.
5677
5678 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5679 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5680 something like the following in your init file:
5681
5682 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5683 \(load custom-file)
5684
5685 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5686 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5687
5688 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5689 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5690 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5691 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5692 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5693
5694 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5695 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5696 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5697 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5698 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5699 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5700 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5701 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5702 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5703 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5704
5705 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5706
5707 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5708 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5709
5710 \(fn)" nil nil)
5711
5712 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5713 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5714
5715 \(fn)" t nil)
5716
5717 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5718 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5719 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5720
5721 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5722
5723 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5724 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5725 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5726 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5727 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5728
5729 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5730
5731 ;;;***
5732 \f
5733 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-set-faces
5734 ;;;;;; custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el" (18190 35186))
5735 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5736
5737 (autoload 'custom-declare-face "cus-face" "\
5738 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5739
5740 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5741
5742 (defconst custom-face-attributes '((:family (string :tag "Font Family" :help-echo "Font family or fontset alias name.")) (:width (choice :tag "Width" :help-echo "Font width." :value normal (const :tag "compressed" condensed) (const :tag "condensed" condensed) (const :tag "demiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "expanded" expanded) (const :tag "extracondensed" extra-condensed) (const :tag "extraexpanded" extra-expanded) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "narrow" condensed) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semicondensed" semi-condensed) (const :tag "semiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "ultracondensed" ultra-condensed) (const :tag "ultraexpanded" ultra-expanded) (const :tag "wide" extra-expanded))) (:height (choice :tag "Height" :help-echo "Face's font height." :value 1.0 (integer :tag "Height in 1/10 pt") (number :tag "Scale" 1.0))) (:weight (choice :tag "Weight" :help-echo "Font weight." :value normal (const :tag "black" ultra-bold) (const :tag "bold" bold) (const :tag "book" semi-light) (const :tag "demibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "extralight" extra-light) (const :tag "extrabold" extra-bold) (const :tag "heavy" extra-bold) (const :tag "light" light) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "semilight" semi-light) (const :tag "ultralight" ultra-light) (const :tag "ultrabold" ultra-bold))) (:slant (choice :tag "Slant" :help-echo "Font slant." :value normal (const :tag "italic" italic) (const :tag "oblique" oblique) (const :tag "normal" normal))) (:underline (choice :tag "Underline" :help-echo "Control text underlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:overline (choice :tag "Overline" :help-echo "Control text overlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:strike-through (choice :tag "Strike-through" :help-echo "Control text strike-through." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:box (choice :tag "Box around text" :help-echo "Control box around text." (const :tag "Off" nil) (list :tag "Box" :value (:line-width 2 :color "grey75" :style released-button) (const :format "" :value :line-width) (integer :tag "Width") (const :format "" :value :color) (choice :tag "Color" (const :tag "*" nil) color) (const :format "" :value :style) (choice :tag "Style" (const :tag "Raised" released-button) (const :tag "Sunken" pressed-button) (const :tag "None" nil)))) (lambda (real-value) (and real-value (let ((lwidth (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :line-width)) (and (integerp real-value) real-value) 1)) (color (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :color)) (and (stringp real-value) real-value) nil)) (style (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :style)))) (list :line-width lwidth :color color :style style)))) (lambda (cus-value) (and cus-value (let ((lwidth (plist-get cus-value :line-width)) (color (plist-get cus-value :color)) (style (plist-get cus-value :style))) (cond ((and (null color) (null style)) lwidth) ((and (null lwidth) (null style)) color) (t (nconc (and lwidth `(:line-width ,lwidth)) (and color `(:color ,color)) (and style `(:style ,style))))))))) (:inverse-video (choice :tag "Inverse-video" :help-echo "Control whether text should be in inverse-video." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t))) (:foreground (color :tag "Foreground" :help-echo "Set foreground color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:background (color :tag "Background" :help-echo "Set background color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:stipple (choice :tag "Stipple" :help-echo "Background bit-mask" (const :tag "None" nil) (file :tag "File" :help-echo "Name of bitmap file." :must-match t))) (:inherit (repeat :tag "Inherit" :help-echo "List of faces to inherit attributes from." (face :Tag "Face" default)) (lambda (real-value) (cond ((or (null real-value) (eq real-value 'unspecified)) nil) ((symbolp real-value) (list real-value)) (t real-value))) (lambda (cus-value) (if (and (consp cus-value) (null (cdr cus-value))) (car cus-value) cus-value)))) "\
5743 Alist of face attributes.
5744
5745 The elements are of the form (KEY TYPE PRE-FILTER POST-FILTER),
5746 where KEY is the name of the attribute, TYPE is a widget type for
5747 editing the attribute, PRE-FILTER is a function to make the attribute's
5748 value suitable for the customization widget, and POST-FILTER is a
5749 function to make the customized value suitable for storing. PRE-FILTER
5750 and POST-FILTER are optional.
5751
5752 The PRE-FILTER should take a single argument, the attribute value as
5753 stored, and should return a value for customization (using the
5754 customization type TYPE).
5755
5756 The POST-FILTER should also take a single argument, the value after
5757 being customized, and should return a value suitable for setting the
5758 given face attribute.")
5759
5760 (autoload 'custom-set-faces "cus-face" "\
5761 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5762 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5763 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5764
5765 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5766
5767 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5768 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5769 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5770 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5771 between themes and faces.
5772 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5773
5774 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5775 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5776
5777 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5778
5779 (autoload 'custom-theme-reset-faces "cus-face" "\
5780 Reset the specs in THEME of some faces to their specs in other themes.
5781 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5782
5783 (FACE IGNORED)
5784
5785 This means reset FACE. The argument IGNORED is ignored.
5786
5787 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5788
5789 (autoload 'custom-reset-faces "cus-face" "\
5790 Reset the specs of some faces to their specs in specified themes.
5791 This creates settings in the `user' theme.
5792
5793 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5794
5795 (FACE FROM-THEME)
5796
5797 This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
5798
5799 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5800
5801 ;;;***
5802 \f
5803 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5804 ;;;;;; (18177 856))
5805 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5806
5807 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5808 Create a custom theme.
5809
5810 \(fn)" t nil)
5811
5812 ;;;***
5813 \f
5814 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5815 ;;;;;; (18177 856))
5816 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5817
5818 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5819 Mode used for cvs status output.
5820
5821 \(fn)" t nil)
5822
5823 ;;;***
5824 \f
5825 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5826 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (18177 872))
5827 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5828
5829 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5830 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5831
5832 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5833 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5834 C++ modes are included.
5835
5836 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5837
5838 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5839
5840 (autoload 'turn-on-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5841 Turn on CWarn mode.
5842
5843 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5844 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5845
5846 \(fn)" nil nil)
5847
5848 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5849 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5850 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5851 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5852 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5853 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5854
5855 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5856
5857 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5858 Toggle Cwarn mode in every possible buffer.
5859 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5860 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5861 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5862
5863 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5864
5865 ;;;***
5866 \f
5867 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5868 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5869 ;;;;;; (18177 866))
5870 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5871
5872 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5873 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5874
5875 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5876
5877 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5878 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5879
5880 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5881
5882 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5883 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5884 For readability, the table is slightly
5885 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5886
5887 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5888 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5889 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5890 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5891 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5892
5893 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5894
5895 ;;;***
5896 \f
5897 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5898 ;;;;;; (18177 856))
5899 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5900 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5901 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5902
5903 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5904 Completion on current word.
5905 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5906 and presents suggestions for completion.
5907
5908 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5909 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5910 completions.
5911
5912 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
5913 then it searches *all* buffers.
5914
5915 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5916
5917 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5918 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5919
5920 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5921 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5922 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5923 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5924 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5925
5926 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5927 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5928
5929 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5930 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5931 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5932
5933 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5934 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5935
5936 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5937
5938 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5939
5940 ;;;***
5941 \f
5942 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (18177
5943 ;;;;;; 872))
5944 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5945
5946 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5947 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5948
5949 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5950 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5951 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5952
5953 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5954 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5955 Data lines are not indented.
5956
5957 Key bindings:
5958
5959 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5960 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5961
5962 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5963 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5964 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5965 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5966
5967 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5968
5969 dcl-basic-offset
5970 Extra indentation within blocks.
5971
5972 dcl-continuation-offset
5973 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5974
5975 dcl-margin-offset
5976 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5977
5978 dcl-margin-label-offset
5979 Indentation for a label.
5980
5981 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5982 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5983
5984 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5985 dcl-block-end-regexp
5986 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5987 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5988 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5989 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5990 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5991
5992 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5993 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5994 Two such functions are included in the package:
5995 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5996 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5997
5998 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5999 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
6000 One such function is included in the package:
6001 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
6002
6003 dcl-tab-always-indent
6004 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
6005 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
6006 margin.
6007
6008 dcl-electric-characters
6009 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
6010 typed.
6011
6012 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
6013 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
6014 which words trigger electric indentation.
6015
6016 dcl-tempo-comma
6017 dcl-tempo-left-paren
6018 dcl-tempo-right-paren
6019 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
6020
6021 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
6022 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
6023 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
6024 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
6025
6026 dcl-imenu-label-labels
6027 dcl-imenu-label-goto
6028 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
6029 dcl-imenu-label-call
6030 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
6031
6032 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
6033 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6034 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
6035 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6036
6037
6038 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
6039
6040 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
6041 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
6042 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
6043 $ i = 1
6044 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
6045 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
6046 $ label:
6047 $ if i.eq.1
6048 $ then
6049 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
6050 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
6051 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
6052 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
6053 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
6054 \"lined up with the command line\"
6055 $ type sys$input
6056 Data lines are not indented at all.
6057 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
6058 $ endif
6059 $
6060
6061
6062 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
6063 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
6064
6065 \(fn)" t nil)
6066
6067 ;;;***
6068 \f
6069 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
6070 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (18177 857))
6071 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
6072
6073 (setq debugger 'debug)
6074
6075 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
6076 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
6077 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
6078 of the evaluator.
6079
6080 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
6081 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6082 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6083
6084 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
6085
6086 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
6087 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6088
6089 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6090
6091 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6092 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6093 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6094 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6095 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6096 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6097
6098 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
6099 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6100
6101 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6102
6103 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
6104 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
6105 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6106 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6107 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6108
6109 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6110
6111 ;;;***
6112 \f
6113 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
6114 ;;;;;; (18177 871))
6115 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6116
6117 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
6118 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6119
6120 \(fn)" t nil)
6121
6122 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
6123 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6124 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6125 Upper-case letters are commands.
6126
6127 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6128 modify it.
6129
6130 The most useful commands are:
6131 \\<decipher-mode-map>
6132 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
6133 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
6134 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6135 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6136 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6137
6138 \(fn)" t nil)
6139
6140 ;;;***
6141 \f
6142 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
6143 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (18177
6144 ;;;;;; 856))
6145 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6146
6147 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
6148 Customization of `columns' group.
6149
6150 \(fn)" t nil)
6151
6152 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
6153 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6154
6155 START and END delimits the text region.
6156
6157 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6158
6159 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
6160 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6161
6162 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6163
6164 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6165
6166 ;;;***
6167 \f
6168 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (18190
6169 ;;;;;; 35205))
6170 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
6171
6172 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
6173 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
6174 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
6175 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
6176 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
6177 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
6178
6179 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
6180
6181 Customization:
6182
6183 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
6184 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
6185 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
6186 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
6187 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
6188 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
6189 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
6190 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
6191 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
6192 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
6193 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
6194 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
6195 blank line.
6196 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
6197 Directories to search when finding external units.
6198 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
6199 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
6200
6201 Coloring:
6202
6203 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
6204 Face used to color delphi comments.
6205 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
6206 Face used to color delphi strings.
6207 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
6208 Face used to color delphi keywords.
6209 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
6210 Face used to color everything else.
6211
6212 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
6213 no args, if that value is non-nil.
6214
6215 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
6216
6217 ;;;***
6218 \f
6219 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (18190
6220 ;;;;;; 35186))
6221 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6222
6223 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
6224
6225 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6226 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6227 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
6228 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6229 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6230 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6231
6232 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
6233
6234 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
6235 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6236 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
6237 positive.
6238
6239 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
6240 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
6241 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
6242 any selection.
6243
6244 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6245
6246 ;;;***
6247 \f
6248 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
6249 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (18177 857))
6250 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6251
6252 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
6253 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6254
6255 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6256
6257 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6258 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6259 or nil if there is no parent.
6260 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
6261 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6262 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6263 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6264 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6265
6266 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6267 arguments are currently understood:
6268 :group GROUP
6269 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6270 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6271 :syntax-table TABLE
6272 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6273 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6274 :abbrev-table TABLE
6275 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6276 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6277
6278 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6279
6280 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6281
6282 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6283 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6284 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6285
6286 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6287 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6288
6289 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6290 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6291 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6292
6293 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6294 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6295
6296 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6297 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6298
6299 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6300
6301 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6302
6303 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
6304 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6305 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6306 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6307 the first time the mode is used.
6308
6309 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6310
6311 ;;;***
6312 \f
6313 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6314 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (18177 856))
6315 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6316
6317 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
6318 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
6319 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6320 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6321 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6322 otherwise.
6323
6324 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
6325
6326 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
6327 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
6328 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
6329 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
6330 character composition information (if relevant),
6331 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
6332
6333 \(fn POS)" t nil)
6334
6335 ;;;***
6336 \f
6337 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6338 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6339 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6340 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (18177 856))
6341 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6342
6343 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6344 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6345 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
6346
6347 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6348
6349 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6350 Toggle desktop saving mode.
6351 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
6352 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
6353 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
6354 and function `desktop-read' for details.
6355
6356 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6357
6358 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6359 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6360 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6361 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6362
6363 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6364
6365 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6366 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6367 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6368
6369 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6370 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6371 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6372
6373 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6374 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6375
6376 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6377 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6378 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6379
6380 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6381 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6382 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6383 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6384
6385 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6386
6387 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6388 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6389
6390 Handlers are called with argument list
6391
6392 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6393
6394 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6395
6396 desktop-file-version
6397 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6398 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6399 desktop-buffer-point
6400 desktop-buffer-mark
6401 desktop-buffer-read-only
6402 desktop-buffer-locals
6403
6404 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6405 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6406
6407 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6408 code like
6409
6410 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6411 ...
6412 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6413 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6414
6415 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6416
6417 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6418
6419 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6420 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6421 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6422 List elements must have the form
6423
6424 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6425
6426 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6427 function.
6428
6429 Handlers are called with argument list
6430
6431 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6432
6433 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6434
6435 desktop-file-version
6436 desktop-buffer-file-name
6437 desktop-buffer-name
6438 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6439 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6440 desktop-buffer-point
6441 desktop-buffer-mark
6442 desktop-buffer-read-only
6443 desktop-buffer-misc
6444
6445 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6446 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6447 created and set.
6448
6449 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6450 code like
6451
6452 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6453 ...
6454 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6455 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6456
6457 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6458
6459 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6460
6461 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6462
6463 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6464 Empty the Desktop.
6465 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6466 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6467 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6468
6469 \(fn)" t nil)
6470
6471 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6472 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6473 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6474 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6475 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6476
6477 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
6478
6479 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6480 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6481 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6482
6483 \(fn)" t nil)
6484
6485 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6486 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6487 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6488 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6489 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6490 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6491 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6492 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6493
6494 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6495
6496 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6497 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6498 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6499
6500 \(fn)" nil nil)
6501
6502 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6503 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6504 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6505 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6506 directory DIRNAME.
6507
6508 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6509
6510 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6511 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6512
6513 \(fn)" t nil)
6514
6515 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6516 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6517
6518 \(fn)" t nil)
6519
6520 ;;;***
6521 \f
6522 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6523 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6524 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (18177 860))
6525 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6526
6527 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6528 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6529 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6530 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6531 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6532 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6533
6534 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6535
6536 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6537 Repair a broken attribution line.
6538 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6539
6540 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6541
6542 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6543 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6544 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6545 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6546
6547 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6548
6549 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6550 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6551
6552 \(fn)" t nil)
6553
6554 ;;;***
6555 \f
6556 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-composition-function devanagari-post-read-conversion
6557 ;;;;;; devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el"
6558 ;;;;;; (18177 866))
6559 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
6560
6561 (autoload 'devanagari-compose-region "devan-util" "\
6562 Not documented
6563
6564 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6565
6566 (autoload 'devanagari-post-read-conversion "devan-util" "\
6567 Not documented
6568
6569 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
6570
6571 (autoload 'devanagari-composition-function "devan-util" "\
6572 Compose Devanagari characters after the position POS.
6573 If STRING is not nil, it is a string, and POS is an index to the string.
6574 In this case, compose characters after POS of the string.
6575
6576 \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
6577
6578 ;;;***
6579 \f
6580 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6581 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (18190 35185))
6582 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6583
6584 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6585 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6586 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6587 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6588 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6589
6590 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6591
6592 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6593 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6594 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6595 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6596
6597 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
6598 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
6599 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
6600 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
6601
6602 #!/bin/sh
6603 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
6604 emacs -batch \\
6605 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
6606 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
6607 european-calendar-style t \\
6608 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
6609 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
6610 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
6611
6612 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
6613 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
6614 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
6615 to run it every morning at 1am.
6616
6617 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6618
6619 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6620 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6621
6622 \(fn)" t nil)
6623
6624 ;;;***
6625 \f
6626 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
6627 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (18177 856))
6628 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
6629
6630 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
6631 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6632
6633 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6634
6635 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
6636 *The command to use to run diff.")
6637
6638 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6639
6640 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6641 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6642 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
6643 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
6644 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6645 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6646
6647 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6648
6649 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6650 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6651 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6652 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6653 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6654 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6655
6656 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6657
6658 ;;;***
6659 \f
6660 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6661 ;;;;;; (18190 35186))
6662 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6663
6664 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6665 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6666 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6667 normal diffs.
6668
6669 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6670 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6671 headers for you on-the-fly.
6672
6673 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6674 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6675 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6676
6677 \\{diff-mode-map}
6678
6679 \(fn)" t nil)
6680
6681 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6682 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6683 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6684
6685 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6686
6687 ;;;***
6688 \f
6689 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6690 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
6691 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
6692 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
6693 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (18190 35187))
6694 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6695
6696 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6697 *Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6698 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6699 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6700 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6701 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6702 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6703 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6704
6705 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6706
6707 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type '(hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin)) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6708 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6709
6710 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6711 *Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6712 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6713 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6714 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6715
6716 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6717 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6718
6719 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6720 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6721 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6722 always set this variable to t.")
6723
6724 (custom-autoload 'dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks "dired" t)
6725
6726 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6727 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6728 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6729 A value of t means move to first file.")
6730
6731 (custom-autoload 'dired-trivial-filenames "dired" t)
6732
6733 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6734 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6735 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6736 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6737 are afterward marked with that character.")
6738
6739 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-rename "dired" t)
6740
6741 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6742 *Controls marking of copied files.
6743 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6744 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6745
6746 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-copy "dired" t)
6747
6748 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6749 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6750 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6751 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6752
6753 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-hardlink "dired" t)
6754
6755 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6756 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6757 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6758 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6759
6760 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-symlink "dired" t)
6761
6762 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6763 *If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6764 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6765 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6766
6767 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6768
6769 (custom-autoload 'dired-dwim-target "dired" t)
6770
6771 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6772 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6773 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6774
6775 (custom-autoload 'dired-copy-preserve-time "dired" t)
6776
6777 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6778 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6779 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6780 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6781 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6782 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6783
6784 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6785 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6786 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6787 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6788 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6789 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6790 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6791 list of files to make directory entries for.
6792 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6793 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6794 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6795 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6796
6797 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6798
6799 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6800 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6801
6802 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6803 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6804
6805 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6806 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6807
6808 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6809 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6810
6811 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6812
6813 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6814 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6815
6816 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6817
6818 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6819 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6820 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6821 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6822 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6823 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6824 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6825 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6826 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6827 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6828 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6829 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6830 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6831 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6832 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6833 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6834 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6835 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6836 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6837 to see why something went wrong.
6838 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6839 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6840 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6841 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6842 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6843 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6844 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6845 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6846 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6847 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6848 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6849 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6850 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6851
6852 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6853 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6854 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6855 again for the directory tree.
6856
6857 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6858 for more info):
6859
6860 `dired-listing-switches'
6861 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6862 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6863 `dired-marker-char'
6864 `dired-del-marker'
6865 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6866 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6867 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6868 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6869
6870 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6871
6872 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6873 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6874 `dired-mode-hook'
6875 `dired-load-hook'
6876
6877 Keybindings:
6878 \\{dired-mode-map}
6879
6880 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6881 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6882
6883 ;;;***
6884 \f
6885 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
6886 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
6887 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
6888 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
6889 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
6890 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
6891 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
6892 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
6893 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
6894 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
6895 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
6896 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
6897 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
6898 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (18190 35187))
6899 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
6900
6901 (autoload 'dired-diff "dired-aux" "\
6902 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
6903 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
6904 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
6905 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
6906 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
6907 which is options for `diff'.
6908
6909 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6910
6911 (autoload 'dired-backup-diff "dired-aux" "\
6912 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6913 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6914 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6915 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6916 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
6917
6918 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6919
6920 (autoload 'dired-compare-directories "dired-aux" "\
6921 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
6922 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
6923 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
6924 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
6925 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
6926 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
6927
6928 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
6929
6930 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
6931 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
6932 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
6933 returned by function `file-attributes'
6934
6935 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
6936 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
6937
6938 Examples of PREDICATE:
6939
6940 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
6941 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
6942 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
6943 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
6944 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
6945
6946 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
6947
6948 (autoload 'dired-do-chmod "dired-aux" "\
6949 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6950 Symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
6951
6952 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6953
6954 (autoload 'dired-do-chgrp "dired-aux" "\
6955 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6956
6957 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6958
6959 (autoload 'dired-do-chown "dired-aux" "\
6960 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6961
6962 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6963
6964 (autoload 'dired-do-touch "dired-aux" "\
6965 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6966 This calls touch.
6967
6968 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6969
6970 (autoload 'dired-do-print "dired-aux" "\
6971 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
6972 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
6973 `lpr-switches' as default.
6974
6975 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6976
6977 (autoload 'dired-clean-directory "dired-aux" "\
6978 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
6979 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
6980 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
6981 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
6982
6983 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
6984 with a prefix argument.
6985
6986 \(fn KEEP)" t nil)
6987
6988 (autoload 'dired-do-shell-command "dired-aux" "\
6989 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
6990 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
6991 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
6992 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
6993
6994 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
6995 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
6996
6997 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
6998 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6999 file name substituted for `?'.
7000
7001 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7002 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
7003
7004 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
7005 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
7006 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
7007 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
7008
7009 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
7010
7011 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
7012 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
7013 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
7014
7015 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
7016 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
7017 in a subdir.
7018
7019 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
7020 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument, which
7021 can be produced by `dired-get-marked-files', for example.
7022
7023 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
7024
7025 (autoload 'dired-run-shell-command "dired-aux" "\
7026 Not documented
7027
7028 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
7029
7030 (autoload 'dired-do-kill-lines "dired-aux" "\
7031 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
7032 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
7033 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
7034 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
7035 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
7036 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
7037 from the buffer as well.
7038 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
7039 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
7040 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
7041
7042 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
7043
7044 (autoload 'dired-compress-file "dired-aux" "\
7045 Not documented
7046
7047 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7048
7049 (autoload 'dired-query "dired-aux" "\
7050 Not documented
7051
7052 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
7053
7054 (autoload 'dired-do-compress "dired-aux" "\
7055 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
7056
7057 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7058
7059 (autoload 'dired-do-byte-compile "dired-aux" "\
7060 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7061
7062 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7063
7064 (autoload 'dired-do-load "dired-aux" "\
7065 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7066
7067 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7068
7069 (autoload 'dired-do-redisplay "dired-aux" "\
7070 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
7071 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
7072 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
7073
7074 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7075 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7076 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7077 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7078 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7079 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7080 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7081
7082 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
7083
7084 (autoload 'dired-add-file "dired-aux" "\
7085 Not documented
7086
7087 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
7088
7089 (autoload 'dired-remove-file "dired-aux" "\
7090 Not documented
7091
7092 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7093
7094 (autoload 'dired-relist-file "dired-aux" "\
7095 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
7096
7097 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7098
7099 (autoload 'dired-copy-file "dired-aux" "\
7100 Not documented
7101
7102 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
7103
7104 (autoload 'dired-rename-file "dired-aux" "\
7105 Not documented
7106
7107 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
7108
7109 (autoload 'dired-create-directory "dired-aux" "\
7110 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
7111
7112 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7113
7114 (autoload 'dired-do-copy "dired-aux" "\
7115 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
7116 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
7117 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7118 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
7119 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
7120 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7121 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7122 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7123
7124 This command copies symbolic links by creating new ones,
7125 like `cp -d'.
7126
7127 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7128
7129 (autoload 'dired-do-symlink "dired-aux" "\
7130 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7131 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7132 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7133 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
7134 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7135 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7136 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7137
7138 For relative symlinks, use \\[dired-do-relsymlink].
7139
7140 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7141
7142 (autoload 'dired-do-hardlink "dired-aux" "\
7143 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7144 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7145 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7146 and new hard links are made in that directory
7147 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7148 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7149 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7150
7151 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7152
7153 (autoload 'dired-do-rename "dired-aux" "\
7154 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7155 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
7156 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
7157 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
7158 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
7159 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7160
7161 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7162
7163 (autoload 'dired-do-rename-regexp "dired-aux" "\
7164 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7165
7166 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
7167 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
7168 file if none are marked.
7169
7170 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
7171 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
7172 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
7173 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
7174
7175 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
7176 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
7177
7178 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7179
7180 (autoload 'dired-do-copy-regexp "dired-aux" "\
7181 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7182 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7183
7184 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7185
7186 (autoload 'dired-do-hardlink-regexp "dired-aux" "\
7187 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7188 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7189
7190 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7191
7192 (autoload 'dired-do-symlink-regexp "dired-aux" "\
7193 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7194 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7195
7196 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7197
7198 (autoload 'dired-upcase "dired-aux" "\
7199 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
7200
7201 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7202
7203 (autoload 'dired-downcase "dired-aux" "\
7204 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
7205
7206 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7207
7208 (autoload 'dired-maybe-insert-subdir "dired-aux" "\
7209 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7210 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
7211 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7212 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
7213 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7214 this subdirectory.
7215 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7216
7217 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7218 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7219 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7220 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7221 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7222 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7223 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7224
7225 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7226
7227 (autoload 'dired-insert-subdir "dired-aux" "\
7228 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7229 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
7230 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7231 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
7232 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7233 this subdirectory.
7234 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7235
7236 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7237
7238 (autoload 'dired-prev-subdir "dired-aux" "\
7239 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
7240 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
7241
7242 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
7243
7244 (autoload 'dired-goto-subdir "dired-aux" "\
7245 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
7246 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
7247 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
7248
7249 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
7250
7251 (autoload 'dired-mark-subdir-files "dired-aux" "\
7252 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
7253 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
7254 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
7255
7256 \(fn)" t nil)
7257
7258 (autoload 'dired-kill-subdir "dired-aux" "\
7259 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
7260 Lower levels are unaffected.
7261
7262 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
7263
7264 (autoload 'dired-tree-up "dired-aux" "\
7265 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
7266
7267 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7268
7269 (autoload 'dired-tree-down "dired-aux" "\
7270 Go down in the dired tree.
7271
7272 \(fn)" t nil)
7273
7274 (autoload 'dired-hide-subdir "dired-aux" "\
7275 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
7276 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
7277 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
7278
7279 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7280
7281 (autoload 'dired-hide-all "dired-aux" "\
7282 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
7283 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
7284 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
7285
7286 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7287
7288 (autoload 'dired-do-search "dired-aux" "\
7289 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
7290 Stops when a match is found.
7291 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7292
7293 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7294
7295 (autoload 'dired-do-query-replace-regexp "dired-aux" "\
7296 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
7297 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
7298 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
7299 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7300
7301 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
7302
7303 (autoload 'dired-show-file-type "dired-aux" "\
7304 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
7305 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
7306 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
7307
7308 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
7309
7310 ;;;***
7311 \f
7312 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-relsymlink dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el"
7313 ;;;;;; (18177 856))
7314 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7315
7316 (autoload 'dired-jump "dired-x" "\
7317 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
7318 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
7319 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
7320 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
7321 buffer and try again.
7322
7323 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
7324
7325 (autoload 'dired-do-relsymlink "dired-x" "\
7326 Relative symlink all marked (or next ARG) files into a directory.
7327 Otherwise make a relative symbolic link to the current file.
7328 This creates relative symbolic links like
7329
7330 foo -> ../bar/foo
7331
7332 not absolute ones like
7333
7334 foo -> /ugly/file/name/that/may/change/any/day/bar/foo
7335
7336 For absolute symlinks, use \\[dired-do-symlink].
7337
7338 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7339
7340 ;;;***
7341 \f
7342 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (18177 856))
7343 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7344
7345 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
7346 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
7347 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
7348
7349 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
7350
7351 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
7352 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
7353
7354 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
7355 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
7356
7357 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7358
7359 ;;;***
7360 \f
7361 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (18190
7362 ;;;;;; 35188))
7363 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7364
7365 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
7366 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7367 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7368 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7369 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7370 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7371
7372 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7373
7374 ;;;***
7375 \f
7376 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
7377 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
7378 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
7379 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
7380 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
7381 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (18177 856))
7382 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7383
7384 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
7385 Return a new, empty display table.
7386
7387 \(fn)" nil nil)
7388
7389 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
7390 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7391 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7392 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7393 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7394
7395 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7396
7397 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
7398 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7399 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7400 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7401 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7402
7403 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7404
7405 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
7406 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7407
7408 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
7409
7410 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
7411 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7412
7413 \(fn)" t nil)
7414
7415 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
7416 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
7417
7418 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7419
7420 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
7421 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7422
7423 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7424
7425 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
7426 Display character C using printable string S.
7427
7428 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
7429
7430 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
7431 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7432 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7433 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7434
7435 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7436
7437 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
7438 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7439 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7440 X frame.
7441
7442 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7443
7444 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
7445 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7446
7447 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7448
7449 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
7450 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7451
7452 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7453
7454 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
7455 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
7456
7457 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
7458
7459 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
7460 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
7461
7462 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7463
7464 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
7465 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
7466
7467 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7468
7469 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
7470 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7471
7472 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
7473 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
7474 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
7475 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
7476
7477 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
7478 if ARG is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
7479 European character display.
7480
7481 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7482 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7483 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7484 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7485
7486 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7487 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
7488 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
7489 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
7490 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
7491
7492 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
7493
7494 ;;;***
7495 \f
7496 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
7497 ;;;;;; (18177 871))
7498 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7499
7500 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
7501 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7502 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7503 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7504 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7505 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7506 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7507 Default is 2.
7508
7509 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7510
7511 ;;;***
7512 \f
7513 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (18177 856))
7514 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7515
7516 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist '(("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://" . dnd-open-file)) "\
7517 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7518 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7519 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7520 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7521 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7522 private or ask).
7523 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7524 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7525 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7526 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7527 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7528
7529 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
7530
7531 ;;;***
7532 \f
7533 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
7534 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (18177 875))
7535 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7536
7537 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
7538 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7539 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7540 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7541 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7542 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7543 table and its own syntax table.
7544
7545 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7546
7547 \(fn)" t nil)
7548 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
7549
7550 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
7551 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7552
7553 \(fn)" t nil)
7554 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
7555
7556 ;;;***
7557 \f
7558 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (18190 34947))
7559 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
7560
7561 (autoload 'doc-view "doc-view" "\
7562 Convert FILE to png and start viewing it.
7563 If no FILE is given, query for on.
7564 If this FILE is still in the cache, don't convert and use the
7565 existing page files. With prefix arg NO-CACHE, don't use the
7566 cached files and convert anew.
7567
7568 \(fn NO-CACHE &optional FILE)" t nil)
7569
7570 ;;;***
7571 \f
7572 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (18177 871))
7573 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7574
7575 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
7576 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7577
7578 \(fn)" t nil)
7579
7580 ;;;***
7581 \f
7582 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
7583 ;;;;;; (18190 35187))
7584 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7585
7586 (defvar double-mode nil "\
7587 Toggle Double mode.
7588 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7589 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
7590
7591 (custom-autoload 'double-mode "double" nil)
7592
7593 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
7594 Toggle Double mode.
7595 With prefix argument ARG, turn Double mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
7596 turn it off.
7597
7598 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
7599 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
7600
7601 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7602
7603 ;;;***
7604 \f
7605 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (18177 871))
7606 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7607
7608 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
7609 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7610
7611 \(fn)" t nil)
7612
7613 ;;;***
7614 \f
7615 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
7616 ;;;;;; (18177 860))
7617 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
7618
7619 (autoload 'gnus-earcon-display "earcon" "\
7620 Play sounds in message buffers.
7621
7622 \(fn)" t nil)
7623
7624 ;;;***
7625 \f
7626 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
7627 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
7628 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (18190 35188))
7629 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7630
7631 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
7632
7633 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7634 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7635 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
7636 and toggle command MODE.
7637
7638 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7639 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7640 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
7641 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7642 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
7643 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
7644 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
7645 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
7646 used (see below).
7647
7648 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
7649 It is executed after toggling the mode,
7650 and before running the hook variable `MODE-hook'.
7651 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7652 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7653 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7654 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7655 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7656 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7657 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7658 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7659 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7660 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7661 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7662 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7663 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7664 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7665
7666 For example, you could write
7667 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7668 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7669 ...BODY CODE...)
7670
7671 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7672
7673 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7674
7675 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7676
7677 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7678 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7679 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7680 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7681 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7682 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7683 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7684 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7685 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7686 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7687 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
7688 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7689
7690 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7691 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7692 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7693 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7694 call another major mode in their body.
7695
7696 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7697
7698 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
7699 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7700 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7701 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7702 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7703 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7704 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7705
7706 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7707
7708 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
7709 Not documented
7710
7711 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7712
7713 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
7714 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7715 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7716
7717 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7718
7719 ;;;***
7720 \f
7721 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7722 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (18177
7723 ;;;;;; 857))
7724 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7725
7726 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7727
7728 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
7729 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7730
7731 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7732 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7733 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7734
7735 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7736 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7737
7738 :filter FUNCTION
7739
7740 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7741 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7742
7743 :visible INCLUDE
7744
7745 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7746 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7747
7748 :active ENABLE
7749
7750 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7751 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7752
7753 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7754
7755 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7756
7757 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7758
7759 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7760 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7761
7762 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7763 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7764
7765 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7766
7767 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7768
7769 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7770
7771 :keys KEYS
7772
7773 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7774 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7775 computed automatically.
7776 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7777
7778 :key-sequence KEYS
7779
7780 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7781 menu item.
7782 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7783 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7784 keyboard equivalent.
7785
7786 :active ENABLE
7787
7788 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7789 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7790
7791 :visible INCLUDE
7792
7793 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7794 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7795
7796 :suffix FORM
7797
7798 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7799 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
7800
7801 :style STYLE
7802
7803 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7804 defined:
7805
7806 toggle: A checkbox.
7807 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7808 radio: A radio button.
7809 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7810 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7811 menu bar itself.
7812 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7813
7814 :selected SELECTED
7815
7816 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7817 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7818
7819 :help HELP
7820
7821 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7822
7823 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7824 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7825 as a solid horizontal line.
7826
7827 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7828
7829 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7830
7831 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7832 Not documented
7833
7834 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7835
7836 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7837 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7838 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7839 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7840
7841 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7842
7843 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7844 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7845 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7846 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7847 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7848 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7849
7850 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7851 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7852 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7853
7854 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7855 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7856 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7857
7858 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7859 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7860
7861 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7862
7863 ;;;***
7864 \f
7865 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7866 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7867 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
7868 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
7869 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
7870 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7871 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7872 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (18177 872))
7873 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7874
7875 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7876 Customization for ebnf group.
7877
7878 \(fn)" t nil)
7879
7880 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7881 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7882
7883 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7884
7885 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7886 processed.
7887
7888 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7889
7890 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7891
7892 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7893 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7894
7895 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7896 killed after process termination.
7897
7898 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7899
7900 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7901
7902 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7903 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7904
7905 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7906 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7907 it to the printer.
7908
7909 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7910 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7911 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7912 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7913
7914 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7915
7916 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7917 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7918 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7919
7920 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7921
7922 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7923 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7924
7925 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7926
7927 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7928 processed.
7929
7930 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7931
7932 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7933
7934 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7935 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7936
7937 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7938 killed after process termination.
7939
7940 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7941
7942 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7943
7944 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7945 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7946 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7947 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7948
7949 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7950
7951 \(fn)" t nil)
7952
7953 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7954 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7955 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7956
7957 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7958
7959 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7960
7961 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7962 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7963
7964 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7965
7966 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7967 processed.
7968
7969 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7970
7971 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7972
7973 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7974 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7975
7976 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7977 killed after EPS generation.
7978
7979 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7980
7981 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7982
7983 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7984 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7985
7986 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7987 The EPS file name has the following form:
7988
7989 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7990
7991 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7992 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7993
7994 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7995 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7996 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7997 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7998 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7999
8000 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8001 files.
8002
8003 \(fn)" t nil)
8004
8005 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8006 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
8007
8008 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
8009 The EPS file name has the following form:
8010
8011 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8012
8013 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8014 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8015
8016 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8017 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8018 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8019 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
8020 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8021
8022 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8023 files.
8024
8025 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8026
8027 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
8028
8029 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8030 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
8031
8032 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
8033
8034 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
8035 are processed.
8036
8037 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8038
8039 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8040
8041 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8042 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
8043
8044 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8045 killed after syntax checking.
8046
8047 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8048
8049 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8050
8051 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8052 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
8053
8054 \(fn)" t nil)
8055
8056 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8057 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
8058
8059 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8060
8061 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
8062 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
8063
8064 \(fn)" nil nil)
8065
8066 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8067 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
8068
8069 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8070
8071 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8072
8073 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8074 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
8075
8076 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8077
8078 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8079
8080 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8081 Delete style NAME.
8082
8083 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8084
8085 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8086
8087 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8088 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
8089
8090 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8091
8092 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8093
8094 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8095 Set STYLE as the current style.
8096
8097 Returns the old style symbol.
8098
8099 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8100
8101 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
8102
8103 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8104 Reset current style.
8105
8106 Returns the old style symbol.
8107
8108 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8109
8110 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8111
8112 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8113 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
8114
8115 Returns the old style symbol.
8116
8117 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
8118
8119 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8120
8121 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8122
8123 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8124 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
8125
8126 Returns the old style symbol.
8127
8128 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
8129
8130 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8131
8132 \(fn)" t nil)
8133
8134 ;;;***
8135 \f
8136 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
8137 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
8138 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
8139 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
8140 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
8141 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
8142 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
8143 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
8144 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
8145 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
8146 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (18190
8147 ;;;;;; 35205))
8148 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
8149
8150 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
8151 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
8152 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
8153 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
8154 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
8155 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
8156
8157 Tree mode key bindings:
8158 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
8159
8160 \(fn)" t nil)
8161
8162 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
8163 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
8164
8165 \(fn)" t nil)
8166
8167 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
8168 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8169
8170 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
8171
8172 \(fn)" nil nil)
8173
8174 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
8175 View declaration of member at point.
8176
8177 \(fn)" t nil)
8178
8179 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
8180 Find declaration of member at point.
8181
8182 \(fn)" t nil)
8183
8184 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
8185 View definition of member at point.
8186
8187 \(fn)" t nil)
8188
8189 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
8190 Find definition of member at point.
8191
8192 \(fn)" t nil)
8193
8194 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8195 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8196
8197 \(fn)" t nil)
8198
8199 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8200 View definition of member at point in other window.
8201
8202 \(fn)" t nil)
8203
8204 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8205 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8206
8207 \(fn)" t nil)
8208
8209 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8210 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8211
8212 \(fn)" t nil)
8213
8214 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8215 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8216
8217 \(fn)" t nil)
8218
8219 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8220 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8221
8222 \(fn)" t nil)
8223
8224 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
8225 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8226 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8227 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8228 completion.
8229
8230 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8231
8232 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
8233 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8234 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8235 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8236
8237 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8238
8239 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
8240 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8241 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8242 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8243
8244 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8245
8246 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
8247 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8248 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8249
8250 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8251
8252 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
8253 Search for call sites of a member.
8254 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8255 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8256 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8257 looks like a function call to the member.
8258
8259 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8260
8261 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
8262 Move backward in the position stack.
8263 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8264
8265 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8266
8267 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
8268 Move forward in the position stack.
8269 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8270
8271 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8272
8273 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
8274 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8275
8276 \(fn)" t nil)
8277
8278 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
8279 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8280
8281 \(fn)" t nil)
8282
8283 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
8284 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8285 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8286 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8287
8288 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8289
8290 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
8291 Display statistics for a class tree.
8292
8293 \(fn)" t nil)
8294
8295 ;;;***
8296 \f
8297 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
8298 ;;;;;; (18190 35187))
8299 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8300
8301 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
8302 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
8303 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
8304 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
8305
8306 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
8307 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
8308 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
8309
8310 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
8311 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
8312 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8313
8314 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8315
8316 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
8317
8318 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8319
8320 ;;;***
8321 \f
8322 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
8323 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (18190 35187))
8324 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8325
8326 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
8327 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8328 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8329
8330 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8331
8332 ;;;***
8333 \f
8334 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
8335 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
8336 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (18190 35188))
8337 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
8338
8339 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
8340 *If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
8341 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
8342 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
8343 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
8344
8345 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
8346 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
8347 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
8348 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
8349
8350 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
8351
8352 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
8353 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
8354 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
8355 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
8356
8357 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
8358
8359 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
8360 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
8361 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
8362 `edebug-form-spec' property.
8363
8364 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
8365
8366 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
8367
8368 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
8369 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
8370 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
8371 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
8372 using `eval-expression' (which see).
8373
8374 If you do this on a function definition
8375 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
8376 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
8377 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
8378 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
8379
8380 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
8381 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
8382 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
8383 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
8384 already is one.)
8385
8386 \(fn)" t nil)
8387
8388 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
8389 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
8390
8391 \(fn)" t nil)
8392
8393 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
8394 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
8395
8396 \(fn)" t nil)
8397
8398 ;;;***
8399 \f
8400 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
8401 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
8402 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
8403 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
8404 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
8405 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
8406 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
8407 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
8408 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
8409 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (18177 857))
8410 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
8411
8412 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
8413 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
8414
8415 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8416
8417 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
8418 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
8419
8420 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8421
8422 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
8423
8424 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
8425
8426 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
8427 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
8428 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
8429 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
8430
8431 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8432
8433 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
8434 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
8435
8436 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8437
8438 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
8439
8440 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
8441 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
8442
8443 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8444
8445 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
8446
8447 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
8448 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
8449 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8450 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8451
8452 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
8453
8454 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
8455
8456 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
8457 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
8458 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8459 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8460
8461 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
8462
8463 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
8464
8465 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
8466 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
8467 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
8468 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8469
8470 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
8471
8472 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
8473
8474 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
8475 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
8476 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8477 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8478
8479 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8480
8481 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
8482
8483 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
8484 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
8485 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
8486 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
8487 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
8488 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8489
8490 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8491
8492 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
8493 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
8494 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8495 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8496
8497 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8498
8499 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
8500
8501 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
8502 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
8503 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8504 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8505
8506 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8507
8508 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
8509
8510 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
8511
8512 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
8513 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
8514 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8515 follows:
8516 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8517 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8518
8519 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8520
8521 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
8522 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
8523 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8524 follows:
8525 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8526 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8527
8528 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8529
8530 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
8531 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8532 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
8533 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
8534 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
8535
8536 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8537
8538 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
8539 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8540 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
8541 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
8542 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
8543 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
8544
8545 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8546
8547 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
8548
8549 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
8550 Merge two files without ancestor.
8551
8552 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8553
8554 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
8555 Merge two files with ancestor.
8556
8557 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8558
8559 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
8560
8561 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
8562 Merge buffers without ancestor.
8563
8564 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8565
8566 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
8567 Merge buffers with ancestor.
8568
8569 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8570
8571 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
8572 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
8573 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8574 buffer.
8575
8576 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8577
8578 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
8579 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
8580 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8581 buffer.
8582
8583 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8584
8585 (autoload 'run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer "ediff" "\
8586 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
8587 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
8588 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
8589
8590 \(fn POS)" t nil)
8591
8592 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
8593 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8594 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8595 and don't ask the user.
8596 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8597 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
8598
8599 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8600
8601 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
8602 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
8603 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
8604 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
8605 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
8606 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
8607 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
8608 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
8609
8610 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8611
8612 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
8613
8614 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
8615
8616 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
8617 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
8618 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
8619 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
8620 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
8621
8622 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8623
8624 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
8625
8626 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
8627 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
8628 When called interactively, displays the version.
8629
8630 \(fn)" t nil)
8631
8632 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
8633 Display Ediff's manual.
8634 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8635
8636 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8637
8638 ;;;***
8639 \f
8640 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8641 ;;;;;; (18177 857))
8642 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8643
8644 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
8645 Not documented
8646
8647 \(fn)" t nil)
8648
8649 ;;;***
8650 \f
8651 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (18177 857))
8652 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8653
8654 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8655 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
8656
8657 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep 'menubar) (progn (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button '("Tools") "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
8658
8659 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu '("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t])) (defvar ediff-merge-menu '("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t])) (defvar epatch-menu '("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t])) (defvar ediff-misc-menu '("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep 'ediff-util) (boundp 'ediff-window-setup-function)) (eq ediff-window-setup-function 'ediff-setup-windows-multiframe))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep 'ediff-tbar) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))])) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock)) (not (featurep 'ediff-hook))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep 'menu-bar) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset 'menu-bar-epatch-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-epatch-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-menu)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] '("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] '("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] '("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] '("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] '("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] '("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] '("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] '("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] '("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] '("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] '("Three Files..." . ediff-files3)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] '("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] '("Two Files..." . ediff-files)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] '("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] '("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] '("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] '("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] '("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] '("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] '("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] '("Files..." . ediff-merge-files)) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] '("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer)) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] '("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] '("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] '("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] '("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] '("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation)))))
8660
8661 ;;;***
8662 \f
8663 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8664 ;;;;;; (18190 35187))
8665 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8666
8667 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
8668 Display Ediff's registry.
8669
8670 \(fn)" t nil)
8671
8672 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
8673
8674 ;;;***
8675 \f
8676 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8677 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (18190 35187))
8678 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8679
8680 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
8681 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8682 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8683 which see.
8684
8685 \(fn)" t nil)
8686
8687 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
8688 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8689 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8690 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8691
8692 \(fn)" t nil)
8693
8694 ;;;***
8695 \f
8696 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8697 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8698 ;;;;;; (18190 35187))
8699 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8700
8701 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8702 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8703 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8704
8705 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8706 Edit a keyboard macro.
8707 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8708 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8709 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8710 its command name.
8711 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8712
8713 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8714
8715 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8716 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8717
8718 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8719
8720 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8721 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8722
8723 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8724
8725 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8726 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8727 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8728 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8729 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8730 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8731
8732 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8733 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8734 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8735 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8736
8737 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8738
8739 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8740 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8741 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8742 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8743 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8744 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8745
8746 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8747
8748 ;;;***
8749 \f
8750 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8751 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (18177 858))
8752 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8753
8754 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8755 Set scroll margins.
8756 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8757 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8758
8759 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8760
8761 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8762 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8763
8764 \(fn)" t nil)
8765
8766 ;;;***
8767 \f
8768 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8769 ;;;;;; (18177 857))
8770 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8771
8772 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8773 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8774 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8775 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8776 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8777 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8778 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8779
8780 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8781 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8782
8783 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
8784 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
8785 in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
8786 this value is non-nil.
8787
8788 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8789 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8790 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8791
8792 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8793 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8794 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode').
8795
8796 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8797
8798 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8799 Not documented
8800
8801 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8802
8803 ;;;***
8804 \f
8805 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8806 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (18190 35188))
8807 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8808
8809 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8810 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8811
8812 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8813
8814 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8815 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8816 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8817 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8818 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8819 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8820 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8821
8822 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8823
8824 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8825
8826 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8827 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
8828
8829 \(fn)" t nil)
8830
8831 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8832 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8833 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8834 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8835 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8836 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8837 arg list.
8838
8839 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8840 Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
8841
8842 ;;;***
8843 \f
8844 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (18177
8845 ;;;;;; 857))
8846 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8847
8848 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8849 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8850
8851 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8852 an elided material again.
8853
8854 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8855
8856 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8857
8858 ;;;***
8859 \f
8860 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8861 ;;;;;; (18190 35188))
8862 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8863
8864 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8865 Initialize elint.
8866
8867 \(fn)" t nil)
8868
8869 ;;;***
8870 \f
8871 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8872 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (18190
8873 ;;;;;; 35188))
8874 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8875
8876 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8877 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8878 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8879
8880 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8881
8882 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8883 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8884 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8885
8886 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8887
8888 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8889 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8890 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8891
8892 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8893
8894 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8895
8896 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8897 Display current profiling results.
8898 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8899 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
8900 displayed.
8901
8902 \(fn)" t nil)
8903
8904 ;;;***
8905 \f
8906 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8907 ;;;;;; (18190 35201))
8908 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8909
8910 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8911 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8912 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8913
8914 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8915
8916 ;;;***
8917 \f
8918 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8919 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8920 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8921 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8922 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (18190 35188))
8923 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
8924
8925 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
8926 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
8927 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
8928 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
8929 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
8930 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
8931 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
8932 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
8933 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
8934 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
8935 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
8936 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
8937 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
8938 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
8939 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
8940 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
8941
8942 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8943 Run Emerge on two files.
8944
8945 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8946
8947 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8948 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8949
8950 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8951
8952 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8953 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8954
8955 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8956
8957 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8958 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8959
8960 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8961
8962 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8963 Not documented
8964
8965 \(fn)" nil nil)
8966
8967 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8968 Not documented
8969
8970 \(fn)" nil nil)
8971
8972 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8973 Not documented
8974
8975 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8976
8977 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8978 Not documented
8979
8980 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8981
8982 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8983 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8984
8985 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8986
8987 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8988 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8989
8990 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8991
8992 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8993 Not documented
8994
8995 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8996
8997 ;;;***
8998 \f
8999 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-setup-display) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
9000 ;;;;;; (18190 36070))
9001 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
9002
9003 (autoload 'encoded-kbd-setup-display "encoded-kb" "\
9004 Set up a `input-decode-map' for `keyboard-coding-system' on DISPLAY.
9005
9006 DISPLAY may be a display id, a frame, or nil for the selected frame's display.
9007
9008 \(fn DISPLAY)" nil nil)
9009
9010 ;;;***
9011 \f
9012 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
9013 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (18177 875))
9014 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
9015
9016 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
9017 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
9018 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
9019 text/enriched format.
9020 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
9021
9022 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
9023 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
9024
9025 Commands:
9026
9027 \\{enriched-mode-map}
9028
9029 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9030
9031 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
9032 Not documented
9033
9034 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
9035
9036 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
9037 Not documented
9038
9039 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
9040
9041 ;;;***
9042 \f
9043 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
9044 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (18190 35189))
9045 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
9046
9047 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
9048 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
9049
9050 \(fn)" nil nil)
9051
9052 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
9053 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
9054 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
9055
9056 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
9057
9058 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
9059 (server (erc-compute-server))
9060 (port (erc-compute-port))
9061 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
9062 password
9063 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
9064
9065 That is, if called with
9066
9067 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
9068
9069 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
9070 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
9071 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
9072
9073 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
9074
9075 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
9076
9077 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
9078 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
9079 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
9080 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
9081
9082 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
9083
9084 ;;;***
9085 \f
9086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (18177
9087 ;;;;;; 858))
9088 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
9089 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
9090
9091 ;;;***
9092 \f
9093 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (18190 35189))
9094 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
9095 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
9096
9097 ;;;***
9098 \f
9099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (18177 859))
9100 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
9101 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
9102
9103 ;;;***
9104 \f
9105 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (18190 35189))
9106 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
9107 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
9108
9109 ;;;***
9110 \f
9111 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
9112 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (18177 859))
9113 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
9114
9115 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9116 Parser for /dcc command.
9117 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
9118 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
9119 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
9120
9121 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9122
9123 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9124 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
9125
9126 \(fn)" nil nil)
9127
9128 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
9129 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
9130
9131 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9132 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
9133 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
9134 that subcommand.
9135
9136 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
9137
9138 ;;;***
9139 \f
9140 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
9141 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
9142 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
9143 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
9144 ;;;;;; (18177 859))
9145 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
9146
9147 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
9148 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
9149
9150 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
9151
9152 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
9153 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
9154 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
9155 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
9156
9157 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
9158
9159 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
9160 Not documented
9161
9162 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9163
9164 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
9165 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
9166
9167 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
9168
9169 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
9170 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9171
9172 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9173
9174 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
9175 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
9176
9177 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9178
9179 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
9180 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9181
9182 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9183
9184 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9185 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9186
9187 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9188
9189 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
9190 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9191
9192 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9193
9194 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9195 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9196
9197 \(fn)" nil nil)
9198
9199 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
9200 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9201
9202 \(fn)" nil nil)
9203
9204 ;;;***
9205 \f
9206 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (18177
9207 ;;;;;; 859))
9208 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9209 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9210
9211 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
9212 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9213 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9214
9215 \(fn)" nil nil)
9216
9217 ;;;***
9218 \f
9219 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (18177
9220 ;;;;;; 859))
9221 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
9222 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
9223
9224 ;;;***
9225 \f
9226 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9227 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (18190 35189))
9228 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9229 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9230
9231 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
9232 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9233 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9234 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9235 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9236 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9237 system.
9238
9239 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9240
9241 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
9242 Not documented
9243
9244 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9245
9246 ;;;***
9247 \f
9248 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9249 ;;;;;; (18177 859))
9250 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9251
9252 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
9253 Not documented
9254
9255 \(fn)" nil nil)
9256
9257 ;;;***
9258 \f
9259 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (18177 859))
9260 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9261 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9262
9263 ;;;***
9264 \f
9265 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9266 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (18190 35189))
9267 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9268 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9269
9270 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9271 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9272 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9273 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9274 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
9275 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9276
9277 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9278
9279 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9280 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9281 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9282 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9283
9284 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9285 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9286 automatically.
9287
9288 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9289 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9290
9291 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9292
9293 ;;;***
9294 \f
9295 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9296 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9297 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9298 ;;;;;; (18177 859))
9299 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9300 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9301
9302 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9303 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9304
9305 \(fn)" t nil)
9306
9307 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9308 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9309
9310 \(fn)" t nil)
9311
9312 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9313 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9314
9315 \(fn)" t nil)
9316
9317 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9318 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9319
9320 \(fn)" t nil)
9321
9322 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9323 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9324
9325 \(fn)" t nil)
9326
9327 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9328 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9329
9330 \(fn)" t nil)
9331
9332 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9333 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9334
9335 \(fn)" t nil)
9336
9337 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9338 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9339
9340 \(fn)" t nil)
9341
9342 ;;;***
9343 \f
9344 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (18177 859))
9345 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9346 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9347
9348 ;;;***
9349 \f
9350 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9351 ;;;;;; (18177 859))
9352 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9353 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9354
9355 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9356 Show who's gone.
9357
9358 \(fn)" nil nil)
9359
9360 ;;;***
9361 \f
9362 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9363 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (18177 859))
9364 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9365
9366 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9367 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9368 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9369 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9370
9371 \(fn)" nil nil)
9372
9373 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9374 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9375
9376 \(fn)" t nil)
9377
9378 ;;;***
9379 \f
9380 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9381 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (18177 859))
9382 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9383 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9384
9385 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9386 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9387 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
9388 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9389
9390 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9391
9392 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9393 Not documented
9394
9395 \(fn)" nil nil)
9396
9397 ;;;***
9398 \f
9399 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (18177 859))
9400 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9401 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9402
9403 ;;;***
9404 \f
9405 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (18177
9406 ;;;;;; 859))
9407 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9408 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9409
9410 ;;;***
9411 \f
9412 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (18177 859))
9413 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9414 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9415
9416 ;;;***
9417 \f
9418 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (18177 859))
9419 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9420 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9421
9422 ;;;***
9423 \f
9424 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9425 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (18177 859))
9426 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9427 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9428
9429 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9430 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9431
9432 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9433
9434 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9435 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9436 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9437
9438 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9439
9440 ;;;***
9441 \f
9442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (18190 35189))
9443 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9444 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9445
9446 ;;;***
9447 \f
9448 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9449 ;;;;;; (18177 859))
9450 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9451
9452 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9453 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9454 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9455
9456 \(fn)" t nil)
9457
9458 ;;;***
9459 \f
9460 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (18177
9461 ;;;;;; 859))
9462 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9463 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9464
9465 ;;;***
9466 \f
9467 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (18190 35189))
9468 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9469 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9470
9471 ;;;***
9472 \f
9473 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
9474 ;;;;;; (18190 35189))
9475 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9476
9477 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9478 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9479 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9480
9481 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9482
9483 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9484 Global minor mode for tracking ERC buffers and showing activity in the
9485 mode line.
9486
9487 This exists for the sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and
9488 C-c C-@ keybindings. Make sure that you have enabled the track
9489 module, otherwise the keybindings will not do anything useful.
9490
9491 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9492 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9493
9494 ;;;***
9495 \f
9496 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9497 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (18177 859))
9498 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9499 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9500
9501 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9502 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9503 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9504 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9505
9506 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9507
9508 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9509 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9510 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9511
9512 \(fn)" t nil)
9513
9514 ;;;***
9515 \f
9516 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9517 ;;;;;; (18177 859))
9518 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9519
9520 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9521 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9522
9523 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9524
9525 ;;;***
9526 \f
9527 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (18190
9528 ;;;;;; 35189))
9529 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9530
9531 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9532 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9533
9534 \\{eshell-mode-map}
9535
9536 \(fn)" nil nil)
9537
9538 ;;;***
9539 \f
9540 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (18177
9541 ;;;;;; 859))
9542 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
9543
9544 (autoload 'eshell-test "esh-test" "\
9545 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
9546
9547 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9548
9549 ;;;***
9550 \f
9551 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
9552 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (18177 859))
9553 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9554
9555 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9556 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9557 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9558 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9559 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9560 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9561 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9562 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9563 buffer selected (or created).
9564
9565 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9566
9567 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9568 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9569 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9570
9571 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9572
9573 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9574 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9575 The result might be any Lisp object.
9576 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9577 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9578 corresponding to a successful execution.
9579
9580 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9581
9582 (autoload 'eshell-report-bug "eshell" "\
9583 Report a bug in Eshell.
9584 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9585 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
9586
9587 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
9588
9589 ;;;***
9590 \f
9591 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9592 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9593 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9594 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9595 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9596 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9597 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9598 ;;;;;; (18177 872))
9599 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9600
9601 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9602 *File name of tags table.
9603 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9604 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9605 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9606 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
9607
9608 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9609 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9610 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9611 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9612
9613 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9614
9615 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9616 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9617 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9618 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9619 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9620 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9621
9622 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9623
9624 (defvar tags-compression-info-list '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz") "\
9625 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9626 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9627 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9628 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9629 `auto-compression-mode').")
9630
9631 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9632
9633 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9634 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9635 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9636 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9637 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9638
9639 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9640
9641 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9642 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9643 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9644 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9645
9646 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9647
9648 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9649 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9650 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9651 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9652 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9653
9654 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9655
9656 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9657 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9658
9659 \(fn)" t nil)
9660
9661 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9662 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9663 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9664 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9665
9666 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9667 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9668 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9669 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9670 file the tag was in.
9671
9672 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9673
9674 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9675 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9676 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9677 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9678 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9679 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9680 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9681 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9682 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9683
9684 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9685
9686 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9687 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9688 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9689 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9690 without directory names.
9691
9692 \(fn)" nil nil)
9693
9694 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9695 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9696 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9697 but does not select the buffer.
9698 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9699
9700 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9701 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9702 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9703 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9704 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9705
9706 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9707
9708 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9709 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9710 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9711
9712 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9713
9714 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9715
9716 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9717 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9718 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9719 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9720
9721 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9722 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9723 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9724 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9725 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9726
9727 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9728
9729 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9730 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9731 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9732
9733 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9734
9735 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9736 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9737
9738 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9739 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9740 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9741 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9742 around or before point.
9743
9744 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9745 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9746 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9747 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9748 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9749
9750 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9751
9752 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9753 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9754 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9755
9756 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9757
9758 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9759 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9760
9761 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9762 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9763 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9764 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9765 around or before point.
9766
9767 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9768 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9769 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9770 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9771 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9772
9773 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9774
9775 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9776 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9777 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9778
9779 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9780
9781 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9782 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9783
9784 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9785 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9786 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9787
9788 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9789 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9790 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9791 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9792 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9793
9794 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9795
9796 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9797 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9798 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9799
9800 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9801
9802 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9803 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9804 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9805
9806 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9807 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9808
9809 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9810 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9811 where they were found.
9812
9813 \(fn)" t nil)
9814
9815 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9816 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9817
9818 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9819 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9820 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9821
9822 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9823 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9824
9825 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9826 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9827
9828 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9829
9830 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9831 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9832 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9833 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9834
9835 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9836 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9837 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9838 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9839 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9840
9841 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9842 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9843
9844 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9845 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9846 Stops when a match is found.
9847 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9848
9849 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9850
9851 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9852
9853 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9854 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9855 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9856 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9857 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9858
9859 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9860
9861 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
9862
9863 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9864 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9865 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9866 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9867 directory specification.
9868
9869 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9870
9871 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9872 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9873
9874 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9875
9876 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9877 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9878 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9879 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9880
9881 \(fn)" t nil)
9882
9883 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9884 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9885 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9886 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9887 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9888
9889 \(fn)" t nil)
9890
9891 ;;;***
9892 \f
9893 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9894 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9895 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9896 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9897 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9898 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9899 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9900 ;;;;;; (18189 31807))
9901 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9902
9903 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9904 Not documented
9905
9906 \(fn)" nil nil)
9907
9908 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9909 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9910
9911 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9912 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9913
9914 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9915 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9916 primary language.
9917
9918 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9919 even if the buffer is read-only.
9920
9921 See also the descriptions of the variables
9922 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9923
9924 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9925
9926 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9927 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9928
9929 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9930 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9931
9932 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9933 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9934 primary language.
9935
9936 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9937 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9938
9939 See also the descriptions of the variables
9940 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9941
9942 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9943
9944 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9945 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9946 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9947 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9948
9949 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9950
9951 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9952 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9953 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9954 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9955
9956 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9957 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9958 primary language.
9959
9960 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9961 buffer is read-only.
9962
9963 See also the descriptions of the variables
9964 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9965 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9966
9967 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9968
9969 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9970 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9971
9972 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9973 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9974
9975 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9976 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9977 the primary language.
9978
9979 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9980 buffer is read-only.
9981
9982 See also the descriptions of the variables
9983 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9984 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9985
9986 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9987
9988 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9989 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9990 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9991
9992 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9993
9994 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9995 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9996
9997 \(fn)" t nil)
9998
9999 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
10000 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
10001
10002 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
10003 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
10004 be 1, 2, or 3.
10005
10006 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
10007 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
10008 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
10009
10010 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
10011
10012 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
10013
10014 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
10015 This function is deprecated.
10016
10017 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10018
10019 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
10020 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
10021
10022 \(fn)" t nil)
10023
10024 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
10025 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
10026
10027 \(fn)" t nil)
10028
10029 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
10030 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
10031
10032 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
10033 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
10034
10035 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
10036 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
10037
10038 \(fn)" nil nil)
10039
10040 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
10041 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
10042
10043 \(fn)" nil nil)
10044
10045 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
10046 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.
10047
10048 \(fn)" nil nil)
10049
10050 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
10051 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
10052
10053 \(fn)" nil nil)
10054
10055 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
10056 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
10057 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
10058
10059 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10060
10061 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
10062 Not documented
10063
10064 \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
10065
10066 ;;;***
10067 \f
10068 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
10069 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
10070 ;;;;;; (18177 869))
10071 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
10072
10073 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
10074 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
10075 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
10076 server for future sessions.
10077
10078 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
10079
10080 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
10081 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
10082 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10083
10084 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10085
10086 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
10087 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
10088 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10089
10090 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10091
10092 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
10093 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
10094 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
10095 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10096 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10097 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10098 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10099 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10100 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10101 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10102 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10103 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10104
10105 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10106
10107 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
10108 Display a form to query the directory server.
10109 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10110 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10111
10112 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10113
10114 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
10115 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10116 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10117
10118 \(fn)" t nil)
10119
10120 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu)) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] '("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone)) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] '("Get Email" . eudc-get-email)) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] '("--")) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] '("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline)) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] '("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form)) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] '("--")) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] '("New Server" . eudc-set-server)) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] '("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10121
10122 ;;;***
10123 \f
10124 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10125 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10126 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (18177 869))
10127 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10128
10129 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
10130 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10131
10132 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10133
10134 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
10135 Display URL and make it clickable.
10136
10137 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10138
10139 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
10140 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10141
10142 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10143
10144 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
10145 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10146
10147 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10148
10149 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
10150 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10151
10152 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10153
10154 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
10155 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10156
10157 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10158
10159 ;;;***
10160 \f
10161 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10162 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (18177 869))
10163 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10164
10165 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
10166 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10167 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10168
10169 \(fn)" t nil)
10170
10171 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
10172 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10173
10174 \(fn)" t nil)
10175
10176 ;;;***
10177 \f
10178 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10179 ;;;;;; (18177 869))
10180 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10181
10182 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
10183 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10184
10185 \(fn)" t nil)
10186
10187 ;;;***
10188 \f
10189 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (18177
10190 ;;;;;; 857))
10191 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10192
10193 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
10194 Create an empty ewoc.
10195
10196 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10197
10198 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10199 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10200 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10201 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10202 `insert-before-markers'.
10203
10204 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10205 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10206 respectively, of the ewoc.
10207
10208 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10209 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10210 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10211
10212 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10213
10214 ;;;***
10215 \f
10216 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10217 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10218 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10219 ;;;;;; (18177 872))
10220 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10221
10222 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10223 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10224 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10225
10226 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10227
10228 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10229 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10230 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10231 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10232 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10233
10234 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10235
10236 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10237 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10238 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10239 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10240 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10241 executable.
10242
10243 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10244
10245 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
10246 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10247 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10248
10249 \(fn)" t nil)
10250
10251 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10252 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10253 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10254 file modes.
10255
10256 \(fn)" nil nil)
10257
10258 ;;;***
10259 \f
10260 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10261 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
10262 ;;;;;; (18177 859))
10263 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10264
10265 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10266 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10267 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10268 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10269
10270 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10271
10272 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10273 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10274 to generate such functions.
10275
10276 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10277 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10278 beginning of the expanded text.
10279
10280 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10281 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10282 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10283 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10284
10285 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10286
10287 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10288
10289 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10290 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10291 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10292
10293 \(fn)" nil nil)
10294
10295 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10296 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10297 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10298
10299 \(fn)" t nil)
10300
10301 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10302 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10303 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10304
10305 \(fn)" t nil)
10306 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10307 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10308
10309 ;;;***
10310 \f
10311 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (18190 35205))
10312 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10313
10314 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10315 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10316 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10317
10318 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10319 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10320 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10321
10322 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10323
10324 Key definitions:
10325 \\{f90-mode-map}
10326
10327 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10328
10329 `f90-do-indent'
10330 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10331 `f90-if-indent'
10332 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10333 `f90-type-indent'
10334 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10335 `f90-program-indent'
10336 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10337 (default 2).
10338 `f90-continuation-indent'
10339 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10340 `f90-comment-region'
10341 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10342 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10343 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10344 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10345 (default \"!\").
10346 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10347 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10348 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10349 `f90-break-delimiters'
10350 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10351 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10352 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10353 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10354 (default t).
10355 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10356 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10357 `f90-smart-end'
10358 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10359 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10360 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10361 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10362 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10363 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10364 `f90-leave-line-no'
10365 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10366
10367 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10368 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10369
10370 \(fn)" t nil)
10371
10372 ;;;***
10373 \f
10374 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
10375 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
10376 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
10377 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
10378 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (18177 859))
10379 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
10380 (define-key global-map "\M-o" 'facemenu-keymap)
10381 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
10382
10383 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." 'facemenu-set-face)) map) "\
10384 Menu keymap for faces.")
10385
10386 (defalias 'facemenu-face-menu facemenu-face-menu)
10387
10388 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." 'facemenu-set-foreground)) map) "\
10389 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
10390
10391 (defalias 'facemenu-foreground-menu facemenu-foreground-menu)
10392
10393 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." 'facemenu-set-background)) map) "\
10394 Menu keymap for background colors.")
10395
10396 (defalias 'facemenu-background-menu facemenu-background-menu)
10397
10398 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") 'facemenu-remove-special)) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") 'facemenu-set-intangible)) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") 'facemenu-set-invisible)) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") 'facemenu-set-read-only)) map) "\
10399 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
10400
10401 (defalias 'facemenu-special-menu facemenu-special-menu)
10402
10403 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") 'set-justification-center)) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") 'set-justification-full)) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") 'set-justification-right)) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") 'set-justification-left)) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") 'set-justification-none)) map) "\
10404 Submenu for text justification commands.")
10405
10406 (defalias 'facemenu-justification-menu facemenu-justification-menu)
10407
10408 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") 'decrease-right-margin)) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") 'increase-right-margin)) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") 'decrease-left-margin)) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") 'increase-left-margin)) map) "\
10409 Submenu for indentation commands.")
10410
10411 (defalias 'facemenu-indentation-menu facemenu-indentation-menu)
10412
10413 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
10414 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
10415
10416 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
10417
10418 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") 'list-colors-display)) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") 'list-faces-display)) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") 'describe-text-properties)) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") 'facemenu-remove-all)) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") 'facemenu-remove-face-props)) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
10419
10420 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") 'facemenu-indentation-menu)) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") 'facemenu-justification-menu)) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") 'facemenu-special-menu)) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") 'facemenu-background-menu)) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") 'facemenu-foreground-menu)) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") 'facemenu-face-menu)))
10421
10422 (defalias 'facemenu-menu facemenu-menu)
10423
10424 (autoload 'facemenu-set-face "facemenu" "\
10425 Apply FACE to the region or next character typed.
10426
10427 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient
10428 Mark mode) and nonempty, and there is no prefix argument,
10429 this command applies FACE to the region. Otherwise, it applies FACE
10430 to the faces to use for the next character
10431 inserted. (Moving point or switching buffers before typing
10432 a character to insert cancels the specification.)
10433
10434 If FACE is `default', to \"apply\" it means clearing
10435 the list of faces to be used. For any other value of FACE,
10436 to \"apply\" it means putting FACE at the front of the list
10437 of faces to be used, and removing any faces further
10438 along in the list that would be completely overridden by
10439 preceding faces (including FACE).
10440
10441 This command can also add FACE to the menu of faces,
10442 if `facemenu-listed-faces' says to do that.
10443
10444 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
10445
10446 (autoload 'facemenu-set-foreground "facemenu" "\
10447 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10448 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10449
10450 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10451 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10452 requested face.
10453
10454 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10455 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10456 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10457
10458 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10459
10460 (autoload 'facemenu-set-background "facemenu" "\
10461 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10462 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10463
10464 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10465 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10466 requested face.
10467
10468 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10469 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10470 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10471
10472 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10473
10474 (autoload 'facemenu-set-face-from-menu "facemenu" "\
10475 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
10476 This function is designed to be called from a menu; FACE is determined
10477 using the event type of the menu entry. If FACE is a symbol whose
10478 name starts with \"fg:\" or \"bg:\", then this functions sets the
10479 foreground or background to the color specified by the rest of the
10480 symbol's name. Any other symbol is considered the name of a face.
10481
10482 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10483 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10484 requested face.
10485
10486 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10487 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character
10488 to insert cancels the specification.
10489
10490 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
10491
10492 (autoload 'facemenu-set-invisible "facemenu" "\
10493 Make the region invisible.
10494 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
10495 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10496
10497 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10498
10499 (autoload 'facemenu-set-intangible "facemenu" "\
10500 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
10501 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
10502 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10503
10504 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10505
10506 (autoload 'facemenu-set-read-only "facemenu" "\
10507 Make the region unmodifiable.
10508 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
10509 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10510
10511 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10512
10513 (autoload 'facemenu-remove-face-props "facemenu" "\
10514 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
10515
10516 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10517
10518 (autoload 'facemenu-remove-all "facemenu" "\
10519 Remove all text properties from the region.
10520
10521 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10522
10523 (autoload 'facemenu-remove-special "facemenu" "\
10524 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
10525 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
10526
10527 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10528
10529 (autoload 'facemenu-read-color "facemenu" "\
10530 Read a color using the minibuffer.
10531
10532 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
10533
10534 (autoload 'list-colors-display "facemenu" "\
10535 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
10536 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
10537 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list of
10538 colors that the current display can handle. If the optional
10539 argument BUFFER-NAME is nil, it defaults to *Colors*.
10540
10541 \(fn &optional LIST BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
10542
10543 ;;;***
10544 \f
10545 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
10546 ;;;;;; "obsolete/fast-lock.el" (18177 870))
10547 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/fast-lock.el
10548
10549 (autoload 'fast-lock-mode "fast-lock" "\
10550 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
10551 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
10552 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
10553
10554 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
10555
10556 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
10557 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
10558 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
10559
10560 Font Lock caches may be saved:
10561 - When you save the file's buffer.
10562 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
10563 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
10564 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
10565 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
10566
10567 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
10568
10569 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
10570 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
10571 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
10572 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'.
10573
10574 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10575
10576 (autoload 'turn-on-fast-lock "fast-lock" "\
10577 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode.
10578
10579 \(fn)" nil nil)
10580
10581 (when (fboundp 'add-minor-mode) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode 'fast-lock-mode nil))
10582
10583 ;;;***
10584 \f
10585 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10586 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10587 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (17928 6535))
10588 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10589
10590 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10591 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10592 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10593 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10594
10595 \(fn)" nil nil)
10596
10597 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10598 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10599
10600 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10601
10602 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10603 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10604 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10605 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10606
10607 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10608
10609 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10610 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10611 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10612 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10613 backup file names and the like).
10614
10615 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10616
10617 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10618 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10619 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10620 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10621 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10622 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10623 internally by feedmail):
10624
10625 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10626 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10627 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10628 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10629
10630 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10631 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10632 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10633 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10634 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10635
10636 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10637
10638 ;;;***
10639 \f
10640 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10641 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (18190 35190))
10642 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10643
10644 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10645 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10646 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10647 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10648 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10649 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10650 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10651
10652 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10653
10654 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10655 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10656 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10657 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10658 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10659 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10660 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10661
10662 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10663
10664 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10665
10666 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10667 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
10668 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10669 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10670 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10671 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10672
10673 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10674
10675 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10676 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10677 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10678 Return value:
10679 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10680 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10681 * otherwise, nil
10682
10683 \(fn E)" t nil)
10684
10685 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10686 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10687
10688 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10689
10690 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10691 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10692
10693 \(fn)" t nil)
10694
10695 ;;;***
10696 \f
10697 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10698 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10699 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10700 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (18190 35190))
10701 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10702
10703 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10704 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10705 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10706 be added to the cache.
10707
10708 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10709
10710 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10711 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10712 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10713 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10714 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10715
10716 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10717
10718 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10719 Add FILE to the file cache.
10720
10721 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10722
10723 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10724 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10725 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10726
10727 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10728
10729 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10730 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10731 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10732
10733 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10734
10735 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10736 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10737 This function does not use any external programs
10738 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10739 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10740 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10741
10742 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10743
10744 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10745 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10746 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10747 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10748 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10749 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10750 \(directories) is done.
10751
10752 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10753 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10754 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10755 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10756
10757 ;;;***
10758 \f
10759 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (18190
10760 ;;;;;; 35190))
10761 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10762
10763 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10764 Filesets initialization.
10765 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10766
10767 \(fn)" nil nil)
10768
10769 ;;;***
10770 \f
10771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fill" "textmodes/fill.el" (18190 35208))
10772 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/fill.el
10773 (put 'colon-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
10774
10775 ;;;***
10776 \f
10777 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
10778 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
10779 ;;;;;; (18177 859))
10780 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10781
10782 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) '("-ls" . "-gilsb") '("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld")) "\
10783 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10784 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10785 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10786 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10787
10788 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-option "find-dired" t)
10789
10790 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10791 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10792 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10793 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10794 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10795
10796 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-subdir-switches "find-dired" t)
10797
10798 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10799 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10800 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10801 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10802
10803 (custom-autoload 'find-grep-options "find-dired" t)
10804
10805 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10806 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10807 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10808
10809 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10810
10811 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10812 as the final argument.
10813
10814 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10815
10816 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10817 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10818 and run dired on those files.
10819 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10820 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10821
10822 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10823
10824 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10825
10826 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10827 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10828 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10829
10830 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10831
10832 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10833
10834 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10835
10836 ;;;***
10837 \f
10838 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10839 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10840 ;;;;;; (18177 860))
10841 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10842
10843 (defvar ff-special-constructs '(("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10844 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10845 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10846 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10847 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10848 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10849 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10850
10851 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10852 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10853 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10854
10855 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10856
10857 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10858
10859 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10860
10861 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10862 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10863 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10864
10865 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10866 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10867
10868 Variables of interest include:
10869
10870 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10871 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10872 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10873
10874 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10875 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10876 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10877
10878 - `ff-ignore-include'
10879 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10880
10881 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10882 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10883
10884 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10885 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10886
10887 - `ff-special-constructs'
10888 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10889 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10890 extracting the filename from that construct.
10891
10892 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10893 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10894
10895 - `ff-search-directories'
10896 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10897 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10898
10899 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10900 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10901
10902 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10903 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10904
10905 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10906 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10907
10908 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10909 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10910
10911 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10912 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10913
10914 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10915
10916 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10917 Visit the file you click on.
10918
10919 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10920
10921 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10922 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10923
10924 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10925
10926 ;;;***
10927 \f
10928 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10929 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10930 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10931 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10932 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10933 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10934 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (18177 857))
10935 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10936
10937 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10938 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
10939
10940 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10941
10942 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10943 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10944 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10945 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10946
10947 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10948 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10949 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10950 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10951
10952 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10953
10954 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10955 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10956
10957 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10958 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10959 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10960 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10961
10962 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10963 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10964 in `load-path'.
10965
10966 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10967
10968 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10969 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10970
10971 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10972 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10973 places point before the definition.
10974 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10975
10976 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10977 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10978 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10979
10980 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10981
10982 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10983 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10984
10985 See `find-function' for more details.
10986
10987 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10988
10989 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10990 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10991
10992 See `find-function' for more details.
10993
10994 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10995
10996 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10997 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10998
10999 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
11000 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
11001 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11002
11003 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
11004 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11005
11006 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11007
11008 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
11009 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
11010
11011 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
11012 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11013 places point before the definition.
11014
11015 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11016
11017 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
11018 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11019 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11020
11021 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11022
11023 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
11024 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11025
11026 See `find-variable' for more details.
11027
11028 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11029
11030 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
11031 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11032
11033 See `find-variable' for more details.
11034
11035 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11036
11037 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
11038 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
11039 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11040 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
11041 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
11042 buffer nor display it.
11043
11044 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
11045 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11046
11047 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11048
11049 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
11050 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
11051
11052 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
11053 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11054 places point before the definition.
11055
11056 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11057
11058 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
11059 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11060 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11061
11062 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
11063
11064 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
11065 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
11066 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11067
11068 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
11069
11070 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
11071 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11072
11073 \(fn)" t nil)
11074
11075 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
11076 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11077
11078 \(fn)" t nil)
11079
11080 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
11081 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11082
11083 \(fn)" nil nil)
11084
11085 ;;;***
11086 \f
11087 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
11088 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (18190 35190))
11089 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11090
11091 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
11092 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11093
11094 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11095
11096 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
11097 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11098
11099 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11100
11101 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
11102 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
11103
11104 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11105
11106 ;;;***
11107 \f
11108 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11109 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (18190 35190))
11110 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11111
11112 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
11113 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11114
11115 \(fn)" t nil)
11116
11117 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
11118 Display FILE's commentary section.
11119 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11120
11121 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11122
11123 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
11124 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11125
11126 \(fn)" t nil)
11127
11128 ;;;***
11129 \f
11130 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11131 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (18177 860))
11132 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11133
11134 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
11135 Toggle flow control handling.
11136 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11137 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11138
11139 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11140
11141 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
11142 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11143 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11144 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11145 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11146 to get the effect of a C-q.
11147
11148 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11149
11150 ;;;***
11151 \f
11152 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11153 ;;;;;; (18177 860))
11154 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11155
11156 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
11157 Not documented
11158
11159 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11160
11161 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
11162 Not documented
11163
11164 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11165
11166 ;;;***
11167 \f
11168 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
11169 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (18177 872))
11170 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11171
11172 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
11173 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
11174 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
11175 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11176
11177 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11178
11179 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11180 Turn flymake mode on.
11181
11182 \(fn)" nil nil)
11183
11184 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11185 Turn flymake mode off.
11186
11187 \(fn)" nil nil)
11188
11189 ;;;***
11190 \f
11191 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11192 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11193 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (18190 35209))
11194 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11195
11196 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11197 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11198
11199 \(fn)" t nil)
11200 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
11201
11202 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11203 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
11204 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
11205 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11206 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
11207 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
11208 otherwise turn it off.
11209
11210 Bindings:
11211 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11212 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11213 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11214 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11215
11216 Hooks:
11217 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
11218
11219 Remark:
11220 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11221 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
11222 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11223
11224 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11225 consider adding:
11226 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11227 in your .emacs file.
11228
11229 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11230 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11231
11232 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11233
11234 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11235 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11236
11237 \(fn)" nil nil)
11238
11239 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11240 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11241
11242 \(fn)" nil nil)
11243
11244 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11245 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11246
11247 \(fn)" nil nil)
11248
11249 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11250 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11251
11252 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11253
11254 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11255 Flyspell whole buffer.
11256
11257 \(fn)" t nil)
11258
11259 ;;;***
11260 \f
11261 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11262 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11263 ;;;;;; (18190 35190))
11264 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11265
11266 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11267 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11268
11269 \(fn)" nil nil)
11270
11271 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11272 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11273
11274 \(fn)" nil nil)
11275
11276 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11277 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
11278
11279 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
11280 of two major techniques:
11281
11282 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11283 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11284 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
11285
11286 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11287 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11288 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11289 movement commands.
11290
11291 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11292 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11293 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11294 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11295 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11296 mileage may vary).
11297
11298 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11299 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11300
11301 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11302
11303 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11304 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11305 \(This is the default.)
11306
11307 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11308
11309 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11310 \\{follow-mode-map}
11311
11312 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11313
11314 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11315 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
11316
11317 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11318 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11319 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11320 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
11321 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11322 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11323
11324 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11325 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11326 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11327
11328 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11329 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11330 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11331
11332 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11333
11334 ;;;***
11335 \f
11336 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (18177
11337 ;;;;;; 867))
11338 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11339
11340 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11341 Toggle footnote minor mode.
11342 \\<message-mode-map>
11343 key binding
11344 --- -------
11345
11346 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
11347 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
11348 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
11349 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
11350 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
11351 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
11352
11353 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11354
11355 ;;;***
11356 \f
11357 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11358 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (18177 860))
11359 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11360
11361 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11362 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11363
11364 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11365 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11366 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11367 C-c < forms-first-record <
11368 C-c > forms-last-record >
11369 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11370 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11371 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11372 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11373 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11374 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11375 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11376 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11377 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11378 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11379
11380 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11381
11382 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11383 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11384
11385 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11386
11387 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11388 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11389
11390 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11391
11392 ;;;***
11393 \f
11394 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
11395 ;;;;;; (18190 35205))
11396 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11397
11398 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11399 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11400 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11401
11402 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11403 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11404
11405 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11406
11407 Key definitions:
11408 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11409
11410 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11411
11412 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11413 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11414 `fortran-do-indent'
11415 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11416 `fortran-if-indent'
11417 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11418 `fortran-structure-indent'
11419 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11420 (default 3)
11421 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11422 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11423 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11424 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11425 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11426 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11427 nil don't change the indentation
11428 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11429 value of either
11430 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11431 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11432 depending on the continuation format in use.
11433 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11434 indentation for a line of code.
11435 (default 'fixed)
11436 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11437 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11438 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11439 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11440 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11441 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11442 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11443 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11444 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11445 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11446 column 5.
11447 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11448 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11449 statements (default nil).
11450 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11451 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11452 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11453 `fortran-continuation-string'
11454 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11455 line (default \"$\").
11456 `fortran-comment-region'
11457 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11458 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11459 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11460 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11461 as typed (default t).
11462 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11463 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11464
11465 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11466 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11467
11468 \(fn)" t nil)
11469
11470 ;;;***
11471 \f
11472 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11473 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (18177 871))
11474 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11475
11476 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11477 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11478
11479 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11480 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11481
11482 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11483
11484 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11485 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11486
11487 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11488 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11489
11490 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11491
11492 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11493 Compile fortune file.
11494
11495 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11496 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11497
11498 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11499
11500 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11501 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11502
11503 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11504 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11505 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11506 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11507
11508 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11509
11510 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11511 Display a fortune cookie.
11512
11513 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11514 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11515 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11516 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11517
11518 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11519
11520 ;;;***
11521 \f
11522 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdb) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11523 ;;;;;; (18190 35205))
11524 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11525
11526 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-ui" "\
11527 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11528 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
11529 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
11530
11531
11532 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11533 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11534 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11535 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11536
11537 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11538 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11539 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11540 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
11541 some of the buffers.
11542
11543 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11544
11545 The following commands help control operation :
11546
11547 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11548 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11549
11550 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11551 detailed description of this mode.
11552
11553
11554 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11555 | GDB Toolbar |
11556 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11557 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11558 | | |
11559 | | |
11560 | | |
11561 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11562 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11563 | | (comint-mode) |
11564 | | |
11565 | | |
11566 | | |
11567 | | |
11568 | | |
11569 | | |
11570 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11571 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11572 | RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11573 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11574 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11575 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11576
11577 To run GDB in text command mode, replace the GDB \"--annotate=3\"
11578 option with \"--fullname\" either in the minibuffer for the
11579 current Emacs session, or the custom variable
11580 `gud-gdb-command-name' for all future sessions. You need to use
11581 text command mode to debug multiple programs within one Emacs
11582 session.
11583
11584 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11585
11586 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11587 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
11588
11589 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-ui" t)
11590
11591 ;;;***
11592 \f
11593 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11594 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (18190
11595 ;;;;;; 35188))
11596 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11597
11598 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11599 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11600 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11601 instead (which see).")
11602
11603 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11604 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11605
11606 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11607 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11608 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11609 documentation string instead.
11610
11611 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11612 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11613 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11614 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11615 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11616 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11617 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11618 enders are actually possible.
11619
11620 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11621 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11622
11623 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11624 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11625 `font-lock-keywords'.
11626
11627 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11628 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11629 runs the macro expansion.
11630
11631 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11632 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11633 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11634
11635 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11636
11637 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11638
11639 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11640 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11641
11642 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11643
11644 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11645 Enter generic mode MODE.
11646
11647 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11648 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11649 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11650
11651 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11652 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11653
11654 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11655
11656 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11657 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11658 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11659 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11660 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11661 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11662 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11663 `font-lock-keywords'.
11664
11665 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11666
11667 ;;;***
11668 \f
11669 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11670 ;;;;;; (18177 872))
11671 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11672
11673 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11674 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11675 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11676 at places they belong to.
11677
11678 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11679
11680 ;;;***
11681 \f
11682 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11683 ;;;;;; gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (18177 860))
11684 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11685
11686 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11687 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11688
11689 Guideline for numbers:
11690 1 - error messages, 3 - non-serious error messages, 5 - messages for things
11691 that take a long time, 7 - not very important messages on stuff, 9 - messages
11692 inside loops.
11693
11694 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11695
11696 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11697 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11698 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11699
11700 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11701
11702 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11703 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11704
11705 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11706
11707 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11708 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11709
11710 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11711 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11712 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11713 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11714 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11715 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11716
11717 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11718 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11719 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11720 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11721 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11722
11723 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11724
11725 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11726
11727 ;;;***
11728 \f
11729 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11730 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (18190 35191))
11731 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11732 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11733 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11734
11735 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11736 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11737
11738 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11739
11740 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11741 Read network news.
11742 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11743 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11744 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11745 name of an NNTP server to use.
11746 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11747 server.
11748
11749 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11750
11751 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11752 Read news as a slave.
11753
11754 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11755
11756 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11757 Pop up a frame to read news.
11758 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11759 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11760 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11761 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11762 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11763 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11764 current display is used.
11765
11766 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11767
11768 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11769 Read network news.
11770 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11771 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11772 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11773
11774 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11775
11776 ;;;***
11777 \f
11778 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11779 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11780 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11781 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11782 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11783 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (18190 35190))
11784 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11785
11786 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11787 Start Gnus unplugged.
11788
11789 \(fn)" t nil)
11790
11791 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11792 Start Gnus plugged.
11793
11794 \(fn)" t nil)
11795
11796 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11797 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11798
11799 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11800
11801 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11802 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11803
11804 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11805 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11806 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11807
11808 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11809 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11810 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11811
11812 \(fn)" t nil)
11813
11814 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11815 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11816
11817 \(fn)" nil nil)
11818
11819 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11820 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11821 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11822 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11823 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11824 supported.
11825
11826 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11827
11828 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11829 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11830 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11831 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11832 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11833 supported.
11834
11835 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11836
11837 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11838 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11839
11840 \(fn)" nil nil)
11841
11842 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11843 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11844 downloaded into the agent.
11845
11846 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11847
11848 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11849 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11850 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11851 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11852
11853 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11854
11855 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11856 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11857
11858 \(fn)" t nil)
11859
11860 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11861 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11862
11863 \(fn)" t nil)
11864
11865 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11866 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11867 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11868
11869 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11870
11871 ;;;***
11872 \f
11873 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11874 ;;;;;; (18190 35190))
11875 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11876
11877 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11878 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11879
11880 \(fn)" nil nil)
11881
11882 ;;;***
11883 \f
11884 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
11885 ;;;;;; (18177 860))
11886 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
11887
11888 (autoload 'gnus-audio-play "gnus-audio" "\
11889 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
11890
11891 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11892
11893 ;;;***
11894 \f
11895 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11896 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11897 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (18177
11898 ;;;;;; 860))
11899 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11900
11901 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11902 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11903
11904 Usage:
11905 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11906
11907 \(fn)" t nil)
11908
11909 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11910 Generate the cache active file.
11911
11912 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11913
11914 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11915 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11916
11917 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11918
11919 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11920 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11921 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11922 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11923 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11924 supported.
11925
11926 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11927
11928 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11929 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11930 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11931 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11932 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11933 supported.
11934
11935 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11936
11937 ;;;***
11938 \f
11939 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11940 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (18177 860))
11941 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11942
11943 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11944 Delay this article by some time.
11945 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11946
11947 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11948 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11949
11950 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11951 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11952
11953 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11954 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11955
11956 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11957
11958 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11959 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11960
11961 \(fn)" t nil)
11962
11963 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11964 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11965 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11966 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11967
11968 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11969 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11970
11971 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11972
11973 ;;;***
11974 \f
11975 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11976 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (18177 860))
11977 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11978
11979 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11980 Not documented
11981
11982 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11983
11984 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11985 Not documented
11986
11987 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11988
11989 ;;;***
11990 \f
11991 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11992 ;;;;;; (18177 860))
11993 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11994
11995 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11996 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11997
11998 \(fn)" nil nil)
11999
12000 ;;;***
12001 \f
12002 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
12003 ;;;;;; (18177 860))
12004 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12005
12006 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
12007 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12008
12009 \(fn)" t nil)
12010
12011 ;;;***
12012 \f
12013 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
12014 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
12015 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (18177
12016 ;;;;;; 860))
12017 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12018
12019 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12020 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12021
12022 \(fn)" t nil)
12023
12024 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12025 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12026
12027 \(fn)" t nil)
12028
12029 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12030 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12031
12032 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12033
12034 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12035 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12036
12037 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12038
12039 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12040 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12041 The PNG is returned as a string.
12042
12043 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12044
12045 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12046 Convert FILE to a Face.
12047 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12048 726 bytes.
12049
12050 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12051
12052 ;;;***
12053 \f
12054 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
12055 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (18177 861))
12056 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12057
12058 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12059 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12060 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12061
12062 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12063
12064 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12065 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12066
12067 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12068
12069 ;;;***
12070 \f
12071 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
12072 ;;;;;; (18177 861))
12073 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12074
12075 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12076
12077 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12078 Run batched scoring.
12079 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12080
12081 \(fn)" t nil)
12082
12083 ;;;***
12084 \f
12085 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12086 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12087 ;;;;;; (18177 861))
12088 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12089
12090 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12091 Not documented
12092
12093 \(fn)" nil nil)
12094
12095 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12096 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12097 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12098
12099 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12100
12101 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12102 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12103
12104 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12105
12106 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12107
12108 ;;;***
12109 \f
12110 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12111 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12112 ;;;;;; (18177 861))
12113 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12114
12115 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12116 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
12117 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12118 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12119 group parameters.
12120
12121 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12122 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12123 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
12124 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
12125
12126 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12127 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
12128 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12129 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12130 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
12131 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12132 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12133 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12134 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12135 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12136
12137 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12138
12139 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12140 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12141 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12142 nil CATCH-ALL).
12143
12144 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
12145 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
12146
12147 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12148
12149 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12150 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12151 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12152
12153 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
12154
12155 \(fn)" nil nil)
12156
12157 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12158 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12159 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12160
12161 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12162
12163 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12164 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12165 existing groups are considered.
12166
12167 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12168 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12169 returned.
12170
12171 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12172 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12173 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12174 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12175 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12176 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12177 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12178 clauses will be generated.
12179
12180 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12181 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12182 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12183 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12184 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12185 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12186
12187 For example, given the following group parameters:
12188
12189 nnml:mail.bar:
12190 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12191 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12192 nnml:mail.foo:
12193 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12194 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12195 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12196 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12197 nnml:mail.others:
12198 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12199
12200 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12201
12202 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12203 \"mail.bar\")
12204 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12205 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12206 \"mail.others\")
12207
12208 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12209
12210 ;;;***
12211 \f
12212 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
12213 ;;;;;; (18177 861))
12214 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
12215
12216 (autoload 'gnus-change-server "gnus-move" "\
12217 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
12218 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
12219
12220 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
12221
12222 ;;;***
12223 \f
12224 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12225 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (18177 861))
12226 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12227
12228 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12229 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12230 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12231 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12232
12233 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
12234
12235 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12236 Mail to ADDRESS.
12237
12238 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12239
12240 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12241 Like `message-reply'.
12242
12243 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12244
12245 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12246
12247 ;;;***
12248 \f
12249 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
12250 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (18177 861))
12251 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
12252
12253 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-scan-groups "gnus-nocem" "\
12254 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
12255
12256 \(fn)" t nil)
12257
12258 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-load-cache "gnus-nocem" "\
12259 Load the NoCeM cache.
12260
12261 \(fn)" t nil)
12262
12263 ;;;***
12264 \f
12265 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12266 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12267 ;;;;;; (18177 861))
12268 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12269
12270 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12271 Display picons in the From header.
12272 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12273
12274 \(fn)" t nil)
12275
12276 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12277 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12278 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12279
12280 \(fn)" t nil)
12281
12282 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12283 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12284 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12285
12286 \(fn)" t nil)
12287
12288 ;;;***
12289 \f
12290 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12291 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12292 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12293 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12294 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (18177 861))
12295 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12296
12297 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12298 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12299 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12300 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12301
12302 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12303
12304 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12305 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12306 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12307 LIST1 is modified.
12308
12309 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12310
12311 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12312 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12313 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12314
12315 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12316
12317 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12318 Not documented
12319
12320 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12321
12322 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12323 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12324 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12325
12326 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12327
12328 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12329 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12330 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12331
12332 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12333
12334 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12335
12336 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12337 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12338 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12339
12340 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12341
12342 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12343 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12344 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12345
12346 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12347
12348 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12349 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12350 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12351
12352 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12353
12354 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12355 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12356
12357 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12358
12359 ;;;***
12360 \f
12361 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12362 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (18177 861))
12363 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12364
12365 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12366 Not documented
12367
12368 \(fn)" t nil)
12369
12370 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12371 Install the registry hooks.
12372
12373 \(fn)" t nil)
12374
12375 ;;;***
12376 \f
12377 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12378 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (18177
12379 ;;;;;; 861))
12380 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12381
12382 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12383 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12384 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12385 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12386 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12387 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12388
12389 \(fn)" t nil)
12390
12391 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12392 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12393 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12394 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12395 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12396
12397 \(fn)" t nil)
12398
12399 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12400 Not documented
12401
12402 \(fn)" t nil)
12403
12404 ;;;***
12405 \f
12406 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
12407 ;;;;;; (18177 861))
12408 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
12409
12410 (autoload 'gnus-batch-brew-soup "gnus-soup" "\
12411 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
12412 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
12413 for matching on group names.
12414
12415 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
12416 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
12417
12418 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
12419
12420 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
12421
12422 \(fn)" t nil)
12423
12424 ;;;***
12425 \f
12426 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12427 ;;;;;; (18177 861))
12428 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12429
12430 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12431 Update the format specification near point.
12432
12433 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12434
12435 ;;;***
12436 \f
12437 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
12438 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (18177
12439 ;;;;;; 861))
12440 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12441
12442 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12443 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12444
12445 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12446
12447 (autoload 'gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news "gnus-start" "\
12448 Not documented
12449
12450 \(fn)" nil nil)
12451
12452 ;;;***
12453 \f
12454 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12455 ;;;;;; (18177 861))
12456 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12457
12458 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12459 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12460
12461 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12462
12463 ;;;***
12464 \f
12465 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (18177 871))
12466 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12467
12468 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12469 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12470
12471 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
12472 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12473 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12474
12475 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12476 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12477 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12478
12479 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12480 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12481
12482 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12483 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12484
12485 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12486
12487 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12488
12489 ;;;***
12490 \f
12491 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr"
12492 ;;;;;; "net/goto-addr.el" (18177 869))
12493 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12494
12495 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12496
12497 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12498 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12499 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12500 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12501 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12502
12503 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12504
12505 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12506 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12507 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12508 or to send e-mail.
12509 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12510 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12511
12512 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12513 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12514
12515 \(fn)" t nil)
12516 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12517
12518 ;;;***
12519 \f
12520 ;;;### (autoloads (rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12521 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12522 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (18190 35205))
12523 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12524
12525 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12526 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12527
12528 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12529
12530 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12531 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12532 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12533 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12534 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12535
12536 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12537 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12538
12539 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" t)
12540
12541 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12542 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12543 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12544 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12545
12546 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" t)
12547
12548 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12549 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12550
12551 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12552
12553 (defvar grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12554 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12555
12556 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
12557 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12558 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12559
12560 (defvar find-program "find" "\
12561 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12562 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12563
12564 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12565 Non-nil means that `grep-find' uses the `xargs' utility by default.
12566 If `exec', use `find -exec'.
12567 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12568 Any other non-nil value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12569
12570 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12571
12572 (defvar grep-history nil)
12573
12574 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12575
12576 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12577 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12578 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12579
12580 \(fn)" nil nil)
12581
12582 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12583 Not documented
12584
12585 \(fn)" nil nil)
12586
12587 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12588 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12589
12590 \(fn)" nil nil)
12591
12592 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12593 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12594 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12595 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
12596 where grep found matches.
12597
12598 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12599 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12600
12601 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
12602 easily repeat a grep command.
12603
12604 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12605 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12606 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
12607 if that history list is empty).
12608
12609 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12610
12611 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12612 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12613 Collect output in a buffer.
12614 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12615 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12616
12617 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12618 easily repeat a find command.
12619
12620 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12621
12622 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12623
12624 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12625 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12626 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12627 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12628 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12629
12630 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12631 before it is executed.
12632 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12633
12634 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12635 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12636 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12637
12638 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12639
12640 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12641
12642 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12643 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12644 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12645 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12646 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12647
12648 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12649 before it is executed.
12650 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12651
12652 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12653 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12654 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12655
12656 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12657
12658 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12659
12660 ;;;***
12661 \f
12662 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (18177 863))
12663 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12664
12665 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12666 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12667 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12668 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12669 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12670
12671 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12672
12673 ;;;***
12674 \f
12675 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb)
12676 ;;;;;; "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (18190 35205))
12677 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12678
12679 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12680 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12681 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12682 directory and source-file directory for your debugger. By
12683 default this command starts GDB using a graphical interface. See
12684 `gdba' for more information.
12685
12686 To run GDB in text command mode, replace the GDB \"--annotate=3\"
12687 option with \"--fullname\" either in the minibuffer for the
12688 current Emacs session, or the custom variable
12689 `gud-gdb-command-name' for all future sessions. You need to use
12690 text command mode to debug multiple programs within one Emacs
12691 session.
12692
12693 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12694
12695 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12696 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12697 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12698 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12699
12700 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12701
12702 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12703 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12704 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12705 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12706
12707 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12708
12709 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12710 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12711 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12712 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12713
12714 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12715 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12716
12717 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12718
12719 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12720 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12721 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12722 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12723
12724 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12725
12726 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12727 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12728 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12729 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12730
12731 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12732
12733 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12734 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12735 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12736 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12737 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12738
12739 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12740 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12741 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12742 original source file access method.
12743
12744 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12745 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12746
12747 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12748 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12749
12750 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("/\\.[a-z0-9-]*gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode))
12751
12752 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12753 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
12754
12755 \(fn)" t nil)
12756
12757 ;;;***
12758 \f
12759 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (18177
12760 ;;;;;; 871))
12761 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12762
12763 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12764 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12765 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12766 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12767
12768 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12769 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12770 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12771 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12772
12773 \(fn)" t nil)
12774
12775 ;;;***
12776 \f
12777 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12778 ;;;;;; (17928 6535))
12779 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12780
12781 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12782 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12783
12784 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12785
12786 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12787 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12788 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12789 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12790
12791 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12792
12793 \(fn)" t nil)
12794
12795 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12796 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12797 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12798 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12799 to be updated.
12800
12801 \(fn)" t nil)
12802
12803 ;;;***
12804 \f
12805 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12806 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12807 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12808 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (18177 863))
12809 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12810
12811 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
12812 Return the help-echo string at point.
12813 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12814 property, or nil, is returned.
12815 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12816 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12817 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12818
12819 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12820
12821 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
12822 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12823 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12824 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
12825 this produces no string either, return nil.
12826
12827 \(fn)" nil nil)
12828
12829 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
12830 Display local help in the echo area.
12831 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12832 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12833 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12834 printed instead.
12835
12836 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12837 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12838 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12839
12840 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12841
12842 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12843 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12844 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12845
12846 \(fn)" t nil)
12847
12848 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12849 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12850 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12851
12852 \(fn)" t nil)
12853
12854 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
12855 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
12856 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12857 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12858 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12859 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12860 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12861 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12862 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12863 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12864 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12865
12866 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12867 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12868 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12869 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12870 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12871
12872 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12873 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12874 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12875 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12876 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12877 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12878 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12879 The default is `never'.")
12880
12881 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
12882
12883 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
12884 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12885 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12886 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12887 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12888 considered different regions.
12889
12890 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12891 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12892 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12893 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12894 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12895 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12896 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12897 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12898 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12899
12900 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12901
12902 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
12903 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12904 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12905 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12906 different regions.
12907
12908 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12909 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12910 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12911 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12912 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12913 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12914 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12915 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12916
12917 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12918 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12919 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12920 rarely happens in practice.
12921
12922 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12923
12924 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
12925 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12926 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12927 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12928 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12929 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
12930
12931 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12932
12933 ;;;***
12934 \f
12935 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
12936 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-simplify-lib-file-name
12937 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
12938 ;;;;;; (18190 35191))
12939 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12940
12941 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
12942 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12943
12944 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12945
12946 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
12947 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12948 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12949
12950 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
12951
12952 (autoload 'describe-simplify-lib-file-name "help-fns" "\
12953 Simplify a library name FILE to a relative name, and make it a source file.
12954
12955 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12956
12957 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
12958 Not documented
12959
12960 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
12961
12962 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
12963 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
12964 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12965 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12966
12967 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12968
12969 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
12970 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12971 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12972 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
12973 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
12974 it is displayed along with the global value.
12975
12976 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
12977
12978 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
12979 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12980 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12981 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12982
12983 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12984
12985 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
12986 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12987 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12988 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12989 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12990
12991 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12992
12993 ;;;***
12994 \f
12995 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
12996 ;;;;;; (18177 863))
12997 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
12998
12999 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13000 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13001 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
13002 and window listing and describing the options.
13003 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
13004 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
13005
13006 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13007
13008 ;;;***
13009 \f
13010 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
13011 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
13012 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (18177 863))
13013 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13014
13015 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13016 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13017 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13018 Commands:
13019 \\{help-mode-map}
13020
13021 \(fn)" t nil)
13022
13023 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13024 Not documented
13025
13026 \(fn)" nil nil)
13027
13028 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13029 Not documented
13030
13031 \(fn)" nil nil)
13032
13033 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13034 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13035
13036 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13037 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13038 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13039 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13040
13041 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13042 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13043 restore it properly when going back.
13044
13045 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13046
13047 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13048 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13049
13050 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13051 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13052 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13053 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13054 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13055 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13056 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13057 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13058
13059 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13060 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13061 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13062 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13063
13064 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13065 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13066 that.
13067
13068 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13069
13070 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13071 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13072 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13073 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13074 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13075 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13076
13077 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13078
13079 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13080 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13081 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13082 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13083 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13084
13085 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13086
13087 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13088 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13089
13090 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13091
13092 ;;;***
13093 \f
13094 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13095 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (18177 858))
13096 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13097
13098 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13099 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13100
13101 \(fn)" t nil)
13102
13103 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13104 Provide help for current mode.
13105
13106 \(fn)" t nil)
13107
13108 ;;;***
13109 \f
13110 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13111 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (18177 863))
13112 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13113
13114 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13115 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13116 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13117 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13118 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13119
13120 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13121 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13122
13123 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13124 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13125 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13126 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
13127
13128 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13129 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13130 periods.
13131
13132 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13133 in hexl format.
13134
13135 A sample format:
13136
13137 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13138 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13139 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13140 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13141 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13142 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13143 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13144 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13145 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13146 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13147 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13148 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13149 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13150 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13151 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13152
13153 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13154 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13155 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13156
13157 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13158 also supported.
13159
13160 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13161
13162 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13163 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13164 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13165
13166 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13167 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13168 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13169
13170 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13171 into the buffer at the current point.
13172
13173 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13174 into the buffer at the current point.
13175
13176 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13177 into the buffer at the current point.
13178
13179 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13180
13181 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13182 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13183
13184 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13185
13186 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13187
13188 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13189
13190 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13191 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13192 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13193 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13194
13195 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13196
13197 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13198 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13199 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13200
13201 \(fn)" t nil)
13202
13203 ;;;***
13204 \f
13205 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13206 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13207 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13208 ;;;;;; (18190 35191))
13209 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13210
13211 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13212 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
13213
13214 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
13215 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
13216 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
13217 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
13218 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
13219 called interactively, are:
13220
13221 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13222 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13223
13224 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13225 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13226 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13227 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13228
13229 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13230 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13231
13232 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13233 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13234
13235 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13236 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13237 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13238 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13239 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13240 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13241 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy is
13242 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13243 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13244 function returns t.
13245
13246 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13247 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13248
13249 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13250 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13251 form:
13252 Hi-lock: FOO
13253 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13254 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13255 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13256 Patterns will be read until
13257 Hi-lock: end
13258 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13259
13260 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13261
13262 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13263 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13264 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13265 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13266 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13267 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13268
13269 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13270
13271 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13272 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every possible buffer.
13273 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13274 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13275 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13276
13277 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13278
13279 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13280
13281 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13282 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13283
13284 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13285 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13286 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13287 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13288
13289 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13290
13291 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13292
13293 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13294 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13295
13296 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13297 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13298 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13299 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13300
13301 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13302
13303 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13304
13305 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13306 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13307
13308 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13309 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13310
13311 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13312
13313 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13314
13315 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13316 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13317
13318 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13319 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13320 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13321 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13322 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13323
13324 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13325
13326 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13327 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13328
13329 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13330 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13331 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13332
13333 \(fn)" t nil)
13334
13335 ;;;***
13336 \f
13337 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
13338 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (18177 872))
13339 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13340
13341 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13342 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13343 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13344 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13345 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13346 how the hiding is done:
13347
13348 `hide-ifdef-env'
13349 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13350 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13351 is used.
13352
13353 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13354 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13355 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13356 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13357 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13358
13359 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13360 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13361 #endif lines when hiding.
13362
13363 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13364 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13365 is activated.
13366
13367 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13368 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13369 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13370
13371 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13372
13373 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13374
13375 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
13376 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
13377
13378 (custom-autoload 'hide-ifdef-initially "hideif" t)
13379
13380 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
13381 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
13382
13383 (custom-autoload 'hide-ifdef-read-only "hideif" t)
13384
13385 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
13386 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
13387
13388 (custom-autoload 'hide-ifdef-lines "hideif" t)
13389
13390 ;;;***
13391 \f
13392 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13393 ;;;;;; (18177 873))
13394 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13395
13396 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning)) "\
13397 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13398 Each element has the form
13399 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13400
13401 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13402 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13403
13404 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13405 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13406
13407 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13408 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13409 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13410 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13411 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13412 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13413
13414 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13415 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13416
13417 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13418 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13419
13420 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13421 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13422 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13423
13424 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13425 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
13426 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13427 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13428 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13429 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13430
13431 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13432 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13433 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13434
13435 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13436 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13437
13438 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13439
13440 Key bindings:
13441 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13442
13443 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13444
13445 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13446 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13447
13448 \(fn)" nil nil)
13449
13450 ;;;***
13451 \f
13452 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
13453 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13454 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13455 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
13456 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (18177 863))
13457 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13458
13459 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13460 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13461 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13462
13463 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13464
13465 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13466 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
13467
13468 Without an argument:
13469 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
13470 or passive state as determined by the variable
13471 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
13472 and passive state.
13473
13474 With an argument ARG:
13475 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
13476 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
13477 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
13478
13479 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
13480 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
13481 not displayed in a different face.
13482
13483 Functions:
13484 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13485 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13486 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13487 buffer with the contents of a file
13488 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13489 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
13490 various faces
13491
13492 Hook variables:
13493 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode
13494 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
13495 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode
13496
13497 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13498
13499 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13500 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13501
13502 \(fn)" t nil)
13503
13504 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13505 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13506
13507 \(fn)" t nil)
13508
13509 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13510 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
13511
13512 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13513 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13514 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13515 shown in the last face in the list.
13516
13517 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13518 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13519 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13520
13521 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13522
13523 \(fn)" t nil)
13524
13525 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13526 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13527
13528 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13529
13530 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13531 to save the file.
13532
13533 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13534 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13535
13536 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13537 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13538 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13539
13540 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13541
13542 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13543 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13544
13545 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13546 this function is called interactively.
13547
13548 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13549 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13550 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13551
13552 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13553 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13554 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13555
13556 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13557
13558 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes "hilit-chg" "\
13559 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
13560
13561 When called interactively:
13562 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
13563 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
13564 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
13565 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
13566
13567 When called from a program:
13568 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
13569 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
13570 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
13571 - otherwise just turn it on
13572
13573 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
13574 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
13575 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
13576 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
13577
13578 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13579
13580 ;;;***
13581 \f
13582 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13583 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13584 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13585 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13586 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (18177 863))
13587 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13588
13589 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13590 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13591 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13592 or insert functions in this list.")
13593
13594 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13595
13596 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13597 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13598
13599 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-verbose "hippie-exp" t)
13600
13601 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13602 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13603
13604 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space "hippie-exp" t)
13605
13606 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13607 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13608
13609 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol "hippie-exp" t)
13610
13611 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13612 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13613
13614 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-no-restriction "hippie-exp" t)
13615
13616 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13617 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13618 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13619
13620 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-max-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13621
13622 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers '("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode) "\
13623 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13624 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13625 \(as atoms)")
13626
13627 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-ignore-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13628
13629 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13630 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13631 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13632 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13633 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13634
13635 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-only-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13636
13637 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13638 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13639 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13640 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13641 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13642 expansions.
13643 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13644 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13645 undoes the expansion.
13646
13647 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13648
13649 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13650 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13651 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13652 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13653
13654 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13655
13656 ;;;***
13657 \f
13658 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13659 ;;;;;; (18177 863))
13660 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13661
13662 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13663 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13664 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13665
13666 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13667 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13668 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13669 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13670 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13671
13672 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13673 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13674 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13675 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13676
13677 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13678
13679 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13680 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13681 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13682 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13683 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13684 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13685
13686 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13687
13688 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13689 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13690 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13691
13692 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13693 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13694
13695 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13696
13697 ;;;***
13698 \f
13699 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
13700 ;;;;;; (18190 35185))
13701 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13702
13703 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
13704 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13705 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
13706
13707 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13708
13709 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13710
13711 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
13712 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13713
13714 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'.
13715 If you want to control what holidays are displayed, use a
13716 different list. For example,
13717
13718 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13719 (append general-holidays local-holidays other-holidays))
13720
13721 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the 3
13722 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13723
13724 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13725 holidays, based on the variables `solar-holidays' etc. See the
13726 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13727 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13728 of a holiday list.
13729
13730 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13731
13732 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
13733
13734 ;;;***
13735 \f
13736 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (18177
13737 ;;;;;; 861))
13738 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13739
13740 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
13741 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13742
13743 \(fn)" t nil)
13744
13745 ;;;***
13746 \f
13747 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
13748 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers
13749 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-help-buffers ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers
13750 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers
13751 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp
13752 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
13753 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
13754 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
13755 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
13756 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13757 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13758 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13759 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13760 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13761 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13762 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13763 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13764 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13765 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13766 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13767 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13768 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13769 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (18177 863))
13770 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13771
13772 (autoload 'ibuffer-auto-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13773 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13774 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13775
13776 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13777
13778 (autoload 'ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13779 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13780
13781 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13782
13783 (autoload 'ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13784 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13785
13786 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13787
13788 (autoload 'ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13789 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
13790
13791 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13792
13793 (autoload 'ibuffer-toggle-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13794 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
13795
13796 \(fn)" t nil)
13797
13798 (autoload 'ibuffer-forward-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13799 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13800
13801 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13802
13803 (autoload 'ibuffer-backward-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13804 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13805
13806 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13807 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
13808 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
13809 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
13810 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
13811 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
13812 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
13813 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
13814 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13815 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
13816 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13817 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
13818
13819 (autoload 'ibuffer-included-in-filters-p "ibuf-ext" "\
13820 Not documented
13821
13822 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
13823
13824 (autoload 'ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13825 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
13826
13827 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13828
13829 (autoload 'ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13830 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
13831
13832 \(fn)" t nil)
13833
13834 (autoload 'ibuffer-pop-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13835 Remove the first filter group.
13836
13837 \(fn)" t nil)
13838
13839 (autoload 'ibuffer-decompose-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13840 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
13841
13842 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
13843
13844 (autoload 'ibuffer-clear-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
13845 Remove all filter groups.
13846
13847 \(fn)" t nil)
13848
13849 (autoload 'ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13850 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
13851
13852 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13853
13854 (autoload 'ibuffer-kill-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13855 Kill the filter group named NAME.
13856 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
13857
13858 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13859
13860 (autoload 'ibuffer-kill-line "ibuf-ext" "\
13861 Kill the filter group at point.
13862 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
13863
13864 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
13865
13866 (autoload 'ibuffer-yank "ibuf-ext" "\
13867 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
13868
13869 \(fn)" t nil)
13870
13871 (autoload 'ibuffer-yank-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13872 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
13873
13874 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13875
13876 (autoload 'ibuffer-save-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
13877 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
13878 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
13879 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
13880
13881 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
13882
13883 (autoload 'ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
13884 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
13885 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
13886
13887 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13888
13889 (autoload 'ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
13890 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
13891 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
13892 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
13893 of replacing the current filters.
13894
13895 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13896
13897 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-disable "ibuf-ext" "\
13898 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
13899
13900 \(fn)" t nil)
13901
13902 (autoload 'ibuffer-pop-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
13903 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
13904
13905 \(fn)" t nil)
13906
13907 (autoload 'ibuffer-decompose-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
13908 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
13909
13910 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
13911 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
13912 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
13913
13914 \(fn)" t nil)
13915
13916 (autoload 'ibuffer-exchange-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
13917 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
13918
13919 \(fn)" t nil)
13920
13921 (autoload 'ibuffer-negate-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
13922 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
13923
13924 \(fn)" t nil)
13925
13926 (autoload 'ibuffer-or-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
13927 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
13928 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
13929 filter into parts.
13930
13931 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
13932
13933 (autoload 'ibuffer-save-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
13934 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13935 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
13936
13937 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
13938
13939 (autoload 'ibuffer-delete-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
13940 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13941
13942 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13943
13944 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
13945 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
13946
13947 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13948
13949 (autoload 'ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
13950 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13951 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
13952 of replacing the current filters.
13953
13954 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13955 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
13956 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
13957 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
13958 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
13959 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
13960 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
13961 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
13962 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
13963
13964 (autoload 'ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13965 Toggle the current sorting mode.
13966 Default sorting modes are:
13967 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
13968 Name - the name of the buffer
13969 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
13970 Size - the size of the buffer
13971
13972 \(fn)" t nil)
13973
13974 (autoload 'ibuffer-invert-sorting "ibuf-ext" "\
13975 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
13976
13977 \(fn)" t nil)
13978 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
13979 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
13980 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
13981 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
13982
13983 (autoload 'ibuffer-bs-show "ibuf-ext" "\
13984 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
13985
13986 \(fn)" t nil)
13987
13988 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide "ibuf-ext" "\
13989 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
13990 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
13991 for this Ibuffer session.
13992
13993 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13994
13995 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show "ibuf-ext" "\
13996 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
13997 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
13998 for this Ibuffer session.
13999
14000 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14001
14002 (autoload 'ibuffer-forward-next-marked "ibuf-ext" "\
14003 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14004
14005 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14006 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14007
14008 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
14009 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
14010
14011 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
14012
14013 (autoload 'ibuffer-backwards-next-marked "ibuf-ext" "\
14014 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14015
14016 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14017 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14018
14019 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
14020
14021 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-kill-lines "ibuf-ext" "\
14022 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
14023
14024 \(fn)" t nil)
14025
14026 (autoload 'ibuffer-jump-to-buffer "ibuf-ext" "\
14027 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
14028
14029 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
14030 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
14031 hidden group filter, open it.
14032
14033 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
14034 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
14035 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
14036
14037 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14038
14039 (autoload 'ibuffer-diff-with-file "ibuf-ext" "\
14040 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
14041 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
14042
14043 \(fn)" t nil)
14044
14045 (autoload 'ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill "ibuf-ext" "\
14046 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
14047
14048 The names are separated by a space.
14049 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
14050
14051 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
14052 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
14053 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
14054 to `ibuffer-default-directory' if non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
14055
14056 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
14057
14058 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14059
14060 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14061 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
14062
14063 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14064
14065 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14066 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
14067
14068 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14069
14070 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14071 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
14072
14073 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14074
14075 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
14076 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
14077
14078 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
14079
14080 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14081 Mark all modified buffers.
14082
14083 \(fn)" t nil)
14084
14085 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14086 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
14087
14088 \(fn)" t nil)
14089
14090 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14091 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
14092
14093 \(fn)" t nil)
14094
14095 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-help-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14096 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
14097
14098 \(fn)" t nil)
14099
14100 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14101 Mark buffers whose associated file is compressed.
14102
14103 \(fn)" t nil)
14104
14105 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-old-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14106 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' hours.
14107
14108 \(fn)" t nil)
14109
14110 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-special-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14111 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
14112
14113 \(fn)" t nil)
14114
14115 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14116 Mark all read-only buffers.
14117
14118 \(fn)" t nil)
14119
14120 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14121 Mark all `dired' buffers.
14122
14123 \(fn)" t nil)
14124
14125 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-occur "ibuf-ext" "\
14126 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
14127 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
14128 defaults to one.
14129
14130 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
14131
14132 ;;;***
14133 \f
14134 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14135 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (18177
14136 ;;;;;; 863))
14137 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14138
14139 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14140 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14141
14142 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14143 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14144 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14145
14146 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14147 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14148 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14149 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14150 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14151 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14152
14153 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14154 title of the column.
14155
14156 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14157 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14158 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14159 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14160 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14161
14162 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14163
14164 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14165 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14166 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14167 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14168 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14169
14170 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14171 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14172 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14173
14174 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14175
14176 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14177 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14178 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14179 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14180 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14181 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14182
14183 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14184 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14185 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14186 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14187 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14188 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14189 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14190 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14191 values are:
14192 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14193 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14194 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14195 buffer's modification flag.
14196 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14197 prompted before performing this operation.
14198 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14199 operation is complete, in the form:
14200 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14201 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14202 confirmation message, in the form:
14203 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14204 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14205 macro for exactly what it does.
14206
14207 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14208
14209 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14210 Define a filter named NAME.
14211 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14212 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14213 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14214
14215 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14216 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14217 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14218 bound to the current value of the filter.
14219
14220 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14221
14222 ;;;***
14223 \f
14224 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14225 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (18177 864))
14226 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14227
14228 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14229 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14230 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14231 buffers which are visiting a file.
14232
14233 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14234
14235 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14236 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14237 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14238 buffers which are visiting a file.
14239
14240 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14241
14242 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14243 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14244 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14245
14246 All arguments are optional.
14247 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14248 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14249 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14250 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14251 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14252 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14253 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14254 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14255 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14256 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14257 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14258 that value locally in this buffer.
14259
14260 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14261
14262 ;;;***
14263 \f
14264 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14265 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14266 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (18190 35185))
14267 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14268
14269 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14270 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14271 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14272 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14273
14274 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14275
14276 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14277 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14278 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14279 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14280 ICAL-FILENAME.
14281 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14282 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14283 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14284
14285 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14286
14287 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14288 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14289 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14290 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14291 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14292 non-marking or not.
14293
14294 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14295
14296 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14297 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14298
14299 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14300 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14301 DIARY-FILE.
14302
14303 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14304 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14305 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14306
14307 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14308 non-marking.
14309
14310 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14311 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14312 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14313
14314 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14315
14316 ;;;***
14317 \f
14318 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (18177
14319 ;;;;;; 864))
14320 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14321
14322 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14323 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14324 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14325 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14326 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14327 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14328
14329 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14330
14331 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14332 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
14333 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on if ARG is positive,
14334 otherwise turn it off.
14335
14336 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14337
14338 ;;;***
14339 \f
14340 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (18177 873))
14341 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14342
14343 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14344 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14345 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14346 Tab indents for Icon code.
14347 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14348 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14349 \\{icon-mode-map}
14350 Variables controlling indentation style:
14351 icon-tab-always-indent
14352 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14353 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14354 icon-auto-newline
14355 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14356 inserted in Icon code.
14357 icon-indent-level
14358 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14359 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14360 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14361 icon-continued-statement-offset
14362 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14363 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14364 icon-continued-brace-offset
14365 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14366 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14367 icon-brace-offset
14368 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14369 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14370 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14371 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14372
14373 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14374 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14375
14376 \(fn)" t nil)
14377
14378 ;;;***
14379 \f
14380 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14381 ;;;;;; (18177 873))
14382 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14383
14384 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14385 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14386 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14387 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14388
14389 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14390 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14391 separate frames.
14392
14393 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14394 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14395
14396 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14397 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14398 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14399
14400 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14401
14402 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14403
14404 ;;;***
14405 \f
14406 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14407 ;;;;;; (18177 873))
14408 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14409
14410 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14411 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14412
14413 The main features of this mode are
14414
14415 1. Indentation and Formatting
14416 --------------------------
14417 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14418 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14419
14420 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14421 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14422 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14423 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14424
14425 Comments are indented as follows:
14426
14427 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14428 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14429 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14430
14431 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14432
14433 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14434 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14435 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14436 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14437 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14438 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14439
14440 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14441 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14442 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14443 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14444
14445 2. Routine Info
14446 ------------
14447 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14448 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14449 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14450 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14451 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14452 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14453 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14454 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14455 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14456 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14457
14458 3. Online IDL Help
14459 ---------------
14460
14461 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14462 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14463 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14464 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14465
14466 4. Completion
14467 ----------
14468 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14469 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14470 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14471 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14472 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14473 upper case.
14474
14475 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14476 --------------------------------
14477 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14478 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
14479
14480 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14481 \\fu FUNCTION template
14482 \\c CASE statement template
14483 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14484 \\f FOR loop template
14485 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14486 \\w WHILE loop template
14487 \\i IF statement template
14488 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14489 \\b BEGIN
14490
14491 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14492 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14493
14494 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14495 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14496 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14497 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14498
14499 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14500 -------------------------
14501 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14502 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14503
14504 7. Automatic END completion
14505 ------------------------
14506 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14507 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14508
14509 8. Hooks
14510 -----
14511 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14512 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14513
14514 9. Documentation and Customization
14515 -------------------------------
14516 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14517 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14518 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14519 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
14520 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14521
14522 10.Keybindings
14523 -----------
14524 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14525 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14526 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14527
14528 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14529
14530 \(fn)" t nil)
14531 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
14532
14533 ;;;***
14534 \f
14535 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14536 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14537 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14538 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14539 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14540 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14541 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14542 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (18190
14543 ;;;;;; 35191))
14544 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14545
14546 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14547 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14548 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14549 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14550 displaying...)
14551 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14552 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14553 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14554
14555 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14556 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14557
14558 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14559
14560 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14561 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
14562 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14563 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14564 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14565 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14566 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14567 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14568 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14569
14570 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14571
14572 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14573 Switch to another buffer.
14574 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14575 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14576 in another frame.
14577
14578 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14579 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14580 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14581 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14582 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14583
14584 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14585 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14586
14587 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14588 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14589
14590 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14591 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14592 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14593 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14594 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14595 in a separate window.
14596 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14597 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14598 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14599 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14600 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14601 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14602 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14603 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14604 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14605
14606 \(fn)" t nil)
14607
14608 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14609 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14610 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14611 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14612
14613 \(fn)" t nil)
14614
14615 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14616 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14617 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14618 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14619
14620 \(fn)" t nil)
14621
14622 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14623 Kill a buffer.
14624 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14625 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14626
14627 \(fn)" t nil)
14628
14629 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14630 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14631 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14632 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14633
14634 \(fn)" t nil)
14635
14636 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14637 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14638 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14639 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14640
14641 \(fn)" t nil)
14642
14643 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14644 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14645
14646 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14647
14648 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14649 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14650 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14651 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14652 visible in another frame.
14653
14654 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14655 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14656 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14657 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14658 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14659 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14660
14661 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14662 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14663
14664 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14665 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14666
14667 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14668 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14669 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14670 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14671 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14672 in a separate window.
14673 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14674 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14675 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14676 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14677 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14678 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14679 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14680 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14681 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14682 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14683 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14684 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14685 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14686 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14687 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14688
14689 \(fn)" t nil)
14690
14691 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14692 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14693 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14694 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14695
14696 \(fn)" t nil)
14697
14698 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14699 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14700 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14701 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14702
14703 \(fn)" t nil)
14704
14705 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14706 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14707 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14708 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14709
14710 \(fn)" t nil)
14711
14712 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14713 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14714 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14715 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14716
14717 \(fn)" t nil)
14718
14719 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14720 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14721 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14722 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14723
14724 \(fn)" t nil)
14725
14726 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14727 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14728 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14729 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14730
14731 \(fn)" t nil)
14732
14733 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14734 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14735 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14736 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14737
14738 \(fn)" t nil)
14739
14740 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14741 Write current buffer to a file.
14742 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14743 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14744
14745 \(fn)" t nil)
14746
14747 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14748 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14749 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14750 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14751
14752 \(fn)" t nil)
14753
14754 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14755 Call `dired' the ido way.
14756 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14757 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14758
14759 \(fn)" t nil)
14760
14761 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14762 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14763 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14764 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14765 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14766 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14767
14768 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14769
14770 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14771 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14772 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14773 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14774
14775 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14776
14777 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14778 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14779 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14780 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14781
14782 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14783
14784 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14785 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14786 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14787 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14788 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14789 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14790 with `completing-read'.
14791 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14792 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14793 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14794 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14795 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14796 with point positioned at the end.
14797 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14798 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14799
14800 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
14801
14802 ;;;***
14803 \f
14804 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (18177 864))
14805 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14806 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
14807
14808 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14809 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14810 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14811
14812 \(fn)" t nil)
14813
14814 ;;;***
14815 \f
14816 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
14817 ;;;;;; (18177 864))
14818 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14819
14820 (autoload 'turn-on-iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14821 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
14822
14823 \(fn)" t nil)
14824
14825 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14826 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14827
14828 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14829
14830 ;;;***
14831 \f
14832 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
14833 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p
14834 ;;;;;; image-type-available-p image-type image-type-from-file-name
14835 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data)
14836 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (18190 35191))
14837 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14838
14839 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14840 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14841 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14842 be determined.
14843
14844 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14845
14846 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14847 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14848 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14849 be determined.
14850
14851 \(fn)" nil nil)
14852
14853 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14854 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14855 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14856 be determined.
14857
14858 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14859
14860 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14861 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14862 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14863 be determined.
14864
14865 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14866
14867 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14868 Determine and return image type.
14869 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14870 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14871 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14872 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14873 use its file extension as image type.
14874 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14875
14876 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14877
14878 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14879 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14880 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14881
14882 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14883
14884 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14885 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14886 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14887
14888 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14889 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14890 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14891 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14892 must be available.
14893
14894 \(fn)" nil nil)
14895
14896 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14897 Create an image.
14898 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14899 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14900 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14901 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14902 use its file extension as image type.
14903 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14904 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14905 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14906 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14907
14908 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14909
14910 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14911 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14912 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14913
14914 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14915
14916 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14917 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14918 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14919 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14920 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14921 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14922 POS may be an integer or marker.
14923 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14924 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14925 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14926 means display it in the right marginal area.
14927
14928 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14929
14930 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14931 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14932 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14933 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14934 defaulted if you omit it.
14935 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14936 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14937 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14938 means display it in the right marginal area.
14939 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14940 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14941 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14942 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14943 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14944
14945 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14946
14947 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
14948 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14949 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14950 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14951 defaulted if you omit it.
14952 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14953 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14954 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14955 means display it in the right marginal area.
14956 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
14957
14958 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14959
14960 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
14961 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14962 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14963 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14964
14965 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14966
14967 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
14968 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14969
14970 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14971
14972 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14973 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14974 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14975 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14976 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14977 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14978 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14979 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14980 satisfied.
14981
14982 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14983
14984 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14985
14986 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
14987
14988 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
14989 Define SYMBOL as an image.
14990
14991 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
14992 documentation string.
14993
14994 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14995 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14996 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14997 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14998 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14999 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15000 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15001 define SYMBOL.
15002
15003 Example:
15004
15005 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15006 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15007
15008 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
15009
15010 ;;;***
15011 \f
15012 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
15013 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
15014 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
15015 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
15016 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
15017 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
15018 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs)
15019 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (18190 35191))
15020 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15021
15022 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15023 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
15024
15025 \(fn)" t nil)
15026
15027 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15028 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15029
15030 Convenience command that:
15031
15032 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15033 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15034 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15035
15036 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15037 image files in dired and type
15038 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15039
15040 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15041
15042 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15043 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15044
15045 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15046
15047 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15048 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15049 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15050 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15051 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15052 another one).
15053
15054 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15055 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15056 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15057
15058 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15059 instead of erasing it first.
15060
15061 Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15062 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15063 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15064 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15065 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15066 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15067
15068 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15069
15070 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15071 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15072 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15073 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15074 displayed.
15075
15076 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15077
15078 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15079
15080 (defalias 'tumme 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15081
15082 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15083 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15084
15085 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15086
15087 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15088 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15089 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15090
15091 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15092
15093 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15094 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15095
15096 \(fn)" t nil)
15097
15098 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15099 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15100 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15101 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15102
15103 \(fn)" t nil)
15104
15105 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15106 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15107
15108 \(fn)" t nil)
15109
15110 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15111 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15112
15113 \(fn)" t nil)
15114
15115 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15116 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15117
15118 \(fn)" t nil)
15119
15120 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15121 Display current image file.
15122 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15123 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15124
15125 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15126
15127 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15128 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15129
15130 \(fn)" t nil)
15131
15132 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15133 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15134 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15135 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15136 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15137 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15138 matching tags will be marked in the dired buffer.
15139
15140 \(fn)" t nil)
15141
15142 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15143 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15144 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15145 easy-to-use form.
15146
15147 \(fn)" t nil)
15148
15149 ;;;***
15150 \f
15151 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15152 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15153 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (18177 864))
15154 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15155
15156 (defvar image-file-name-extensions '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg") "\
15157 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
15158 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15159 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15160
15161 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15162 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15163 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15164 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15165
15166 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15167
15168 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15169 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15170 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15171 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15172
15173 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15174 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15175 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15176 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15177
15178 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15179
15180 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15181 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15182
15183 \(fn)" nil nil)
15184
15185 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15186 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15187 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15188 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15189
15190 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15191
15192 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15193 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15194 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15195 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15196 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15197 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15198
15199 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15200
15201 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15202 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
15203 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15204 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15205
15206 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
15207 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15208 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15209
15210 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15211
15212 ;;;***
15213 \f
15214 ;;;### (autoloads (image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode image-mode)
15215 ;;;;;; "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (18177 864))
15216 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15217 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15218 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15219 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15220 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15221 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15222 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . c-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15223 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15224 (push '("\\.svgz?\\'" . xml-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15225 (push '("\\.svgz?\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15226
15227 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15228 Major mode for image files.
15229 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15230 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15231
15232 \(fn)" t nil)
15233
15234 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15235 Toggle Image minor mode.
15236 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15237 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
15238
15239 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15240
15241 (autoload 'image-mode-maybe "image-mode" "\
15242 Set major or minor mode for image files.
15243 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
15244 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
15245 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
15246 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
15247
15248 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
15249 information on these modes.
15250
15251 \(fn)" t nil)
15252
15253 ;;;***
15254 \f
15255 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15256 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (18177 864))
15257 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15258
15259 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15260 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15261
15262 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15263
15264 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15265 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15266 in the buffer.
15267
15268 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15269
15270 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15271 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15272 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15273
15274 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15275
15276 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15277 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15278
15279 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15280 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15281 pattern's structure.
15282
15283 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15284 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15285 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15286 during matching.")
15287
15288 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15289
15290 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15291 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15292
15293 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15294 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15295 called within a `save-excursion'.
15296
15297 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15298
15299 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15300
15301 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15302 Function for finding the next index position.
15303
15304 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15305 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15306 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15307 file.
15308
15309 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15310 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15311
15312 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15313
15314 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15315 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15316
15317 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15318 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15319 It should return the name for that index item.")
15320
15321 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15322
15323 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15324 Function to compare string with index item.
15325
15326 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15327 non-nil if they match.
15328
15329 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15330 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15331 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15332 arguments match\".")
15333
15334 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15335
15336 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15337 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15338 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15339
15340 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15341
15342 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15343
15344 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15345
15346 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15347 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15348 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15349 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15350
15351 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15352
15353 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15354 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15355
15356 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15357
15358 \(fn)" t nil)
15359
15360 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15361 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15362 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15363 for more information.
15364
15365 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15366
15367 ;;;***
15368 \f
15369 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15370 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15371 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (18177 866))
15372 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15373
15374 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15375 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15376
15377 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15378
15379 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15380 Not documented
15381
15382 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15383
15384 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15385 Not documented
15386
15387 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15388
15389 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15390 Not documented
15391
15392 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15393
15394 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15395 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15396
15397 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15398
15399 ;;;***
15400 \f
15401 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15402 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15403 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (18177 873))
15404 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15405
15406 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
15407 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15408 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15409 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15410 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15411
15412 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "inf-lisp" t)
15413
15414 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
15415 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15416
15417 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-program "inf-lisp" t)
15418
15419 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
15420 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15421 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15422 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15423 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15424 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15425 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15426 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15427
15428 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-load-command "inf-lisp" t)
15429
15430 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
15431 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15432 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15433 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15434 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15435
15436 This variable is only used if the variable
15437 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15438
15439 More precise choices:
15440 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15441 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15442 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
15443
15444 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15445
15446 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-prompt "inf-lisp" t)
15447
15448 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook 'nil "\
15449 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
15450
15451 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15452 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15453 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15454 to that buffer.
15455 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15456 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15457 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15458 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15459
15460 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15461 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
15462
15463 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15464
15465 ;;;***
15466 \f
15467 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
15468 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
15469 ;;;;;; Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15470 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (18177 864))
15471 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15472
15473 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15474 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15475
15476 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15477 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15478 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
15479
15480 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15481 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15482 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15483 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15484 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15485 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
15486 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15487 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15488 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15489 with the top-level Info directory.
15490
15491 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15492 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15493 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15494 appended to the Info buffer name.
15495
15496 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15497 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15498 in all the directories in that path.
15499
15500 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15501
15502 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15503 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15504
15505 \(fn)" t nil)
15506
15507 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15508 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15509 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15510 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15511
15512 \(fn)" nil nil)
15513
15514 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15515 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15516 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15517 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15518
15519 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15520
15521 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15522 Go to the Info directory node.
15523
15524 \(fn)" t nil)
15525
15526 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15527 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15528 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15529 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15530 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15531 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15532
15533 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15534
15535 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15536 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15537 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15538
15539 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15540
15541 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15542 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15543 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15544 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15545 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15546
15547 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15548 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15549
15550 Selecting other nodes:
15551 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15552 Follow a node reference you click on.
15553 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15554 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15555 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15556 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15557 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15558 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15559 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15560 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15561 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15562 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15563 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15564 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15565 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15566 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15567 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15568 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15569 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15570 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15571 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15572 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15573
15574 Moving within a node:
15575 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15576 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15577 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15578 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15579 move up to the parent node.
15580 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15581 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15582 if there is none.
15583 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15584
15585 Advanced commands:
15586 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15587 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15588 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15589 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
15590 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
15591 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15592 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15593 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15594 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15595 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15596 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15597 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15598 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15599 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15600 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15601 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15602
15603 \(fn)" nil nil)
15604 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15605
15606 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15607 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15608 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15609 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15610 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15611 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15612
15613 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15614 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15615
15616 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15617 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15618 KEY is a string.
15619 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15620 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15621 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15622 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15623
15624 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15625
15626 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15627 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15628 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15629
15630 \(fn)" t nil)
15631
15632 ;;;***
15633 \f
15634 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15635 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15636 ;;;;;; (18177 864))
15637 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15638
15639 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15640 Throw away all cached data.
15641 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15642 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15643 system.
15644
15645 \(fn)" t nil)
15646 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15647
15648 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15649 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15650 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15651 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15652 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15653 one found at point.
15654
15655 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15656
15657 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15658 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15659
15660 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15661 Display the documentation of a file.
15662 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15663 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15664 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15665 The default file name is the one found at point.
15666
15667 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15668
15669 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15670
15671 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15672 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15673
15674 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15675
15676 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15677 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15678
15679 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15680
15681 ;;;***
15682 \f
15683 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
15684 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (18177 864))
15685 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15686
15687 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15688 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15689
15690 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15691
15692 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15693 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
15694 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
15695
15696 \(fn)" t nil)
15697
15698 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15699 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15700 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
15701
15702 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
15703 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
15704 quite a while.
15705
15706 \(fn)" t nil)
15707
15708 ;;;***
15709 \f
15710 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
15711 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (18177 864))
15712 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15713
15714 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15715 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15716
15717 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15718
15719 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15720 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15721 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
15722
15723 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15724 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15725 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15726
15727 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15728 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15729 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15730 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15731
15732 \(fn)" t nil)
15733
15734 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15735 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15736 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15737
15738 \(fn)" t nil)
15739
15740 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15741 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15742 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15743 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15744 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15745
15746 \(fn)" nil nil)
15747
15748 ;;;***
15749 \f
15750 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15751 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15752 ;;;;;; (18177 864))
15753 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15754
15755 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15756 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15757
15758 \(fn)" t nil)
15759
15760 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15761 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15762
15763 \(fn)" t nil)
15764
15765 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15766 Not documented
15767
15768 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15769
15770 ;;;***
15771 \f
15772 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (18177
15773 ;;;;;; 865))
15774 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15775
15776 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15777 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15778 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15779 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15780 accessed via isearchb.
15781
15782 \(fn)" t nil)
15783
15784 ;;;***
15785 \f
15786 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "obsolete/iso-acc.el"
15787 ;;;;;; (18177 870))
15788 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/iso-acc.el
15789
15790 (autoload 'iso-accents-mode "iso-acc" "\
15791 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
15792 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
15793 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
15794 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
15795 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
15796
15797 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
15798 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
15799
15800 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
15801 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
15802 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
15803 \"s gives German sharp s.
15804 /a gives a with ring.
15805 /e gives an a-e ligature.
15806 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
15807 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
15808 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
15809
15810 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
15811 and a negative argument disables it.
15812
15813 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15814
15815 ;;;***
15816 \f
15817 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15818 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15819 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15820 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (18177 864))
15821 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15822
15823 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15824 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15825 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15826 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15827
15828 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15829
15830 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15831 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15832 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15833 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15834
15835 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15836
15837 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15838 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15839 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15840 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15841
15842 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15843
15844 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15845 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15846 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15847 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15848
15849 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15850
15851 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15852 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15853 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15854 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15855
15856 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15857
15858 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
15859 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15860 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15861 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15862
15863 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15864
15865 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
15866 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15867 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15868 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15869
15870 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15871
15872 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
15873 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15874 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15875 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15876
15877 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15878
15879 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15880 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15881 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15882 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15883
15884 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15885
15886 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
15887 Warn that format is read-only.
15888
15889 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15890
15891 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
15892 Warn that format is write-only.
15893
15894 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15895
15896 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
15897 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15898
15899 \(fn)" t nil)
15900
15901 ;;;***
15902 \f
15903 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15904 ;;;;;; (18177 864))
15905 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15906 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
15907 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15908 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15909
15910 ;;;***
15911 \f
15912 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15913 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15914 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15915 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-local-dictionary-alist
15916 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
15917 ;;;;;; (18177 875))
15918 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15919 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
15920
15921 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
15922 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15923 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
15924 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
15925
15926 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
15927 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
15928
15929 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
15930 *List of local or customized dictionary definitions.
15931 These can override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15932
15933 To make permanent changes to your dictionary definitions, you
15934 will need to make your changes in this variable, save, and then
15935 re-start Emacs.")
15936
15937 (custom-autoload 'ispell-local-dictionary-alist "ispell" t)
15938
15939 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 '((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1)))
15940
15941 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 '(("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1)))
15942
15943 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 '(("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-3) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-3) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^-]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-'.@]" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\".@]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1)))
15944
15945 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 '(("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-.]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1)))
15946
15947 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 '(("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[.]" nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1)))
15948
15949 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 '(("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("russianw" "[\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "[^\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "" nil nil nil windows-1251) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("slovenian" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovenian") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1)))
15950
15951 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
15952 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
15953
15954 Each element of this list is also a list:
15955
15956 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
15957 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
15958
15959 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
15960 nil means the default dictionary.
15961
15962 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a word.
15963
15964 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
15965
15966 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
15967 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
15968 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
15969 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
15970 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
15971 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
15972 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
15973 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
15974 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
15975
15976 CASECHARS, NOT-CASECHARS, and OTHERCHARS must be unibyte strings
15977 containing bytes of CHARACTER-SET. In addition, if they contain
15978 a non-ASCII byte, the regular expression must be a single
15979 `character set' construct that doesn't specify a character range
15980 for non-ASCII bytes.
15981
15982 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
15983 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
15984 single word.
15985
15986 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
15987 subprocess.
15988
15989 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
15990 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
15991 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
15992 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
15993 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
15994 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
15995 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
15996 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
15997
15998 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
15999
16000 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
16001 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
16002 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
16003
16004 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16005 Key map for ispell menu.")
16006
16007 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16008 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16009 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16010 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16011
16012 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16013
16014 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] '(menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] '(menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] '(menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] '(menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help "Customize spell checking options")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] '(menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] '(menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] '(menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] '(menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor"))))
16015
16016 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] '(menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings"))))
16017
16018 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help "Skip headers and included message text")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer")) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16019
16020 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist '((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)")) "\
16021 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16022 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16023 Valid forms include:
16024 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16025 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16026 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16027 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16028
16029 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}"))) "\
16030 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16031 First list is used raw.
16032 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16033
16034 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16035 for skipping in latex mode.")
16036
16037 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16038 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16039 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
16040 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16041 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16042 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16043
16044 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16045 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16046 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16047 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16048
16049 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16050 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16051 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16052 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16053 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16054
16055 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16056 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16057
16058 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16059 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16060
16061 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16062 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16063
16064 Return values:
16065 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16066 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16067 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16068 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16069 quit spell session exited.
16070
16071 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
16072
16073 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16074 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16075 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16076
16077 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16078
16079 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16080 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16081
16082 Selections are:
16083
16084 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16085 SPC: Accept word this time.
16086 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16087 `a': Accept word for this session.
16088 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16089 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16090 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16091 `?': Show these commands.
16092 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16093 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16094 the aborted check to be completed later.
16095 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16096 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16097 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16098 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16099 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16100 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16101 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16102
16103 \(fn)" nil nil)
16104
16105 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16106 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16107 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16108
16109 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
16110
16111 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16112 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16113 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16114 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16115
16116 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16117
16118 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16119
16120 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16121 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16122 Return nil if spell session is quit,
16123 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
16124
16125 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16126
16127 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16128 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16129
16130 \(fn)" t nil)
16131
16132 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16133 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16134
16135 \(fn)" t nil)
16136
16137 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16138 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16139
16140 \(fn)" t nil)
16141
16142 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16143 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16144 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16145 sequence inside of a word.
16146
16147 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16148
16149 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16150
16151 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16152 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16153
16154 \(fn)" t nil)
16155
16156 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16157 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16158 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16159 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16160
16161 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16162 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16163 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16164 available on the net.
16165
16166 \(fn)" t nil)
16167
16168 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16169 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
16170 With prefix argument ARG, turn Ispell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
16171 otherwise turn it off.
16172
16173 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
16174 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
16175
16176 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
16177 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
16178
16179 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16180
16181 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16182 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16183 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16184 Don't check included messages.
16185
16186 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16187 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16188 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
16189
16190 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16191 in your .emacs file:
16192 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16193 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16194 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16195 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16196
16197 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16198 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16199 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16200
16201 \(fn)" t nil)
16202
16203 ;;;***
16204 \f
16205 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (18177
16206 ;;;;;; 865))
16207 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16208
16209 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16210 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16211 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16212 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16213 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16214 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16215
16216 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
16217
16218 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
16219 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
16220 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
16221 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
16222 `iswitchb' for details.
16223
16224 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16225
16226 ;;;***
16227 \f
16228 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16229 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16230 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16231 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (18177 866))
16232 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16233
16234 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16235 Not documented
16236
16237 \(fn)" nil nil)
16238
16239 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16240 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16241 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16242 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16243 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16244 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16245 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16246 necessary to represent OBJ.
16247
16248 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16249
16250 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16251 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16252 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16253 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16254
16255 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16256
16257 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16258 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16259 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16260 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16261 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16262
16263 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16264
16265 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16266 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16267 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16268 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16269
16270 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16271
16272 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16273 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16274 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16275 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16276
16277 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16278
16279 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16280 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16281
16282 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16283
16284 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16285 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16286 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16287 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16288 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16289
16290 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16291
16292 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16293 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16294 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16295 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16296 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16297
16298 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16299
16300 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16301 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16302 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16303
16304 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16305
16306 ;;;***
16307 \f
16308 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16309 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (18177 866))
16310 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16311
16312 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16313 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16314 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16315 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16316
16317 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16318 Not documented
16319
16320 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16321
16322 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16323 Uninstall jka-compr.
16324 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16325 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
16326 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16327
16328 \(fn)" nil nil)
16329
16330 ;;;***
16331 \f
16332 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16333 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16334 ;;;;;; (18177 858))
16335 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16336
16337 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16338 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16339 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16340 decimal key must be specified.")
16341
16342 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16343
16344 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16345 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16346 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16347 decimal key must be specified.")
16348
16349 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16350
16351 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16352 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16353 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16354 decimal key must be specified.")
16355
16356 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16357
16358 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16359 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16360 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16361 decimal key must be specified.")
16362
16363 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16364
16365 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16366 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16367 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16368 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16369 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16370 keys are bound.
16371
16372 Setup Binding
16373 -------------------------------------------------------------
16374 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16375 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16376 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16377 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16378 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16379 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16380 in the global and local keymaps.
16381
16382 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16383 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16384
16385 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16386
16387 ;;;***
16388 \f
16389 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16390 ;;;;;; (18177 865))
16391 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16392
16393 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16394 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16395 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16396
16397 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16398 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16399 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16400 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16401 shorter.
16402
16403 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16404 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16405 the context of text formatting.
16406
16407 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16408
16409 ;;;***
16410 \f
16411 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (18177
16412 ;;;;;; 865))
16413 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16414
16415 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16416 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16417 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16418 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16419 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16420 positions that contains the current selection.")
16421
16422 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16423 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16424 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16425 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16426 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16427 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16428 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16429
16430 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16431
16432 ;;;***
16433 \f
16434 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16435 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16436 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
16437 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (18177 866))
16438 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16439 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16440 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16441 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16442 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16443 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16444 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16445 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16446
16447 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16448 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16449 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16450 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16451 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16452
16453 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16454
16455 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16456 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16457 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16458
16459 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16460 defining the macro.
16461
16462 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16463 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16464 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16465
16466 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16467 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16468
16469 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16470
16471 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16472 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16473 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16474 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16475 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16476 under that name.
16477
16478 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16479 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16480 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16481
16482 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16483
16484 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16485 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16486 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16487
16488 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16489 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16490 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16491 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16492
16493 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16494 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16495
16496 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16497
16498 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16499 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16500 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16501
16502 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16503 macro.
16504
16505 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16506 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16507
16508 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16509 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16510 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16511
16512 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16513 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16514
16515 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16516
16517 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16518 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16519 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16520 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16521
16522 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16523
16524 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16525 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16526 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16527 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16528
16529 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16530 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16531
16532 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16533
16534 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16535 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16536 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16537
16538 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16539
16540 ;;;***
16541 \f
16542 ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-composition-function kannada-post-read-conversion
16543 ;;;;;; kannada-compose-string kannada-compose-region) "knd-util"
16544 ;;;;;; "language/knd-util.el" (18177 866))
16545 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
16546
16547 (defconst kannada-consonant "[\x0c95-\x0cb9]")
16548
16549 (autoload 'kannada-compose-region "knd-util" "\
16550 Not documented
16551
16552 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16553
16554 (autoload 'kannada-compose-string "knd-util" "\
16555 Not documented
16556
16557 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
16558
16559 (autoload 'kannada-post-read-conversion "knd-util" "\
16560 Not documented
16561
16562 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16563
16564 (autoload 'kannada-composition-function "knd-util" "\
16565 Compose Kannada characters after the position POS.
16566 If STRING is not nil, it is a string, and POS is an index to the string.
16567 In this case, compose characters after POS of the string.
16568
16569 \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
16570
16571 ;;;***
16572 \f
16573 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16574 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (18177 866))
16575 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16576
16577 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
16578 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16579 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16580
16581 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16582 Not documented
16583
16584 \(fn)" nil nil)
16585
16586 ;;;***
16587 \f
16588 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16589 ;;;;;; (18177 871))
16590 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16591
16592 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'lm-test-run)
16593
16594 (autoload 'lm-test-run "landmark" "\
16595 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16596
16597 \(fn)" t nil)
16598
16599 (defalias 'landmark 'lm)
16600
16601 (autoload 'lm "landmark" "\
16602 Start or resume an Lm game.
16603 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16604 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16605
16606 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16607 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16608 none / 1 | yes | no
16609 2 | yes | yes
16610 3 | no | yes
16611 4 | no | no
16612
16613 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
16614 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16615 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16616
16617 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16618
16619 ;;;***
16620 \f
16621 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
16622 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
16623 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (18177 866))
16624 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16625
16626 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16627 Not documented
16628
16629 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16630
16631 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16632 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16633 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16634 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16635 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16636 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16637
16638 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16639 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16640
16641 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16642
16643 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16644 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16645
16646 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16647
16648 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16649 Not documented
16650
16651 \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
16652
16653 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16654 Not documented
16655
16656 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16657
16658 ;;;***
16659 \f
16660 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16661 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16662 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (18177 865))
16663 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16664
16665 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8)) "\
16666 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16667 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16668 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16669
16670 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16671
16672 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16673 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16674 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16675
16676 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16677
16678 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16679 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16680 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16681
16682 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16683
16684 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16685 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16686 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16687 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16688
16689 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16690
16691 ;;;***
16692 \f
16693 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16694 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (18177 865))
16695 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16696
16697 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16698 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16699 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16700 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16701 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16702 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16703 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16704 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16705
16706 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16707 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16708
16709 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16710 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16711
16712 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16713
16714 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16715 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16716 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16717 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16718 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16719 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
16720 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
16721 a Unicode font with which to display them.
16722
16723 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16724
16725 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16726 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16727 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16728 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16729
16730 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16731 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16732
16733 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16734
16735 ;;;***
16736 \f
16737 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
16738 ;;;;;; "obsolete/lazy-lock.el" (18177 870))
16739 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/lazy-lock.el
16740
16741 (autoload 'lazy-lock-mode "lazy-lock" "\
16742 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
16743 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
16744 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
16745
16746 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
16747
16748 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
16749 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
16750 JIT Lock's favor.
16751
16752 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
16753
16754 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
16755 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
16756 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
16757 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
16758 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
16759 for large buffers.
16760
16761 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
16762 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
16763 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
16764 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
16765 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
16766
16767 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
16768 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
16769 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
16770 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
16771 slow to keep up with your typing.
16772
16773 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
16774 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
16775 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
16776 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
16777 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
16778 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
16779
16780 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
16781 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
16782 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
16783 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
16784
16785 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behavior fontifies modified
16786 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
16787 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
16788 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
16789
16790 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
16791 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
16792 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
16793 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
16794 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'.
16795
16796 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16797
16798 (autoload 'turn-on-lazy-lock "lazy-lock" "\
16799 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode.
16800
16801 \(fn)" nil nil)
16802
16803 ;;;***
16804 \f
16805 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16806 ;;;;;; (18177 873))
16807 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16808
16809 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode))
16810
16811 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode))
16812
16813 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16814 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16815
16816 \(fn)" t nil)
16817
16818 ;;;***
16819 \f
16820 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16821 ;;;;;; (18177 867))
16822 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16823
16824 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16825 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16826
16827 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16828 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16829
16830 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16831 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16832
16833 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
16834 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16835 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16836 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16837 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16838 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16839 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16840 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16841 and transmit saved text.
16842
16843 \\{ledit-mode-map}
16844 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16845 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16846
16847 \(fn)" t nil)
16848
16849 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" "\
16850 Not documented
16851
16852 \(fn)" nil nil)
16853
16854 ;;;***
16855 \f
16856 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (18177 871))
16857 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16858
16859 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16860 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16861 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16862 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16863 generations (this defaults to 1).
16864
16865 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16866
16867 ;;;***
16868 \f
16869 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (18177
16870 ;;;;;; 867))
16871 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16872
16873 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16874 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
16875 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16876 is nil, raise an error.
16877
16878 This function tries to undo modifications made by the package to
16879 hooks. Packages may define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook that is called
16880 instead of the normal heuristics for doing this. Such a hook should
16881 undo all the relevant global state changes that may have been made by
16882 loading the package or executing functions in it. It has access to
16883 the package's feature list (before anything is unbound) in the
16884 variable `unload-hook-features-list' and could remove features from it
16885 in the event that the package has done something normally-ill-advised,
16886 such as redefining an Emacs function.
16887
16888 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16889
16890 ;;;***
16891 \f
16892 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16893 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (18177 867))
16894 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16895
16896 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
16897 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16898 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16899
16900 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16901
16902 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16903 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16904 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16905 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16906
16907 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16908 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16909 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16910 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16911 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16912 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16913 the version.)
16914
16915 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16916 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16917
16918 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16919 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16920
16921 ARG is the interactive prefix arg.
16922
16923 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16924
16925 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16926 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16927 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16928 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16929 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16930 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16931 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16932 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16933 to constrain a big search.
16934
16935 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16936
16937 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16938 except that FILTER is not optional.
16939
16940 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16941
16942 ;;;***
16943 \f
16944 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (18177 867))
16945 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
16946
16947 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16948 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16949 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
16950 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16951 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
16952 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16953 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16954 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16955 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
16956 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
16957 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16958 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16959 uses the current buffer.
16960
16961 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16962
16963 ;;;***
16964 \f
16965 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (18190
16966 ;;;;;; 35201))
16967 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
16968
16969 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16970 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16971
16972 \(fn)" t nil)
16973
16974 ;;;***
16975 \f
16976 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (18177
16977 ;;;;;; 867))
16978 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16979
16980 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
16981 Toggle Long Lines mode.
16982 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
16983 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
16984 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
16985
16986 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
16987 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
16988 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16989
16990 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
16991 are indicated with a symbol.
16992
16993 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16994
16995 ;;;***
16996 \f
16997 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16998 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (18177
16999 ;;;;;; 867))
17000 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17001
17002 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt)))
17003
17004 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix)))
17005
17006 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
17007 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17008 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17009
17010 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17011 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17012
17013 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17014 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17015 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17016 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17017 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17018 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17019 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17020
17021 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17022
17023 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17024 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17025 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17026 switch on this list.
17027 See `lpr-command'.")
17028
17029 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17030
17031 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
17032 *Name of program for printing a file.
17033
17034 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17035 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17036 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17037 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17038 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17039 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17040 argument.")
17041
17042 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17043
17044 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17045 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17046 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17047 for customization of the printer command.
17048
17049 \(fn)" t nil)
17050
17051 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17052 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17053
17054 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17055 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17056 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17057 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17058
17059 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17060 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17061
17062 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17063 for further customization of the printer command.
17064
17065 \(fn)" t nil)
17066
17067 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17068 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17069 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17070 for customization of the printer command.
17071
17072 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17073
17074 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17075 Paginate and print the region contents.
17076
17077 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17078 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17079 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17080 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17081
17082 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17083 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17084
17085 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17086 for further customization of the printer command.
17087
17088 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17089
17090 ;;;***
17091 \f
17092 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
17093 ;;;;;; (18177 867))
17094 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17095
17096 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17097 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17098 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17099
17100 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17101
17102 ;;;***
17103 \f
17104 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (18177
17105 ;;;;;; 856))
17106 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17107
17108 (autoload 'phases-of-moon "lunar" "\
17109 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17110 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
17111
17112 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
17113
17114 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17115
17116 ;;;***
17117 \f
17118 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (18177
17119 ;;;;;; 873))
17120 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17121
17122 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17123 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17124 \\{m4-mode-map}
17125
17126 \(fn)" t nil)
17127
17128 ;;;***
17129 \f
17130 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
17131 ;;;;;; (18177 858))
17132 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
17133
17134 (autoload 'macroexpand-all "macroexp" "\
17135 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
17136 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
17137 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
17138 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
17139
17140 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
17141
17142 ;;;***
17143 \f
17144 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
17145 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (18177 867))
17146 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17147
17148 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17149 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17150 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17151 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17152 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17153
17154 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17155
17156 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17157 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17158 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17159 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17160
17161 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17162 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17163 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17164 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17165 bindings.
17166
17167 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17168 use this command, and then save the file.
17169
17170 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17171
17172 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17173 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17174 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17175 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17176 each time the macro executes.
17177 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17178 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17179 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17180 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17181 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17182 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17183 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17184
17185 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17186
17187 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17188 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17189 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17190 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17191
17192 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17193 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17194 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17195 execute.
17196
17197 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17198 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17199
17200 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17201 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17202 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17203 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17204 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17205
17206 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17207 looked like this:
17208
17209 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17210 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17211 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17212
17213 You could enter the names in this format:
17214
17215 foo
17216 bar
17217 baz
17218
17219 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17220
17221 \\C-x (
17222 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17223 \\C-x )
17224
17225 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17226 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17227
17228 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17229 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17230
17231 ;;;***
17232 \f
17233 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17234 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (18177 867))
17235 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17236
17237 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17238 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17239 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17240 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17241 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17242 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17243
17244 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17245 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17246 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17247 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17248 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17249
17250 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17251 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17252 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17253 consing a string.)
17254
17255 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17256
17257 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17258 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17259
17260 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17261
17262 ;;;***
17263 \f
17264 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17265 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17266 ;;;;;; (18177 867))
17267 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17268
17269 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17270 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17271
17272 \(fn)" nil nil)
17273
17274 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17275 Not documented
17276
17277 \(fn)" nil nil)
17278
17279 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17280 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17281
17282 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17283
17284 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17285 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17286 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17287 message.
17288
17289 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17290
17291 \(fn)" nil nil)
17292
17293 ;;;***
17294 \f
17295 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17296 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
17297 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (18177
17298 ;;;;;; 867))
17299 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17300
17301 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17302 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17303 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17304 often correct parser.")
17305
17306 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17307
17308 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17309 Not documented
17310
17311 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17312
17313 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17314 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17315 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17316 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17317
17318 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17319
17320 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17321 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17322 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17323 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17324
17325 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17326
17327 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17328 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17329 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17330 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17331 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
17332 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17333 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17334 as Rmail does.
17335
17336 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17337
17338 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17339 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17340 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
17341 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17342 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17343 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17344
17345 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17346
17347 ;;;***
17348 \f
17349 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
17350 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (18177 867))
17351 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17352
17353 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17354 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17355
17356 \(fn)" nil nil)
17357
17358 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17359 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17360 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17361
17362 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17363
17364 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17365 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17366 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17367
17368 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17369
17370 ;;;***
17371 \f
17372 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
17373 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (18177
17374 ;;;;;; 867))
17375 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17376
17377 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17378 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17379 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17380 king@grassland.com
17381 If `parens', they look like:
17382 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17383 If `angles', they look like:
17384 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17385
17386 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17387
17388 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17389 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17390 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17391 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17392 their `Resent-' variants.
17393
17394 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17395 removed from alias expansions.
17396
17397 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17398
17399 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17400 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17401 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17402
17403 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17404 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17405 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17406 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17407
17408 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17409
17410 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17411 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17412 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17413 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
17414
17415 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17416
17417 ;;;***
17418 \f
17419 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17420 ;;;;;; (18177 867))
17421 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17422
17423 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17424 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17425 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17426 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17427
17428 \(fn)" nil nil)
17429
17430 ;;;***
17431 \f
17432 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17433 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17434 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (18177 873))
17435 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17436
17437 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17438 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17439
17440 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17441 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17442 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17443 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17444 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17445 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17446
17447 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17448 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17449 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17450 dependency, despite the colon.
17451
17452 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17453
17454 In the browser, use the following keys:
17455
17456 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17457
17458 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17459
17460 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17461 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17462
17463 `makefile-target-colon':
17464 The string that gets appended to all target names
17465 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17466 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17467
17468 `makefile-macro-assign':
17469 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17470 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17471 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17472 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17473 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17474 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17475
17476 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17477 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17478 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17479
17480 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17481 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17482
17483 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17484 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17485 up or down in the browser.
17486
17487 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17488 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17489
17490 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17491 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17492
17493 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17494 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17495 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17496 has been selected in the browser.
17497
17498 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17499 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17500 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17501 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17502 filenames are omitted.
17503
17504 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17505 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17506 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17507 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17508 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17509 the backslash itself intact.
17510 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17511 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17512
17513 `makefile-browser-hook':
17514 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17515 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17516
17517 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17518 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17519 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17520 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17521
17522 \(fn)" t nil)
17523
17524 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17525 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17526
17527 \(fn)" t nil)
17528
17529 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17530 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17531
17532 \(fn)" t nil)
17533
17534 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17535 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17536
17537 \(fn)" t nil)
17538
17539 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17540 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17541
17542 \(fn)" t nil)
17543
17544 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17545 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17546
17547 \(fn)" t nil)
17548
17549 ;;;***
17550 \f
17551 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (18177
17552 ;;;;;; 867))
17553 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17554
17555 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17556 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17557 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17558
17559 \(fn)" t nil)
17560
17561 ;;;***
17562 \f
17563 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (18190 35202))
17564 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17565
17566 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17567
17568 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17569 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17570 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
17571 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
17572 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
17573 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
17574 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
17575
17576 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
17577 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
17578 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
17579 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
17580
17581 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17582
17583 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17584 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17585
17586 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17587
17588 ;;;***
17589 \f
17590 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (18177 867))
17591 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17592
17593 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17594 Toggle Master mode.
17595 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17596 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17597 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17598
17599 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17600 following commands:
17601
17602 \\{master-mode-map}
17603
17604 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17605 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17606 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17607
17608 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17609
17610 ;;;***
17611 \f
17612 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
17613 ;;;;;; (18190 35202))
17614 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17615
17616 (defvar minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode nil "\
17617 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Indicate-Depth mode is enabled.
17618 See the command `minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17619 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17620 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17621 or call the function `minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode'.")
17622
17623 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17624
17625 (autoload 'minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode "mb-depth" "\
17626 Toggle Minibuffer Indicate Depth mode.
17627 When active, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show
17628 the recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only
17629 useful if `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17630
17631 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17632 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17633
17634 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17635
17636 ;;;***
17637 \f
17638 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (18190
17639 ;;;;;; 35202))
17640 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
17641
17642 (put 'menu-bar-mode 'standard-value '(t))
17643
17644 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
17645 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
17646 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17647 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17648 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17649 or call the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
17650
17651 (custom-autoload 'menu-bar-mode "menu-bar" nil)
17652
17653 (autoload 'menu-bar-mode "menu-bar" "\
17654 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
17655 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
17656 created in the future.
17657 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
17658 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
17659
17660 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17661
17662 ;;;***
17663 \f
17664 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
17665 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17666 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17667 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17668 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17669 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-insert-empty-line
17670 ;;;;;; message-signature-file message-signature message-indent-citation-function
17671 ;;;;;; message-cite-function message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function
17672 ;;;;;; message-send-mail-function message-user-organization-file
17673 ;;;;;; message-signature-separator message-from-style) "message"
17674 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (18177 861))
17675 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17676
17677 (defvar message-from-style 'default "\
17678 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
17679
17680 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17681 king@grassland.com
17682 If `parens', they look like:
17683 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17684 If `angles', they look like:
17685 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
17686
17687 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
17688 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
17689
17690 (custom-autoload 'message-from-style "message" t)
17691
17692 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
17693 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
17694
17695 (custom-autoload 'message-signature-separator "message" t)
17696
17697 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
17698 *Local news organization file.")
17699
17700 (custom-autoload 'message-user-organization-file "message" t)
17701
17702 (defvar message-send-mail-function 'message-send-mail-with-sendmail "\
17703 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
17704 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
17705 variable `mail-header-separator'.
17706
17707 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
17708 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
17709 `message-smtpmail-send-it', `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
17710
17711 See also `send-mail-function'.")
17712
17713 (custom-autoload 'message-send-mail-function "message" t)
17714
17715 (defvar message-citation-line-function 'message-insert-citation-line "\
17716 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.
17717
17718 Note that Gnus provides a feature where the reader can click on
17719 `writes:' to hide the cited text. If you change this line too much,
17720 people who read your message will have to change their Gnus
17721 configuration. See the variable `gnus-cite-attribution-suffix'.")
17722
17723 (custom-autoload 'message-citation-line-function "message" t)
17724
17725 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
17726 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
17727 Fix `message-cite-prefix-regexp' if it is set to an abnormal value.
17728 See also `message-yank-cited-prefix'.")
17729
17730 (custom-autoload 'message-yank-prefix "message" t)
17731
17732 (defvar message-cite-function 'message-cite-original "\
17733 *Function for citing an original message.
17734 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
17735 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
17736 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
17737
17738 (custom-autoload 'message-cite-function "message" t)
17739
17740 (defvar message-indent-citation-function 'message-indent-citation "\
17741 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
17742 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
17743 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
17744 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
17745
17746 (custom-autoload 'message-indent-citation-function "message" t)
17747
17748 (defvar message-signature t "\
17749 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
17750 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
17751 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
17752 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
17753
17754 (custom-autoload 'message-signature "message" t)
17755
17756 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
17757 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
17758 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
17759 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
17760
17761 (custom-autoload 'message-signature-file "message" t)
17762
17763 (defvar message-signature-insert-empty-line t "\
17764 *If non-nil, insert an empty line before the signature separator.")
17765
17766 (custom-autoload 'message-signature-insert-empty-line "message" t)
17767
17768 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17769
17770 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17771 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17772 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17773 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17774 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17775 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17776 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17777 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17778 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17779 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17780 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17781 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17782 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17783 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17784 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17785 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17786 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17787 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17788 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17789 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17790 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17791 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17792 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17793 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17794 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17795 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17796 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17797 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17798 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17799 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17800 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17801 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17802 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17803 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17804 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17805 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17806 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17807
17808 \(fn)" t nil)
17809
17810 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17811 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17812 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17813 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17814 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17815
17816 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
17817
17818 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17819 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17820
17821 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17822
17823 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17824 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17825
17826 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
17827
17828 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17829 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17830
17831 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17832
17833 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17834 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17835 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17836
17837 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17838
17839 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17840 Cancel an article you posted.
17841 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17842
17843 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17844
17845 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17846 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17847 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17848 header line with the old Message-ID.
17849
17850 \(fn)" t nil)
17851
17852 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17853 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17854
17855 \(fn)" t nil)
17856
17857 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17858 Forward the current message via mail.
17859 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17860 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17861
17862 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17863
17864 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17865 Not documented
17866
17867 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17868
17869 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17870 Not documented
17871
17872 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17873
17874 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17875 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17876
17877 \(fn)" t nil)
17878
17879 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17880 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17881
17882 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17883
17884 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17885 Re-mail the current message.
17886 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17887 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17888 you.
17889
17890 \(fn)" t nil)
17891
17892 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17893 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17894
17895 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17896
17897 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17898 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17899
17900 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17901
17902 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17903 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17904
17905 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17906
17907 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17908 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17909
17910 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17911
17912 (autoload 'bold-region "message" "\
17913 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17914 Works by overstriking characters.
17915 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17916 which specify the range to operate on.
17917
17918 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17919
17920 (autoload 'unbold-region "message" "\
17921 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17922 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17923 which specify the range to operate on.
17924
17925 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17926
17927 ;;;***
17928 \f
17929 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17930 ;;;;;; (18190 35205))
17931 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17932
17933 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17934 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17935 Special commands:
17936 \\{meta-mode-map}
17937
17938 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
17939 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17940
17941 \(fn)" t nil)
17942
17943 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17944 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17945 Special commands:
17946 \\{meta-mode-map}
17947
17948 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
17949 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17950
17951 \(fn)" t nil)
17952
17953 ;;;***
17954 \f
17955 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17956 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17957 ;;;;;; (18177 867))
17958 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17959
17960 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17961 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17962 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17963
17964 \(fn)" t nil)
17965
17966 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17967 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17968 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17969 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17970 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17971 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17972 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17973
17974 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17975
17976 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17977 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17978 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17979 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17980 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17981 means current).
17982 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17983 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17984
17985 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17986
17987 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17988 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17989 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17990 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17991 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17992 means current).
17993 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17994 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17995
17996 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17997
17998 ;;;***
17999 \f
18000 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
18001 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
18002 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (18177 868))
18003 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
18004
18005 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
18006 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18007 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18008
18009 \(fn)" t nil)
18010
18011 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
18012 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
18013 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18014
18015 \(fn)" t nil)
18016
18017 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
18018 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18019
18020 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
18021 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
18022 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
18023
18024 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
18025 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
18026
18027 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
18028 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
18029
18030 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18031
18032 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
18033
18034 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
18035 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18036 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18037 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18038 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18039 as `compose-mail'.
18040
18041 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18042 initial Subject field, respectively.
18043
18044 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18045 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18046 are strings.
18047
18048 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
18049 ignored.
18050
18051 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
18052
18053 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
18054 Save draft and send message.
18055
18056 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18057 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18058 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18059 Mail Delivery*\".
18060
18061 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18062 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18063 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18064
18065 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18066 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18067 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18068 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18069 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18070 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18071
18072 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18073 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18074
18075 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18076
18077 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18078 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18079
18080 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18081 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18082 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18083 delete the draft message.
18084
18085 \(fn)" t nil)
18086
18087 ;;;***
18088 \f
18089 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (18190 35202))
18090 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18091
18092 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18093
18094 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18095
18096 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18097
18098 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18099 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18100
18101 \(fn)" t nil)
18102
18103 ;;;***
18104 \f
18105 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
18106 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (18177 868))
18107 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18108
18109 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18110 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18111 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18112
18113 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18114 the MH mail system.
18115
18116 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18117
18118 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18119 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18120 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18121
18122 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18123 the MH mail system.
18124
18125 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18126
18127 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18128 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18129
18130 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18131 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18132 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18133 separate command.
18134
18135 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18136 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18137 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18138 format.
18139
18140 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18141
18142 Ranges
18143 ======
18144 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18145 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18146 can be used in several ways.
18147
18148 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18149 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18150 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18151 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18152 page):
18153
18154 <num1>-<num2>
18155 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18156 The range must be nonempty.
18157
18158 <num>:N
18159 <num>:+N
18160 <num>:-N
18161 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18162 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18163 last.
18164
18165 first:N
18166 prev:N
18167 next:N
18168 last:N
18169 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18170
18171 all
18172 All of the messages.
18173
18174 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18175 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18176
18177 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18178 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18179 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18180
18181 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18182
18183 \(fn)" t nil)
18184
18185 ;;;***
18186 \f
18187 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
18188 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (18177 868))
18189 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18190
18191 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18192 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18193 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18194 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18195 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18196 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18197 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18198 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18199 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18200 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18201 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18202
18203 \(fn)" t nil)
18204
18205 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18206 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18207 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18208 to its second argument TM.
18209
18210 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18211
18212 ;;;***
18213 \f
18214 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18215 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (18177 868))
18216 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18217
18218 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18219 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18220 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18221 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18222 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18223 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18224
18225 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18226
18227 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18228 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18229 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
18230 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
18231 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
18232 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
18233 default indication.
18234
18235 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18236 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18237
18238 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18239
18240 ;;;***
18241 \f
18242 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18243 ;;;;;; (18177 873))
18244 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18245
18246 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18247 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18248 \\{mixal-mode-map}
18249
18250 \(fn)" t nil)
18251
18252 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode))
18253
18254 ;;;***
18255 \f
18256 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
18257 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
18258 ;;;;;; (18177 866))
18259 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
18260
18261 (autoload 'malayalam-compose-region "mlm-util" "\
18262 Not documented
18263
18264 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
18265
18266 (autoload 'malayalam-post-read-conversion "mlm-util" "\
18267 Not documented
18268
18269 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
18270
18271 (autoload 'malayalam-composition-function "mlm-util" "\
18272 Compose Malayalam characters after the position POS.
18273 If STRING is not nil, it is a string, and POS is an index to the string.
18274 In this case, compose characters after POS of the string.
18275
18276 \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
18277
18278 ;;;***
18279 \f
18280 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18281 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (18177 861))
18282 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18283
18284 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18285 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18286
18287 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18288
18289 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18290 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18291 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18292 the entire message.
18293 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18294
18295 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18296
18297 ;;;***
18298 \f
18299 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18300 ;;;;;; (18177 861))
18301 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18302
18303 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18304 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18305 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18306 the entire message.
18307 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18308
18309 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18310
18311 ;;;***
18312 \f
18313 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18314 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (18177 861))
18315 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18316
18317 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18318 Insert file contents of URL.
18319 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18320
18321 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18322
18323 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18324 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18325
18326 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18327
18328 ;;;***
18329 \f
18330 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18331 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (18177 861))
18332 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18333
18334 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18335 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18336 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18337 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18338 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18339
18340 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18341
18342 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18343 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18344 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18345
18346 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18347
18348 ;;;***
18349 \f
18350 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18351 ;;;;;; (18177 862))
18352 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18353
18354 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18355 Not documented
18356
18357 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18358
18359 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18360 Not documented
18361
18362 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18363
18364 ;;;***
18365 \f
18366 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18367 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18368 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (18177 862))
18369 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18370
18371 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18372 Not documented
18373
18374 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18375
18376 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18377 Not documented
18378
18379 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18380
18381 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18382 Not documented
18383
18384 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18385
18386 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18387 Not documented
18388
18389 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18390
18391 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18392 Not documented
18393
18394 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18395
18396 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18397 Not documented
18398
18399 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18400
18401 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18402 Not documented
18403
18404 \(fn)" nil nil)
18405
18406 ;;;***
18407 \f
18408 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
18409 ;;;;;; (18177 873))
18410 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18411
18412 (autoload 'modula-2-mode "modula2" "\
18413 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18414 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18415 followed by the first character of the construct.
18416 \\<m2-mode-map>
18417 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18418 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18419 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18420 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18421 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18422 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18423 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18424 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18425 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18426 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18427 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18428 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18429 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18430 \\[m2-link] link
18431
18432 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18433 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18434 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18435
18436 \(fn)" t nil)
18437
18438 ;;;***
18439 \f
18440 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
18441 ;;;;;; (18177 871))
18442 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18443
18444 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18445 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18446
18447 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18448
18449 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18450 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18451
18452 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18453
18454 ;;;***
18455 \f
18456 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (18177
18457 ;;;;;; 868))
18458 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18459
18460 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18461 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18462 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18463 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18464 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18465 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18466
18467 (custom-autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" nil)
18468
18469 (autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" "\
18470 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18471 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18472 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
18473
18474 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
18475
18476 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
18477
18478 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
18479
18480 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
18481 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18482 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18483 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18484 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18485 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18486
18487 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18488 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18489 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18490 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18491 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18492
18493 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18494 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18495
18496 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
18497 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18498
18499 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
18500
18501 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
18502 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
18503 primary selection and region.
18504
18505 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18506
18507 ;;;***
18508 \f
18509 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (18177 871))
18510 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18511
18512 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18513 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18514
18515 \(fn)" t nil)
18516
18517 ;;;***
18518 \f
18519 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (18177 868))
18520 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18521
18522 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18523 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18524 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18525 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18526 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18527 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18528
18529 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18530
18531 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18532 Toggle Msb mode.
18533 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18534 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18535 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18536
18537 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18538
18539 ;;;***
18540 \f
18541 ;;;### (autoloads (unicode-data unicodedata-file mule-diag list-input-methods
18542 ;;;;;; list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories
18543 ;;;;;; list-coding-systems describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18544 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18545 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18546 ;;;;;; (18190 35192))
18547 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18548
18549 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18550 Display a list of all character sets.
18551
18552 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18553 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18554 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
18555 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18556
18557 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18558 but still shows the full information.
18559
18560 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18561
18562 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18563 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18564 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18565
18566 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18567 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18568 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18569 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
18570 detailed meanings of these arguments.
18571
18572 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18573
18574 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18575 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18576
18577 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18578
18579 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18580 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18581
18582 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18583
18584 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18585 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18586
18587 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18588
18589 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18590 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18591
18592 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18593 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18594 in place of `..':
18595 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18596 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18597 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18598 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18599 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18600 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18601 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18602 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18603 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18604 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18605 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18606 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18607 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18608 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18609 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18610 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18611
18612 \(fn)" t nil)
18613
18614 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18615 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18616
18617 \(fn)" t nil)
18618
18619 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18620 Display a list of all coding systems.
18621 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18622
18623 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18624 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18625
18626 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18627
18628 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18629 Display a list of all coding categories.
18630
18631 \(fn)" nil nil)
18632
18633 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18634 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18635 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18636
18637 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18638
18639 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18640 Display information about FONTSET.
18641 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18642
18643 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18644
18645 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18646 Display a list of all fontsets.
18647 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18648 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18649 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18650
18651 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18652
18653 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18654 Display information about all input methods.
18655
18656 \(fn)" t nil)
18657
18658 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18659 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18660
18661 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18662 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18663 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18664 system which uses fontsets).
18665
18666 \(fn)" t nil)
18667
18668 (defvar unicodedata-file nil "\
18669 Location of UnicodeData file.
18670 This is the UnicodeData.txt file from the Unicode consortium, used for
18671 diagnostics. If it is non-nil `describe-char-after' will print data
18672 looked up from it.")
18673
18674 (custom-autoload 'unicodedata-file "mule-diag" t)
18675
18676 (autoload 'unicode-data "mule-diag" "\
18677 Return a list of Unicode data for unicode CHAR.
18678 Each element is a list of a property description and the property value.
18679 The list is null if CHAR isn't found in `unicodedata-file'.
18680
18681 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18682
18683 ;;;***
18684 \f
18685 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18686 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18687 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18688 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18689 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18690 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (18177 865))
18691 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18692
18693 (autoload 'string-to-sequence "mule-util" "\
18694 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18695 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18696
18697 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18698
18699 (make-obsolete 'string-to-sequence "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18700
18701 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18702 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18703
18704 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18705 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18706
18707 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18708 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18709
18710 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18711
18712 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18713 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18714 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18715 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18716 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18717 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18718 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18719
18720 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18721 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18722 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18723 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18724 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18725 middle of a character in STR.
18726
18727 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18728 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18729
18730 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18731 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18732 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18733 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18734 defaults to \"...\".
18735
18736 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18737
18738 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18739 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18740
18741 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18742 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18743 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18744
18745 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18746 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18747 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18748
18749 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18750 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18751 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18752 is considered.
18753 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18754 longer than KEYSEQ.
18755 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18756
18757 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18758
18759 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18760 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18761 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18762 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18763 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18764 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18765 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18766 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18767 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18768 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18769 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18770
18771 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18772
18773 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18774 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18775
18776 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18777
18778 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18779 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18780
18781 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18782
18783 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18784 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18785
18786 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18787
18788 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18789 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18790
18791 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18792
18793 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18794 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18795 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See
18796 `set-coding-priority'. This affects the implicit sorting of lists of
18797 coding sysems returned by operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18798
18799 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
18800
18801 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18802 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18803 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18804 coding systems ordered by priority.
18805
18806 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18807
18808 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18809 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18810 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18811 language environment LANG-ENV.
18812
18813 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18814
18815 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18816 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18817 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18818 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
18819 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
18820 basis, this may not be accurate.
18821
18822 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18823
18824 ;;;***
18825 \f
18826 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
18827 ;;;;;; (18177 869))
18828 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
18829
18830 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
18831 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
18832 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18833 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18834 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18835 or call the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
18836
18837 (custom-autoload 'mouse-wheel-mode "mwheel" nil)
18838
18839 (autoload 'mouse-wheel-mode "mwheel" "\
18840 Toggle mouse wheel support.
18841 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18842 Return non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18843
18844 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18845
18846 (autoload 'mwheel-install "mwheel" "\
18847 Enable mouse wheel support.
18848
18849 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
18850
18851 ;;;***
18852 \f
18853 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18854 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18855 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
18856 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (18177 869))
18857 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18858
18859 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18860 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18861
18862 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18863
18864 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18865 Ping HOST.
18866 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18867 `ping-program-options'.
18868
18869 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18870
18871 (autoload 'ipconfig "net-utils" "\
18872 Run ipconfig program.
18873
18874 \(fn)" t nil)
18875
18876 (defalias 'ifconfig 'ipconfig)
18877
18878 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18879 Run netstat program.
18880
18881 \(fn)" t nil)
18882
18883 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18884 Run the arp program.
18885
18886 \(fn)" t nil)
18887
18888 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18889 Run the route program.
18890
18891 \(fn)" t nil)
18892
18893 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18894 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18895
18896 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18897
18898 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18899 Run nslookup program.
18900
18901 \(fn)" t nil)
18902
18903 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18904 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18905
18906 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18907
18908 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18909 Run dig program.
18910
18911 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18912
18913 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18914 Run ftp program.
18915
18916 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18917
18918 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18919 Finger USER on HOST.
18920
18921 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18922
18923 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18924 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18925 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18926 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18927
18928 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18929
18930 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18931 Not documented
18932
18933 \(fn)" t nil)
18934
18935 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18936 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18937
18938 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18939
18940 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18941 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18942
18943 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18944
18945 ;;;***
18946 \f
18947 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18948 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
18949 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
18950 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
18951 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
18952 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (18190 35203))
18953 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18954
18955 (defalias 'indent-for-comment 'comment-indent)
18956
18957 (defalias 'set-comment-column 'comment-set-column)
18958
18959 (defalias 'kill-comment 'comment-kill)
18960
18961 (defalias 'indent-new-comment-line 'comment-indent-new-line)
18962
18963 (defvar comment-use-syntax 'undecided "\
18964 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18965 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18966 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18967 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18968 Major modes should set this variable.")
18969
18970 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18971 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18972 Each mode may establish a different default value for this variable; you
18973 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18974 Comments might be indented to a different value in order not to go beyond
18975 `comment-fill-column' or in order to align them with surrounding comments.")
18976
18977 (custom-autoload 'comment-column "newcomment" t)
18978 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
18979
18980 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18981 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18982 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18983
18984 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18985 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18986 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18987 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18988 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18989
18990 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18991 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
18992 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18993
18994 (defvar comment-end "" "\
18995 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18996 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18997 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18998
18999 (defvar comment-indent-function 'comment-indent-default "\
19000 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
19001 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
19002 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
19003 column indentation or nil.
19004 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
19005
19006 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
19007 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
19008 The function has no args.
19009
19010 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
19011 comments always start in column zero.")
19012
19013 (defvar comment-style 'plain "\
19014 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
19015 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
19016
19017 (custom-autoload 'comment-style "newcomment" t)
19018
19019 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
19020 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
19021 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
19022 of the corresponding number of spaces.
19023
19024 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
19025 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
19026
19027 (custom-autoload 'comment-padding "newcomment" t)
19028
19029 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
19030 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
19031 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
19032 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
19033 customize this variable.
19034
19035 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
19036 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
19037
19038 (custom-autoload 'comment-multi-line "newcomment" t)
19039
19040 (autoload 'comment-normalize-vars "newcomment" "\
19041 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
19042 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
19043 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
19044 the variables are properly set.
19045
19046 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
19047
19048 (autoload 'comment-indent-default "newcomment" "\
19049 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
19050
19051 \(fn)" nil nil)
19052
19053 (autoload 'comment-indent "newcomment" "\
19054 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
19055 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
19056
19057 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
19058
19059 (autoload 'comment-set-column "newcomment" "\
19060 Set the comment column based on point.
19061 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
19062 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
19063 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
19064 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
19065
19066 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19067
19068 (autoload 'comment-kill "newcomment" "\
19069 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
19070 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
19071
19072 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19073
19074 (autoload 'uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
19075 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
19076 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
19077 comment markers.
19078
19079 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19080
19081 (autoload 'comment-region "newcomment" "\
19082 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
19083 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
19084 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
19085 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
19086 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
19087 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
19088 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
19089
19090 The strings used as comment starts are built from
19091 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
19092
19093 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19094
19095 (autoload 'comment-box "newcomment" "\
19096 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
19097 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
19098 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
19099
19100 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19101
19102 (autoload 'comment-or-uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
19103 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
19104 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
19105 is passed on to the respective function.
19106
19107 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19108
19109 (autoload 'comment-dwim "newcomment" "\
19110 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
19111 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
19112 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
19113 case it calls `uncomment-region').
19114 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
19115 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
19116 Else, call `comment-indent'.
19117 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
19118
19119 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19120
19121 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
19122 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
19123 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
19124
19125 (custom-autoload 'comment-auto-fill-only-comments "newcomment" t)
19126
19127 (autoload 'comment-indent-new-line "newcomment" "\
19128 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
19129 This indents the body of the continued comment
19130 under the previous comment line.
19131
19132 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
19133 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
19134 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
19135
19136 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
19137 or comment indentation.
19138
19139 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
19140 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
19141
19142 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
19143
19144 ;;;***
19145 \f
19146 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-start
19147 ;;;;;; newsticker-ticker-running-p newsticker-running-p) "newsticker"
19148 ;;;;;; "net/newsticker.el" (18177 869))
19149 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19150
19151 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newsticker" "\
19152 Check whether newsticker is running.
19153 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19154 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19155
19156 \(fn)" nil nil)
19157
19158 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newsticker" "\
19159 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19160 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19161 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19162 empty.
19163
19164 \(fn)" nil nil)
19165
19166 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newsticker" "\
19167 Start the newsticker.
19168 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19169 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19170 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19171 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19172
19173 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19174
19175 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newsticker" "\
19176 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19177 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19178 running already.
19179
19180 \(fn)" t nil)
19181
19182 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newsticker" "\
19183 Switch to newsticker buffer. You may want to bind this to a key.
19184
19185 \(fn)" t nil)
19186
19187 ;;;***
19188 \f
19189 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19190 ;;;;;; (18177 862))
19191 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19192
19193 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19194 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19195
19196 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19197
19198 ;;;***
19199 \f
19200 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (18177
19201 ;;;;;; 862))
19202 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19203
19204 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19205 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19206 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19207 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19208 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19209 symbol in the alist.
19210
19211 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19212
19213 ;;;***
19214 \f
19215 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19216 ;;;;;; (18177 862))
19217 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19218
19219 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19220 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19221 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19222
19223 \(fn)" t nil)
19224
19225 ;;;***
19226 \f
19227 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
19228 ;;;;;; (18177 862))
19229 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
19230
19231 (autoload 'nnkiboze-generate-groups "nnkiboze" "\
19232 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
19233 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
19234
19235 \(fn)" t nil)
19236
19237 ;;;***
19238 \f
19239 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19240 ;;;;;; (18177 862))
19241 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19242
19243 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19244 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19245
19246 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19247
19248 ;;;***
19249 \f
19250 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
19251 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (18177 862))
19252 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
19253
19254 (autoload 'nnsoup-pack-replies "nnsoup" "\
19255 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
19256
19257 \(fn)" t nil)
19258
19259 (autoload 'nnsoup-set-variables "nnsoup" "\
19260 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
19261
19262 \(fn)" t nil)
19263
19264 (autoload 'nnsoup-revert-variables "nnsoup" "\
19265 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
19266
19267 \(fn)" t nil)
19268
19269 ;;;***
19270 \f
19271 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19272 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (18177 870))
19273 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19274
19275 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19276 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19277 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19278
19279 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19280
19281 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19282 Not documented
19283
19284 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19285
19286 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19287 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19288 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19289 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19290 to future sessions.
19291
19292 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19293
19294 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19295 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19296 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19297 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19298 to future sessions.
19299
19300 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19301
19302 ;;;***
19303 \f
19304 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19305 ;;;;;; (18177 875))
19306 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19307
19308 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19309 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19310 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19311 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19312 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19313 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19314
19315 \(fn)" t nil)
19316
19317 ;;;***
19318 \f
19319 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
19320 ;;;;;; (18177 873))
19321 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
19322
19323 (autoload 'octave-help "octave-hlp" "\
19324 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
19325 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
19326 specified by `octave-help-files'.
19327 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
19328
19329 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
19330
19331 ;;;***
19332 \f
19333 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19334 ;;;;;; (18190 35205))
19335 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19336
19337 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
19338 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19339 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19340
19341 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19342
19343 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19344 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19345
19346 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19347 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19348 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19349
19350 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19351
19352 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19353
19354 ;;;***
19355 \f
19356 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19357 ;;;;;; (18190 35205))
19358 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19359
19360 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
19361 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19362
19363 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19364 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19365 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc.. in different faces (with
19366 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19367
19368 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19369 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19370 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19371 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19372 is why you need this mode!).
19373
19374 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19375 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19376 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19377
19378 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19379
19380 Keybindings
19381 ===========
19382
19383 \\{octave-mode-map}
19384
19385 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19386 ==============================================
19387
19388 `octave-auto-indent'
19389 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
19390 Default is nil.
19391
19392 `octave-auto-newline'
19393 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
19394 Default is nil.
19395
19396 `octave-blink-matching-block'
19397 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19398 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19399
19400 `octave-block-offset'
19401 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19402 Default is 2.
19403
19404 `octave-continuation-offset'
19405 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19406 Default is 4.
19407
19408 `octave-continuation-string'
19409 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19410 Default is a backslash.
19411
19412 `octave-send-echo-input'
19413 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19414 command to the inferior Octave process.
19415
19416 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
19417 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19418 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19419
19420 `octave-send-echo-input'
19421 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19422
19423 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19424
19425 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19426 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19427
19428 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
19429
19430 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
19431 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19432
19433 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19434 (lambda ()
19435 (abbrev-mode 1)
19436 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
19437
19438 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19439 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19440 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19441 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19442
19443 \(fn)" t nil)
19444
19445 ;;;***
19446 \f
19447 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "obsolete/options.el"
19448 ;;;;;; (18177 870))
19449 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/options.el
19450
19451 (autoload 'list-options "options" "\
19452 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
19453 It is now better to use Customize instead.
19454
19455 \(fn)" t nil)
19456
19457 (autoload 'edit-options "options" "\
19458 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
19459 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
19460 in which there are commands to set the option values.
19461 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
19462
19463 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete.
19464
19465 \(fn)" t nil)
19466
19467 ;;;***
19468 \f
19469 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19470 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file org-diary org-tags-view org-todo-list
19471 ;;;;;; org-agenda-list org-cycle-agenda-files org-batch-store-agenda-views
19472 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
19473 ;;;;;; org-agenda org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
19474 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-open-at-point-global org-insert-link-global
19475 ;;;;;; org-store-link orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl org-run-like-in-org-mode
19476 ;;;;;; turn-on-orgstruct orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle org-cycle
19477 ;;;;;; org-mode) "org" "textmodes/org.el" (18190 35212))
19478 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org.el
19479
19480 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19481 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19482 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19483
19484 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19485 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19486 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19487 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19488 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19489 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19490 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19491 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19492 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19493 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19494
19495 The following commands are available:
19496
19497 \\{org-mode-map}
19498
19499 \(fn)" t nil)
19500
19501 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19502 Visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19503
19504 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19505 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19506 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19507 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19508 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19509
19510 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19511 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19512 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19513 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19514 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19515 and zoom in further.
19516 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19517
19518 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19519 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19520 is negative, go up that many levels.
19521
19522 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute
19523 `indent-relative', like TAB normally does. See the option
19524 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19525
19526 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19527 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg.
19528 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19529
19530 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19531
19532 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19533 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19534
19535 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19536
19537 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19538 Toggle the minor more `orgstruct-mode'.
19539 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other modes.
19540 The following key behave as if Org-mode was active, if the cursor
19541 is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both in the definition
19542 of Org-mode).
19543
19544 M-up Move entry/item up
19545 M-down Move entry/item down
19546 M-left Promote
19547 M-right Demote
19548 M-S-up Move entry/item up
19549 M-S-down Move entry/item down
19550 M-S-left Promote subtree
19551 M-S-right Demote subtree
19552 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
19553 C-c ^ Sort entries
19554 C-c - Cycle list bullet
19555 TAB Cycle item visibility
19556 M-RET Insert new heading/item
19557 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Chekbox item
19558 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
19559
19560 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19561
19562 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19563 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19564
19565 \(fn)" nil nil)
19566
19567 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19568 Not documented
19569
19570 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19571
19572 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19573 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19574
19575 \(fn)" nil nil)
19576
19577 (autoload 'orgtbl-mode "org" "\
19578 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19579
19580 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19581
19582 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19583 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19584 This link can later be inserted into an org-buffer with
19585 \\[org-insert-link].
19586 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19587 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
19588 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19589
19590 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19591
19592 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19593 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19594 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19595
19596 \(fn)" t nil)
19597
19598 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19599 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19600 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19601 Org-mode syntax.
19602
19603 \(fn)" t nil)
19604
19605 (autoload 'org-remember-annotation "org" "\
19606 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19607 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19608 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19609 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19610
19611 \(fn)" nil nil)
19612
19613 (autoload 'org-remember-apply-template "org" "\
19614 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
19615 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
19616 to be run from that hook to fucntion properly.
19617
19618 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
19619
19620 (autoload 'org-remember "org" "\
19621 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
19622 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
19623 of the remember buffer.
19624
19625 \(fn)" t nil)
19626
19627 (autoload 'org-remember-handler "org" "\
19628 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19629 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
19630 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
19631 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
19632 file the text at a specific location.
19633 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
19634 file, or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
19635 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
19636
19637 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
19638 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
19639 RET buffer-start as level 1 heading at end of file
19640 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
19641 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
19642 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
19643 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
19644 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
19645
19646 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
19647 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
19648 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el.
19649 You can also get the fast execution without prompting by using
19650 C-u C-c C-c to exit the remember buffer. See also the variable
19651 `org-remember-store-without-prompt'.
19652
19653 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
19654 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
19655 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
19656
19657 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19658 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19659 \(i.e. after the stars).
19660
19661 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19662
19663 \(fn)" nil nil)
19664
19665 (autoload 'org-agenda "org" "\
19666 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19667 Prompts for a character to select a command. Any prefix arg will be passed
19668 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19669 g
19670 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19671 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19672 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19673 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19674 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19675 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19676 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19677 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19678 e Export views to associated files.
19679
19680 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19681 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19682 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19683
19684 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19685 first press `1' to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily (until the
19686 next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19687
19688 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19689
19690 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org" "\
19691 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19692 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19693 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19694 longer string is is used as a tags/todo match string.
19695 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19696 before running the agenda command.
19697
19698 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19699
19700 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org" "\
19701 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19702 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19703 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19704 longer string is is used as a tags/todo match string.
19705 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19706 before running the agenda command.
19707
19708 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19709 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19710
19711 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19712
19713 category The category of the item
19714 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19715 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19716 todo selected in TODO match
19717 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19718 diary imported from diary
19719 deadline a deadline on given date
19720 scheduled scheduled on given date
19721 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19722 closed entry was closed on given date
19723 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19724 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19725 block entry has date block including g. date
19726 todo The todo keyword, if any
19727 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19728 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19729 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19730 extra Sting with extra planning info
19731 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19732 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19733 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19734
19735 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19736
19737 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org" "\
19738 Not documented
19739
19740 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19741
19742 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org" "\
19743 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19744
19745 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19746
19747 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19748 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19749 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19750 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19751
19752 \(fn)" t nil)
19753
19754 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org" "\
19755 Produce a weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19756 The view will be for the current week, but from the overview buffer you
19757 will be able to go to other weeks.
19758 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all unfinished TODO items will
19759 also be shown, under the current date.
19760 With two \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all TODO entries marked DONE
19761 on the days are also shown. See the variable `org-log-done' for how
19762 to turn on logging.
19763 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19764 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19765 NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
19766
19767 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
19768
19769 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org" "\
19770 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19771 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19772 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19773 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19774 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19775
19776 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19777
19778 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org" "\
19779 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19780 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19781
19782 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19783
19784 (autoload 'org-diary "org" "\
19785 Return diary information from org-files.
19786 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19787 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19788 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19789 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
19790
19791 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
19792 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
19793 also be listed, on the expiration day.
19794
19795 :sexp FIXME
19796
19797 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
19798 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
19799 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
19800 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
19801
19802 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
19803 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
19804 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
19805
19806 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
19807 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
19808 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
19809 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
19810
19811 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19812
19813 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19814
19815 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19816 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19817
19818 &%%(org-diary)
19819
19820 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19821 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
19822 So the example above may also be written as
19823
19824 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19825
19826 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19827 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19828 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19829
19830 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19831
19832 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-this-file "org" "\
19833 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
19834 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19835 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19836
19837 \(fn)" t nil)
19838
19839 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files "org" "\
19840 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19841 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19842 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19843
19844 \(fn)" t nil)
19845
19846 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files "org" "\
19847 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19848 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19849
19850 \(fn)" t nil)
19851
19852 ;;;***
19853 \f
19854 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-latex org-export-region-as-latex
19855 ;;;;;; org-replace-region-by-latex org-export-as-latex-to-buffer
19856 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latex-batch) "org-export-latex" "textmodes/org-export-latex.el"
19857 ;;;;;; (18190 35212))
19858 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org-export-latex.el
19859
19860 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-batch "org-export-latex" "\
19861 Call `org-export-as-latex', may be used in batch processing as
19862 emacs --batch
19863 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
19864 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
19865 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-latex-batch
19866
19867 \(fn)" nil nil)
19868
19869 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-to-buffer "org-export-latex" "\
19870 Call `org-exort-as-latex` with output to a temporary buffer.
19871 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-latex'.
19872
19873 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19874
19875 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-latex "org-export-latex" "\
19876 Replace the region from BEG to END with its LaTeX export.
19877 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
19878 LaTeX. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
19879 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an LaTeX buffer and
19880 then use this command to convert it.
19881
19882 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19883
19884 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-latex "org-export-latex" "\
19885 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to LaTeX.
19886 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
19887 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19888 cut-and-paste operations.
19889 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
19890 of the converted LaTeX. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
19891 produced LaTeX as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
19892 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
19893
19894 (setq latex (org-export-region-as-latex beg end t 'string))
19895
19896 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19897 in a window. A non-interactive call will only retunr the buffer.
19898
19899 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19900
19901 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex "org-export-latex" "\
19902 Export current buffer to a LaTeX file.
19903
19904 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY)" t nil)
19905
19906 ;;;***
19907 \f
19908 ;;;### (autoloads (org-publish-all org-publish-current-file org-publish-current-project
19909 ;;;;;; org-publish) "org-publish" "textmodes/org-publish.el" (18190
19910 ;;;;;; 35212))
19911 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org-publish.el
19912
19913 (autoload 'org-publish "org-publish" "\
19914 Publish the project PROJECT-NAME.
19915
19916 \(fn PROJECT-NAME &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19917
19918 (autoload 'org-publish-current-project "org-publish" "\
19919 Publish the project associated with the current file.
19920 With prefix argument, force publishing all files in project.
19921
19922 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19923
19924 (autoload 'org-publish-current-file "org-publish" "\
19925 Publish the current file.
19926 With prefix argument, force publish the file.
19927
19928 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19929
19930 (autoload 'org-publish-all "org-publish" "\
19931 Publish all projects.
19932 With prefix argument, force publish all files.
19933
19934 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19935
19936 ;;;***
19937 \f
19938 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
19939 ;;;;;; (18190 35204))
19940 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
19941 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19942
19943 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
19944 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
19945 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
19946 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
19947
19948 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
19949 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
19950 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
19951 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
19952
19953 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
19954 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
19955 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
19956 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
19957 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
19958 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
19959
19960 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
19961 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
19962 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
19963
19964 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
19965 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
19966 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
19967 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
19968 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
19969 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
19970 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
19971 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
19972 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
19973 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
19974 The subheadings remain visible.
19975 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
19976
19977 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
19978 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
19979 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
19980
19981 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
19982 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
19983
19984 \(fn)" t nil)
19985
19986 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
19987 Toggle Outline minor mode.
19988 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
19989 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
19990
19991 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19992
19993 ;;;***
19994 \f
19995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paragraphs" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" (18177
19996 ;;;;;; 875))
19997 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/paragraphs.el
19998 (put 'paragraph-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19999 (put 'paragraph-separate 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20000 (put 'sentence-end-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20001 (put 'sentence-end-without-period 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20002 (put 'sentence-end-without-space 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20003 (put 'sentence-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
20004 (put 'sentence-end-base 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20005 (put 'page-delimiter 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20006 (put 'paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20007
20008 ;;;***
20009 \f
20010 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (18177 870))
20011 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20012
20013 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20014 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20015 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20016 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20017 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20018 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20019
20020 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20021
20022 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20023 Toggle Show Paren mode.
20024 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
20025 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
20026
20027 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
20028 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20029
20030 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20031
20032 ;;;***
20033 \f
20034 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
20035 ;;;;;; (18177 856))
20036 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20037
20038 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20039 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20040 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20041 unknown are returned as nil.
20042
20043 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20044
20045 ;;;***
20046 \f
20047 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (18177
20048 ;;;;;; 873))
20049 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20050
20051 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20052 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20053 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20054
20055 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20056 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
20057
20058 Other useful functions are:
20059
20060 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20061 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20062 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20063 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20064 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20065 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20066 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20067 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20068 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20069
20070 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20071
20072 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
20073 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20074 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
20075 Indentation for case statements.
20076 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
20077 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20078 mark after an end.
20079 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
20080 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20081 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
20082 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20083 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20084 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
20085 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20086 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20087 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
20088 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20089
20090 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
20091 pascal-separator-keywords.
20092
20093 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20094 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20095
20096 \(fn)" t nil)
20097
20098 ;;;***
20099 \f
20100 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
20101 ;;;;;; (18177 858))
20102 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
20103
20104 (autoload 'pc-bindings-mode "pc-mode" "\
20105 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
20106 The keys affected are:
20107 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
20108 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
20109 M-Backspace does undo.
20110 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
20111 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
20112 C-Escape does list-buffers.
20113
20114 \(fn)" t nil)
20115
20116 ;;;***
20117 \f
20118 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
20119 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (18177 858))
20120 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
20121
20122 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
20123 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
20124 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20125 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20126 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20127 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
20128
20129 (custom-autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" nil)
20130
20131 (autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" "\
20132 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
20133
20134 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
20135
20136 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
20137 which modify the status of the mark.
20138
20139 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
20140 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
20141
20142 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
20143 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
20144
20145 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
20146 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
20147 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
20148 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
20149 turning PC Selection mode on.
20150
20151 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
20152 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
20153
20154 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
20155 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
20156 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
20157
20158 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
20159 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
20160 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
20161
20162 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
20163 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
20164
20165 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
20166 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
20167 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
20168
20169 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
20170 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
20171 but before calling PC Selection mode):
20172
20173 F6 other-window
20174 DELETE delete-char
20175 C-DELETE kill-line
20176 M-DELETE kill-word
20177 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
20178 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
20179 M-BACKSPACE undo
20180
20181 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20182
20183 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
20184 Toggle PC Selection mode.
20185 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
20186 and cursor movement commands.
20187 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
20188 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20189 you must modify it using \\[customize] or \\[pc-selection-mode].")
20190
20191 (custom-autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" nil)
20192
20193 ;;;***
20194 \f
20195 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (18177
20196 ;;;;;; 870))
20197 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20198
20199 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20200 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20201
20202 \(fn)" nil nil)
20203
20204 ;;;***
20205 \f
20206 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
20207 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (18177 870))
20208 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20209
20210 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20211 Completion for `gzip'.
20212
20213 \(fn)" nil nil)
20214
20215 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20216 Completion for `bzip2'.
20217
20218 \(fn)" nil nil)
20219
20220 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20221 Completion for GNU `make'.
20222
20223 \(fn)" nil nil)
20224
20225 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20226 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20227
20228 \(fn)" nil nil)
20229
20230 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20231
20232 ;;;***
20233 \f
20234 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20235 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (18177 870))
20236 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20237
20238 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20239 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20240
20241 \(fn)" nil nil)
20242
20243 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20244 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20245
20246 \(fn)" nil nil)
20247
20248 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20249 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20250
20251 \(fn)" nil nil)
20252
20253 ;;;***
20254 \f
20255 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (18177
20256 ;;;;;; 870))
20257 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20258
20259 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20260 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
20261 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
20262 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
20263 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
20264 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
20265
20266 \(fn)" nil nil)
20267
20268 ;;;***
20269 \f
20270 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
20271 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
20272 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (18177 870))
20273 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20274
20275 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20276 Completion for `cd'.
20277
20278 \(fn)" nil nil)
20279
20280 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20281
20282 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20283 Completion for `rmdir'.
20284
20285 \(fn)" nil nil)
20286
20287 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20288 Completion for `rm'.
20289
20290 \(fn)" nil nil)
20291
20292 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20293 Completion for `xargs'.
20294
20295 \(fn)" nil nil)
20296
20297 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20298
20299 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20300 Completion for `which'.
20301
20302 \(fn)" nil nil)
20303
20304 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20305 Completion for the `chown' command.
20306
20307 \(fn)" nil nil)
20308
20309 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20310 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20311
20312 \(fn)" nil nil)
20313
20314 ;;;***
20315 \f
20316 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20317 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20318 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (18177
20319 ;;;;;; 870))
20320 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20321
20322 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20323 Support extensible programmable completion.
20324 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20325 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20326
20327 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20328
20329 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20330 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20331
20332 \(fn)" t nil)
20333
20334 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20335 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20336 This will modify the current buffer.
20337
20338 \(fn)" t nil)
20339
20340 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20341 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20342
20343 \(fn)" t nil)
20344
20345 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20346 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20347 This will modify the current buffer.
20348
20349 \(fn)" t nil)
20350
20351 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20352 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20353
20354 \(fn)" t nil)
20355
20356 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20357 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20358
20359 \(fn)" t nil)
20360
20361 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20362 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20363 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20364 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20365 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20366
20367 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20368
20369 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20370 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
20371
20372 \(fn)" nil nil)
20373
20374 ;;;***
20375 \f
20376 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20377 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20378 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (18190 35204))
20379 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
20380
20381 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20382 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20383 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20384 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20385
20386 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20387
20388 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20389
20390 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20391 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20392 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20393 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20394 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20395 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20396 FLAGS is ignored.
20397
20398 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20399
20400 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20401 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20402 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20403 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20404 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20405 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20406 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20407 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20408
20409 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20410
20411 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20412 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20413 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20414 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20415 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20416 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20417 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20418 passed to cvs.
20419
20420 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20421
20422 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20423 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20424 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20425 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20426 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20427 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20428 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20429
20430 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20431
20432 (add-to-list 'completion-ignored-extensions "CVS/")
20433
20434 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20435 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20436 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20437
20438 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20439
20440 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20441 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20442 A value of nil means never do it.
20443 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20444 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20445 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20446
20447 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20448
20449 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20450 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20451 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20452
20453 ;;;***
20454 \f
20455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (18190 35204))
20456 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
20457
20458 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] '(menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea")) (define-key m [checkout] '(menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository")) (define-key m [update] '(menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository")) (define-key m [examine] '(menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea")) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)))
20459
20460 ;;;***
20461 \f
20462 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20463 ;;;;;; (18177 873))
20464 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20465 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20466
20467 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20468 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20469 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20470 Tab indents for Perl code.
20471 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20472 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20473 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20474 \\{perl-mode-map}
20475 Variables controlling indentation style:
20476 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20477 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20478 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20479 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20480 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20481 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20482 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20483 `perl-nochange'
20484 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20485 `perl-indent-level'
20486 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20487 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20488 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20489 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20490 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20491 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20492 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20493 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20494 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20495 `perl-brace-offset'
20496 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20497 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20498 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20499 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20500 `perl-label-offset'
20501 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20502 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20503 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20504
20505 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20506 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20507 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20508 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20509 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20510 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20511 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20512
20513 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20514
20515 \(fn)" t nil)
20516
20517 ;;;***
20518 \f
20519 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
20520 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
20521 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
20522 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (18177 871))
20523 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
20524
20525 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-region "pgg" "\
20526 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
20527
20528 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20529
20530 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20531 passphrase cache or user.
20532
20533 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20534
20535 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region "pgg" "\
20536 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
20537
20538 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20539 cache or user.
20540
20541 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20542
20543 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric "pgg" "\
20544 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
20545
20546 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20547 the region.
20548
20549 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20550 passphrase cache or user.
20551
20552 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20553
20554 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt "pgg" "\
20555 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
20556
20557 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20558
20559 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20560 the region.
20561
20562 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20563 passphrase cache or user.
20564
20565 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20566
20567 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt-region "pgg" "\
20568 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
20569
20570 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20571 passphrase cache or user.
20572
20573 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20574
20575 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt "pgg" "\
20576 Decrypt the current buffer.
20577
20578 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
20579 the region.
20580
20581 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20582 passphrase cache or user.
20583
20584 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20585
20586 (autoload 'pgg-sign-region "pgg" "\
20587 Make the signature from text between START and END.
20588
20589 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
20590 a detached signature.
20591
20592 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20593 and the output is displayed.
20594
20595 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20596 passphrase cache or user.
20597
20598 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20599
20600 (autoload 'pgg-sign "pgg" "\
20601 Sign the current buffer.
20602
20603 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
20604 detached signature.
20605
20606 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
20607 within the region.
20608
20609 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20610 and the output is displayed.
20611
20612 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20613 passphrase cache or user.
20614
20615 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20616
20617 (autoload 'pgg-verify-region "pgg" "\
20618 Verify the current region between START and END.
20619 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20620 the detached signature of the current region.
20621
20622 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20623 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20624
20625 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
20626
20627 (autoload 'pgg-verify "pgg" "\
20628 Verify the current buffer.
20629 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20630 the detached signature of the current region.
20631 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20632 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20633 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
20634 within the region.
20635
20636 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
20637
20638 (autoload 'pgg-insert-key "pgg" "\
20639 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
20640
20641 \(fn)" t nil)
20642
20643 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys-region "pgg" "\
20644 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
20645
20646 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20647
20648 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys "pgg" "\
20649 Import public keys in the current buffer.
20650
20651 \(fn)" t nil)
20652
20653 ;;;***
20654 \f
20655 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
20656 ;;;;;; (18177 871))
20657 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
20658
20659 (autoload 'pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p "pgg-gpg" "\
20660 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
20661
20662 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
20663
20664 ;;;***
20665 \f
20666 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20667 ;;;;;; (18177 876))
20668 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20669
20670 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20671 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20672 \\<picture-mode-map>
20673 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20674 afterwards settable by these commands:
20675
20676 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20677 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20678 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20679 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20680
20681 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20682 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20683 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20684 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20685
20686 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20687 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20688 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20689 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20690
20691 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20692 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20693 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20694 with these commands:
20695
20696 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20697 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20698 Move to column following last
20699 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20700 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20701 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20702 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20703 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20704 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20705
20706 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20707
20708 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20709 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20710 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20711 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20712 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20713 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20714
20715 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20716 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20717 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
20718 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20719 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20720 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20721 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20722
20723 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20724 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20725 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20726 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20727 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20728 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20729 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20730 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[advertised-undo]
20731
20732 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20733 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20734 by supplying an argument.
20735
20736 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20737
20738 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20739 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
20740
20741 \(fn)" t nil)
20742
20743 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20744
20745 ;;;***
20746 \f
20747 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20748 ;;;;;; (18177 876))
20749 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20750
20751 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20752 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20753 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20754
20755 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20756
20757 ;;;***
20758 \f
20759 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (18177 871))
20760 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20761
20762 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20763 Play pong and waste time.
20764 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20765 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20766
20767 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20768
20769 \\{pong-mode-map}
20770
20771 \(fn)" t nil)
20772
20773 ;;;***
20774 \f
20775 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer
20776 ;;;;;; pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (18177 858))
20777 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20778
20779 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20780 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20781 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20782 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20783
20784 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20785
20786 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20787 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20788
20789 \(fn)" nil nil)
20790
20791 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20792 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20793 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20794 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20795 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20796
20797 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20798
20799 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20800 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20801 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20802
20803 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20804
20805 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20806 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
20807 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20808 Ignores leading comment characters.
20809
20810 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20811
20812 ;;;***
20813 \f
20814 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20815 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20816 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20817 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20818 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20819 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20820 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20821 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20822 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20823 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20824 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20825 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20826 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
20827 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
20828 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
20829 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
20830 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
20831 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
20832 ;;;;;; (18190 35204))
20833 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20834
20835 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
20836 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20837
20838 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20839
20840 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20841
20842 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20843
20844 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
20845 Preview directory using ghostview.
20846
20847 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20848 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20849 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20850 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20851
20852 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20853 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20854 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20855 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20856 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20857 file name.
20858
20859 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20860
20861 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20862
20863 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20864 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20865
20866 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20867 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20868 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20869 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20870
20871 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20872 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20873 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20874 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20875 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20876 file name.
20877
20878 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20879
20880 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20881
20882 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
20883 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20884
20885 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20886 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20887 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20888 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20889
20890 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20891 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20892 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20893 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20894 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20895 file name.
20896
20897 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20898
20899 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20900
20901 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
20902 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20903
20904 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20905
20906 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20907 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20908 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20909 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20910
20911 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20912 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20913 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20914 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20915 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20916 file name.
20917
20918 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20919
20920 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20921
20922 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
20923 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20924
20925 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20926 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20927 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20928
20929 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20930 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20931 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20932 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20933
20934 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20935
20936 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20937 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
20938
20939 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20940 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20941 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20942
20943 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20944 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20945 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20946 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20947
20948 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20949
20950 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
20951 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
20952
20953 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20954 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20955 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20956
20957 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20958 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20959 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20960 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20961
20962 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20963
20964 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
20965 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20966
20967 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20968
20969 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20970 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20971 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20972
20973 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20974 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20975 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20976 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20977
20978 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20979
20980 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
20981 Preview region using ghostview.
20982
20983 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20984
20985 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20986
20987 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20988 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
20989
20990 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20991
20992 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20993
20994 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
20995 Print region using PostScript printer.
20996
20997 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20998
20999 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21000
21001 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21002 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21003
21004 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21005
21006 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21007
21008 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21009 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21010
21011 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21012
21013 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21014
21015 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21016 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21017
21018 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21019
21020 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21021
21022 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21023 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21024
21025 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21026
21027 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21028
21029 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21030 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21031
21032 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21033
21034 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21035
21036 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21037 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21038 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21039 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21040
21041 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21042 matching.
21043
21044 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21045 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21046
21047 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21048
21049 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21050
21051 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21052 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21053 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21054 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21055
21056 \(fn)" t nil)
21057
21058 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21059 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21060 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21061 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21062
21063 \(fn)" t nil)
21064
21065 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21066 Print directory using text printer.
21067
21068 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21069 matching.
21070
21071 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21072 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21073
21074 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21075
21076 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21077
21078 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21079 Print buffer using text printer.
21080
21081 \(fn)" t nil)
21082
21083 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21084 Print region using text printer.
21085
21086 \(fn)" t nil)
21087
21088 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21089 Print major mode using text printer.
21090
21091 \(fn)" t nil)
21092
21093 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21094 Preview spooled PostScript.
21095
21096 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21097 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21098 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21099
21100 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21101 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21102 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21103
21104 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21105
21106 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21107 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21108
21109 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21110 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21111 instead of sending it to the printer.
21112
21113 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21114 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21115 image in a file with that name.
21116
21117 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21118
21119 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21120 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21121
21122 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21123 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21124 instead of sending it to the printer.
21125
21126 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21127 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21128 image in a file with that name.
21129
21130 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21131
21132 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21133 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21134
21135 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21136 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21137 instead of sending it to the printer.
21138
21139 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21140 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21141 image in a file with that name.
21142
21143 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21144
21145 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21146 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21147
21148 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21149
21150 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21151 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21152
21153 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21154
21155 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21156 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21157
21158 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21159
21160 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21161 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21162
21163 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21164
21165 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21166 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21167
21168 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21169
21170 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21171 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21172
21173 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21174 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21175 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21176 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21177
21178 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21179 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21180 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21181 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21182 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21183 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21184 file name.
21185
21186 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21187
21188 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21189 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21190
21191 \(fn)" t nil)
21192
21193 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21194 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21195
21196 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21197 right.
21198 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21199 bottom.
21200
21201 \(fn)" t nil)
21202
21203 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21204 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21205
21206 \(fn)" t nil)
21207
21208 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21209 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21210
21211 \(fn)" t nil)
21212
21213 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21214 Toggle printing with faces.
21215
21216 \(fn)" t nil)
21217
21218 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21219 Toggle spooling.
21220
21221 \(fn)" t nil)
21222
21223 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21224 Toggle duplex.
21225
21226 \(fn)" t nil)
21227
21228 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21229 Toggle tumble.
21230
21231 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21232 right.
21233 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21234 bottom.
21235
21236 \(fn)" t nil)
21237
21238 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21239 Toggle landscape.
21240
21241 \(fn)" t nil)
21242
21243 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21244 Toggle upside-down.
21245
21246 \(fn)" t nil)
21247
21248 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21249 Toggle line number.
21250
21251 \(fn)" t nil)
21252
21253 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21254 Toggle zebra stripes.
21255
21256 \(fn)" t nil)
21257
21258 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21259 Toggle printing header.
21260
21261 \(fn)" t nil)
21262
21263 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21264 Toggle printing header frame.
21265
21266 \(fn)" t nil)
21267
21268 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21269 Toggle menu lock.
21270
21271 \(fn)" t nil)
21272
21273 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21274 Toggle auto region.
21275
21276 \(fn)" t nil)
21277
21278 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21279 Toggle auto mode.
21280
21281 \(fn)" t nil)
21282
21283 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21284 Customization of the `printing' group.
21285
21286 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21287
21288 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21289 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21290
21291 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21292
21293 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21294 Help for the printing package.
21295
21296 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21297
21298 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21299 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21300
21301 \(fn)" t nil)
21302
21303 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21304 Interactively select a text printer.
21305
21306 \(fn)" t nil)
21307
21308 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21309 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21310
21311 \(fn)" t nil)
21312
21313 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21314 Show current ps-print settings.
21315
21316 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21317
21318 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21319 Show current printing settings.
21320
21321 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21322
21323 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21324 Show current lpr settings.
21325
21326 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21327
21328 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21329 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21330
21331 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21332 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21333 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21334 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21335
21336
21337 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21338
21339 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21340 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21341 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
21342
21343 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21344 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21345 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21346 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
21347 current active printer.
21348
21349 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21350 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21351 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21352 printer.
21353
21354 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21355 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21356 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21357 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21358 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21359
21360
21361 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21362 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21363
21364 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21365
21366 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21367 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
21368 be done using the new current active printer.
21369
21370 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21371 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21372 printer.
21373
21374 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21375 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21376 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21377 instead of sending it to the printer.
21378
21379 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21380 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21381 printer.
21382
21383 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21384
21385
21386 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21387 are both set to t.
21388
21389 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21390
21391 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21392 Fast fire function for text printing.
21393
21394 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21395 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21396 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21397 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21398
21399 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21400 user for a new active text printer.
21401
21402 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21403
21404 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21405
21406 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21407 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21408 printer.
21409
21410 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21411
21412 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21413 are both set to t.
21414
21415 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21416
21417 ;;;***
21418 \f
21419 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
21420 ;;;;;; (18177 873))
21421 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21422
21423 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21424 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
21425 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
21426 Commands:
21427 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21428 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21429 if that value is non-nil.
21430
21431 \(fn)" t nil)
21432
21433 (defalias 'run-prolog 'switch-to-prolog)
21434
21435 (autoload 'switch-to-prolog "prolog" "\
21436 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21437 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
21438
21439 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
21440
21441 ;;;***
21442 \f
21443 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (18177 874))
21444 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21445
21446 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21447 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21448 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21449
21450 ;;;***
21451 \f
21452 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (18177
21453 ;;;;;; 873))
21454 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21455
21456 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21457 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21458
21459 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21460
21461 The following variables hold user options, and can
21462 be set through the `customize' command:
21463
21464 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21465 `ps-mode-tab'
21466 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21467 `ps-mode-print-function'
21468 `ps-run-prompt'
21469 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21470 `ps-run-x'
21471 `ps-run-dumb'
21472 `ps-run-init'
21473 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21474 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21475
21476 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21477
21478
21479 \\{ps-mode-map}
21480
21481
21482 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21483 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21484 The keymap for this second window is:
21485
21486 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21487
21488
21489 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21490 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21491 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21492 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21493 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21494
21495 \(fn)" t nil)
21496
21497 ;;;***
21498 \f
21499 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21500 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21501 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21502 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21503 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21504 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (18190
21505 ;;;;;; 35206))
21506 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21507
21508 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
21509 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21510 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21511
21512 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21513
21514 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21515 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
21516 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21517 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21518
21519 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21520
21521 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21522 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21523
21524 Valid values are:
21525
21526 nil Do not print colors.
21527
21528 t Print colors.
21529
21530 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21531 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21532
21533 Any other value is treated as t.")
21534
21535 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21536
21537 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21538 Customization of ps-print group.
21539
21540 \(fn)" t nil)
21541
21542 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21543 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21544
21545 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21546 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21547 sending it to the printer.
21548
21549 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21550 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21551 image in a file with that name.
21552
21553 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21554
21555 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21556 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21557 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21558 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21559 so it has a way to determine color values.
21560
21561 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21562
21563 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21564 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21565 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21566
21567 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21568
21569 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21570 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21571 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21572 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21573 so it has a way to determine color values.
21574
21575 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21576
21577 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21578 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21579 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21580 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21581
21582 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21583
21584 \(fn)" t nil)
21585
21586 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21587 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21588 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21589 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21590 so it has a way to determine color values.
21591
21592 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21593
21594 \(fn)" t nil)
21595
21596 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21597 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21598 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21599
21600 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21601
21602 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21603
21604 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21605 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21606 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21607 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21608 so it has a way to determine color values.
21609
21610 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21611
21612 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21613
21614 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21615 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21616
21617 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21618 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21619 instead of sending it to the printer.
21620
21621 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21622 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21623 image in a file with that name.
21624
21625 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21626
21627 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21628 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21629 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21630 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21631 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21632
21633 \(fn)" t nil)
21634
21635 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21636 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21637 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21638
21639 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21640
21641 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21642 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21643 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21644
21645 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21646
21647 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21648 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21649
21650 \(fn)" nil nil)
21651
21652 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21653 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21654
21655 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21656 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21657
21658 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21659 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21660
21661 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21662
21663 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21664
21665 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21666
21667 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21668 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21669
21670 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21671 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21672
21673 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21674 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21675
21676 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21677
21678 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21679
21680 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21681
21682 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21683 foreground and background colors respectively.
21684
21685 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21686 bold - use bold font.
21687 italic - use italic font.
21688 underline - put a line under text.
21689 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21690 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21691 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21692 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21693 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21694
21695 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21696
21697 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21698
21699 ;;;***
21700 \f
21701 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
21702 ;;;;;; (18190 35206))
21703 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21704
21705 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("jython" . jython-mode))
21706
21707 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("python" . python-mode))
21708
21709 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.py\\'" . python-mode))
21710
21711 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21712 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
21713 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
21714 buffer automatically.
21715
21716 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
21717 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
21718 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
21719 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
21720 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
21721 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
21722 documentation for `python-buffer'.
21723
21724 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21725 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
21726 buffer for a list of commands.)
21727
21728 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
21729
21730 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21731 Major mode for editing Python files.
21732 Font Lock mode is currently required for correct parsing of the source.
21733 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
21734 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
21735 commands for running Python under Emacs.
21736
21737 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
21738 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
21739 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
21740 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
21741 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
21742 \\<python-mode-map>
21743 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
21744 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
21745 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
21746 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
21747 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
21748 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
21749
21750 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
21751 effect outside them.
21752
21753 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
21754 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
21755 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
21756 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
21757 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
21758 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
21759 form x.y only works if the components are literal
21760 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
21761 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
21762
21763 \\{python-mode-map}
21764
21765 \(fn)" t nil)
21766
21767 (autoload 'jython-mode "python" "\
21768 Major mode for editing Jython files.
21769 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
21770 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
21771
21772 \(fn)" t nil)
21773
21774 ;;;***
21775 \f
21776 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21777 ;;;;;; (18177 862))
21778 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21779
21780 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21781 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21782 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21783 coding-system.
21784
21785 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21786 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21787
21788 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21789 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21790 them into characters should be done separately.
21791
21792 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21793
21794 ;;;***
21795 \f
21796 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
21797 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
21798 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
21799 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
21800 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (18177 865))
21801 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21802
21803 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
21804 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21805
21806 \(fn)" nil nil)
21807
21808 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
21809 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21810 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
21811
21812 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21813 `quail-activate', which see.
21814
21815 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21816
21817 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
21818 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21819 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21820 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21821 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21822 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21823 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21824
21825 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21826 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21827 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21828 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21829 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21830 shown.
21831 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21832
21833 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21834 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21835 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21836 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21837 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21838 list of candidates.
21839
21840 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21841 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21842 command to be called.
21843
21844 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21845 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21846 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21847 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21848
21849 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21850 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21851 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21852 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21853 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21854 to t.
21855
21856 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21857 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21858 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21859 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21860
21861 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
21862 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
21863 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
21864 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
21865
21866 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21867 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21868 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21869 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21870 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21871 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21872
21873 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21874 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21875 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21876 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21877 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21878 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21879
21880 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21881 covers Quail translation region.
21882
21883 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21884 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21885 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21886 for it) is inserted.
21887
21888 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
21889 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
21890 vs. corresponding command to be called.
21891
21892 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
21893 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
21894 non-Quail commands.
21895
21896 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
21897
21898 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
21899 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
21900
21901 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
21902 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
21903 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
21904 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
21905 you type is correctly handled.
21906
21907 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
21908
21909 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
21910 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
21911
21912 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
21913 keyboard type.
21914
21915 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
21916
21917 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
21918 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
21919 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
21920 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21921 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
21922 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21923 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21924 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21925 for the translation.
21926 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21927
21928 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21929 it is used to handle KEY.
21930
21931 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
21932 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
21933 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
21934 the following annotation types are supported.
21935
21936 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
21937 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
21938
21939 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
21940 candidate list.
21941
21942 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
21943 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
21944 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
21945 inserted.
21946
21947 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
21948 generated for the following translations.
21949
21950 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
21951
21952 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
21953 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
21954
21955 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21956 which to install MAP.
21957
21958 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
21959
21960 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21961
21962 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
21963 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
21964
21965 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21966 which to install MAP.
21967
21968 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
21969
21970 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21971
21972 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
21973 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
21974 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21975 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
21976 a function, or a cons.
21977 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21978 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21979 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21980 for the translation.
21981 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
21982 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
21983 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
21984 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
21985 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21986
21987 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21988 it is used to handle KEY.
21989
21990 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
21991 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
21992 current Quail package.
21993
21994 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
21995 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21996
21997 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
21998
21999 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22000 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22001
22002 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22003 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22004
22005 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22006
22007 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22008 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22009
22010 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22011
22012 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22013 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22014 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22015 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22016 of the Emacs source tree.
22017
22018 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22019 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22020
22021 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22022 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22023 of each directory.
22024
22025 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22026
22027 ;;;***
22028 \f
22029 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
22030 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
22031 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (18177
22032 ;;;;;; 869))
22033 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22034
22035 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22036 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22037 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22038 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22039
22040 To make use of this do something like:
22041
22042 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22043
22044 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22045
22046 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22047 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
22048
22049 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22050 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22051 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22052
22053 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22054
22055 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22056 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22057
22058 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22059
22060 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22061 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22062
22063 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
22064 is decided.
22065
22066 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22067
22068 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22069 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22070
22071 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22072 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22073 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22074
22075 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22076
22077 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22078 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22079
22080 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22081
22082 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22083 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22084
22085 \(fn)" t nil)
22086
22087 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22088 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22089
22090 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22091
22092 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22093
22094 \(fn)" t nil)
22095
22096 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22097 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22098
22099 \(fn)" t nil)
22100
22101 ;;;***
22102 \f
22103 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22104 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (18177 869))
22105 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22106
22107 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22108 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22109
22110 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22111
22112 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22113
22114 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22115
22116 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22117
22118 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22119 Not documented
22120
22121 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
22122
22123 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22124 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22125 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22126 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22127 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22128 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22129
22130 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22131
22132 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22133 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22134
22135 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22136
22137 ;;;***
22138 \f
22139 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (18177
22140 ;;;;;; 869))
22141 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22142
22143 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
22144 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22145 See \\[compile].
22146
22147 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22148
22149 ;;;***
22150 \f
22151 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22152 ;;;;;; (18190 35188))
22153 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22154
22155 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22156
22157 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22158 Construct a regexp interactively.
22159
22160 \(fn)" t nil)
22161
22162 ;;;***
22163 \f
22164 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (18190 35206))
22165 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22166
22167 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22168 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22169 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22170 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22171 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22172 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22173
22174 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22175
22176 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22177 Toggle recentf mode.
22178 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
22179 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
22180
22181 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
22182 that were operated on recently.
22183
22184 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22185
22186 ;;;***
22187 \f
22188 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
22189 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
22190 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
22191 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (18177
22192 ;;;;;; 874))
22193 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22194
22195 (autoload 'move-to-column-force "rect" "\
22196 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
22197 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
22198 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
22199
22200 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
22201
22202 (make-obsolete 'move-to-column-force 'move-to-column "21.2")
22203
22204 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22205 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22206 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22207 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22208 ends.
22209
22210 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22211 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22212 to be deleted.
22213
22214 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22215
22216 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22217 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22218 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22219
22220 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22221 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22222 deleted.
22223
22224 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22225
22226 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22227 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22228 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22229
22230 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22231
22232 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22233 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22234
22235 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22236 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22237
22238 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22239 deleted.
22240
22241 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22242 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22243 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22244 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22245 even beep.)
22246
22247 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22248
22249 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22250 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22251
22252 \(fn)" t nil)
22253
22254 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22255 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22256 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22257 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22258 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22259 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22260 and point is at the lower right corner.
22261
22262 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22263
22264 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22265 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22266
22267 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22268 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22269
22270 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22271 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
22272 on the right side of the rectangle.
22273
22274 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22275
22276 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22277
22278 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22279 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22280 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22281 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22282 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22283
22284 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22285 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22286
22287 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22288
22289 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22290 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22291 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22292
22293 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22294
22295 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22296
22297 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22298
22299 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22300 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22301
22302 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22303 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22304 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22305
22306 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22307
22308 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22309 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22310 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22311
22312 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22313 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22314 rectangle which were empty.
22315
22316 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22317
22318 ;;;***
22319 \f
22320 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (18177
22321 ;;;;;; 876))
22322 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22323
22324 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22325 Toggle Refill minor mode.
22326 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22327
22328 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
22329 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
22330 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
22331
22332 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22333
22334 ;;;***
22335 \f
22336 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22337 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (18177 876))
22338 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22339
22340 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22341 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22342
22343 \(fn)" nil nil)
22344
22345 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22346 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22347
22348 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22349 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22350
22351 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22352 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22353 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22354 \\ref macro.
22355
22356 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22357 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22358 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22359
22360 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22361 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22362 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22363
22364 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22365 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22366
22367 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22368 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22369
22370 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22371 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22372 on the menu bar.
22373
22374 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22375
22376 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22377
22378 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22379 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22380 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22381
22382 \(fn)" nil nil)
22383
22384 ;;;***
22385 \f
22386 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22387 ;;;;;; (18177 876))
22388 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22389
22390 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22391 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22392 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22393 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22394 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22395 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22396
22397 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22398
22399 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22400
22401 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22402 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22403 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22404 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22405 `reftex-cite-format'.
22406
22407 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22408 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22409 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22410 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22411
22412 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22413
22414 ;;;***
22415 \f
22416 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22417 ;;;;;; (18177 876))
22418 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22419
22420 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22421 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22422 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22423 the current TeX document.
22424
22425 With no argument, this command toggles
22426 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22427 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22428
22429 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22430
22431 ;;;***
22432 \f
22433 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22434 ;;;;;; (18177 876))
22435 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22436
22437 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
22438 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22439 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22440
22441 To insert new phrases, use
22442 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22443 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22444
22445 To index phrases use one of:
22446
22447 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22448 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22449 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22450 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22451 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22452
22453 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22454 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22455
22456 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22457
22458 Here are all local bindings.
22459
22460 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
22461
22462 \(fn)" t nil)
22463
22464 ;;;***
22465 \f
22466 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22467 ;;;;;; (18177 876))
22468 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22469
22470 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
22471 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22472 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22473 of master file.
22474
22475 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22476
22477 ;;;***
22478 \f
22479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (18177
22480 ;;;;;; 876))
22481 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22482 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22483 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22484 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22485 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22486
22487 ;;;***
22488 \f
22489 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22490 ;;;;;; (18177 858))
22491 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22492
22493 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22494 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22495 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22496 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22497 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22498 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22499
22500 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22501 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22502
22503 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22504 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22505
22506 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22507
22508 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22509 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22510 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22511 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22512
22513 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22514
22515 ;;;***
22516 \f
22517 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (18190 35206))
22518 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22519
22520 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22521 Repeat most recently executed command.
22522 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise,
22523 use the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
22524 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
22525
22526 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22527 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22528 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22529 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22530
22531 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22532 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22533 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22534
22535 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22536
22537 ;;;***
22538 \f
22539 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22540 ;;;;;; (18177 867))
22541 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22542
22543 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22544 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22545
22546 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22547 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22548 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22549 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22550 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22551 and point is left after the salutation.
22552
22553 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22554 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22555 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22556 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22557 left after that text.
22558
22559 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22560 is non-nil.
22561
22562 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22563 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22564 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22565 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22566
22567 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22568
22569 ;;;***
22570 \f
22571 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22572 ;;;;;; (18177 874))
22573 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22574
22575 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22576 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22577 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22578 visibility of comments that precede it.
22579 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22580 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22581 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22582 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22583 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22584 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22585 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22586 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22587 the comment lines.
22588 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22589 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22590 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22591 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22592 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22593
22594 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22595 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
22596
22597 ;;;***
22598 \f
22599 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (18177
22600 ;;;;;; 874))
22601 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
22602
22603 (autoload 'resume-suspend-hook "resume" "\
22604 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
22605
22606 \(fn)" nil nil)
22607
22608 ;;;***
22609 \f
22610 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22611 ;;;;;; (18177 874))
22612 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22613
22614 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22615 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
22616 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22617
22618 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22619 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22620 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22621
22622 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22623
22624 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22625 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22626 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22627 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22628 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22629 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22630
22631 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22632
22633 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22634 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
22635 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22636
22637 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22638 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22639 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22640
22641 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22642
22643 ;;;***
22644 \f
22645 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22646 ;;;;;; (18177 858))
22647 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22648
22649 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22650 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22651
22652 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22653
22654 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22655 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22656
22657 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22658
22659 ;;;***
22660 \f
22661 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (18177 869))
22662 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22663 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
22664
22665 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22666 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22667 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22668 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22669
22670 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22671
22672 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22673 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22674 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22675 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22676
22677 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22678 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22679
22680 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22681 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22682
22683 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22684 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22685 INPUT-ARGS.
22686
22687 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22688 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22689 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22690 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22691 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22692
22693 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22694 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22695 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22696 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22697
22698 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22699 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22700 variable.
22701
22702 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22703
22704 ;;;***
22705 \f
22706 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22707 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
22708 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
22709 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
22710 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
22711 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names
22712 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (18177
22713 ;;;;;; 867))
22714 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22715
22716 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22717 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22718 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22719
22720 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22721
22722 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22723 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
22724 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
22725 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
22726
22727 (custom-autoload 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names "rmail" t)
22728
22729 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
22730 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
22731 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
22732 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
22733 value is the user's email address and name.)
22734 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
22735
22736 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:\\|^DomainKey-Signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
22737 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22738 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22739 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22740 which normally happens once for each message,
22741 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22742 To make a change in this variable take effect
22743 for a message that you have already viewed,
22744 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22745
22746 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22747
22748 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22749 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22750 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22751 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22752
22753 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
22754
22755 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
22756 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22757
22758 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22759
22760 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
22761 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22762 A value of nil means don't highlight.
22763 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
22764
22765 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
22766
22767 (defvar rmail-highlight-face 'rmail-highlight "\
22768 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
22769
22770 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlight-face "rmail" t)
22771
22772 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
22773 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
22774
22775 (custom-autoload 'rmail-delete-after-output "rmail" t)
22776
22777 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22778 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
22779 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
22780 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
22781 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
22782
22783 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
22784
22785 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
22786 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
22787 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
22788 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
22789
22790 (custom-autoload 'rmail-mail-new-frame "rmail" t)
22791
22792 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
22793 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22794
22795 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
22796
22797 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
22798 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22799
22800 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
22801
22802 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge 'y-or-n-p "\
22803 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
22804
22805 (custom-autoload 'rmail-confirm-expunge "rmail" t)
22806
22807 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22808 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22809
22810 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
22811 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
22812
22813 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22814 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22815
22816 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
22817
22818 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
22819 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
22820
22821 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
22822 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
22823 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
22824 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
22825
22826 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22827 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22828
22829 This is set to nil by default.")
22830
22831 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
22832 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
22833 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
22834 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
22835 until a user explicitly requires it.
22836
22837 Even if the value is non-nil, you can't use MIME feature
22838 if the feature specified by `rmail-mime-feature' is not available
22839 in your session.")
22840
22841 (custom-autoload 'rmail-enable-mime "rmail" t)
22842
22843 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
22844 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
22845 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22846 It is called with no argument.")
22847
22848 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22849 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22850 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
22851 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
22852 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22853 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22854 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22855
22856 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
22857 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
22858 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22859 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22860 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22861 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22862
22863 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
22864 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
22865 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22866 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
22867 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
22868
22869 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
22870 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
22871 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22872 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
22873 MSG is the message number,
22874 REGEXP is the regular expression,
22875 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
22876
22877 (defvar rmail-mime-feature 'rmail-mime "\
22878 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
22879 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
22880 this feature is required with `require'.
22881
22882 The default value is `rmail-mime'. This feature is provided by
22883 the rmail-mime package available at <http://www.m17n.org/rmail-mime/>.")
22884
22885 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
22886 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
22887 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
22888 the message is decoded as normal way.
22889
22890 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
22891 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
22892 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
22893
22894 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern (concat "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;" "\\(?:[ \n]*\\(?:format\\|delsp\\)=\"?[-a-z0-9]+\"?;\\)*" "[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?") "\
22895 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
22896 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
22897
22898 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
22899 Read and edit incoming mail.
22900 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
22901 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
22902 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22903
22904 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22905 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22906 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22907 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22908
22909 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22910
22911 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22912
22913 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
22914 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22915 All normal editing commands are turned off.
22916 Instead, these commands are available:
22917
22918 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
22919 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
22920 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
22921 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
22922 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
22923 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
22924 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
22925 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
22926 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
22927 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
22928 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
22929 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
22930 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
22931 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
22932 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
22933 till a deleted message is found.
22934 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
22935 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
22936 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
22937 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
22938 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
22939 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
22940 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
22941 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
22942 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
22943 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
22944 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
22945 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
22946 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
22947 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
22948 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
22949 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
22950 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
22951 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
22952 (label defaults to last one specified).
22953 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
22954 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
22955 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
22956 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
22957 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
22958 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
22959 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
22960 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
22961 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
22962
22963 \(fn)" t nil)
22964
22965 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
22966 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
22967
22968 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22969
22970 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
22971 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
22972
22973 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
22974
22975 ;;;***
22976 \f
22977 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
22978 ;;;;;; (18177 867))
22979 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
22980
22981 (autoload 'rmail-edit-current-message "rmailedit" "\
22982 Edit the contents of this message.
22983
22984 \(fn)" t nil)
22985
22986 ;;;***
22987 \f
22988 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
22989 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
22990 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (18177 867))
22991 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
22992
22993 (autoload 'rmail-add-label "rmailkwd" "\
22994 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22995 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22996
22997 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22998
22999 (autoload 'rmail-kill-label "rmailkwd" "\
23000 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
23001 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
23002
23003 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
23004
23005 (autoload 'rmail-read-label "rmailkwd" "\
23006 Not documented
23007
23008 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
23009
23010 (autoload 'rmail-previous-labeled-message "rmailkwd" "\
23011 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
23012 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
23013 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
23014 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
23015
23016 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
23017
23018 (autoload 'rmail-next-labeled-message "rmailkwd" "\
23019 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
23020 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
23021 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
23022 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
23023
23024 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
23025
23026 ;;;***
23027 \f
23028 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
23029 ;;;;;; (18177 867))
23030 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
23031
23032 (autoload 'set-rmail-inbox-list "rmailmsc" "\
23033 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
23034 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
23035 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
23036
23037 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23038
23039 ;;;***
23040 \f
23041 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
23042 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
23043 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (18177 867))
23044 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23045
23046 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
23047 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
23048 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
23049 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
23050 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
23051 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
23052 a file name as a string.")
23053
23054 (custom-autoload 'rmail-output-file-alist "rmailout" t)
23055
23056 (autoload 'rmail-output-to-rmail-file "rmailout" "\
23057 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
23058 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
23059 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
23060 buffer visiting that file.
23061 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
23062 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
23063
23064 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
23065 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
23066
23067 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
23068 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
23069
23070 If the optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
23071 message up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
23072
23073 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
23074
23075 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
23076 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
23077
23078 (custom-autoload 'rmail-fields-not-to-output "rmailout" t)
23079
23080 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23081 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
23082 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
23083 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
23084 When called from lisp code, COUNT may be omitted and defaults to 1.
23085
23086 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
23087 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
23088 will be appended with their original headers.
23089
23090 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23091 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
23092
23093 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
23094 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
23095
23096 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
23097
23098 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
23099
23100 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23101 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23102 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
23103
23104 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23105
23106 ;;;***
23107 \f
23108 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
23109 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
23110 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (18177
23111 ;;;;;; 867))
23112 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
23113
23114 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-date "rmailsort" "\
23115 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
23116 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23117
23118 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23119
23120 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-subject "rmailsort" "\
23121 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
23122 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23123
23124 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23125
23126 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-author "rmailsort" "\
23127 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
23128 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23129
23130 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23131
23132 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-recipient "rmailsort" "\
23133 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
23134 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23135
23136 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23137
23138 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-correspondent "rmailsort" "\
23139 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
23140 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23141
23142 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23143
23144 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-lines "rmailsort" "\
23145 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
23146 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23147
23148 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23149
23150 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-labels "rmailsort" "\
23151 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
23152 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23153 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
23154
23155 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
23156
23157 ;;;***
23158 \f
23159 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
23160 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
23161 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
23162 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
23163 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (18177 867))
23164 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
23165
23166 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
23167 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
23168
23169 (custom-autoload 'rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages "rmailsum" t)
23170
23171 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
23172 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
23173
23174 (custom-autoload 'rmail-summary-line-count-flag "rmailsum" t)
23175
23176 (autoload 'rmail-summary "rmailsum" "\
23177 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
23178
23179 \(fn)" t nil)
23180
23181 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-labels "rmailsum" "\
23182 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
23183 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
23184
23185 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
23186
23187 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-recipients "rmailsum" "\
23188 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
23189 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
23190 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23191 only look in the To and From fields.
23192 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23193
23194 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
23195
23196 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-regexp "rmailsum" "\
23197 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
23198 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
23199 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
23200 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
23201
23202 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
23203
23204 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-topic "rmailsum" "\
23205 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
23206 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
23207 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23208 look in the whole message.
23209 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23210
23211 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
23212
23213 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-senders "rmailsum" "\
23214 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
23215 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
23216
23217 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
23218
23219 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder #'identity "\
23220 *Function to decode summary-line.
23221
23222 By default, `identity' is set.")
23223
23224 (custom-autoload 'rmail-summary-line-decoder "rmailsum" t)
23225
23226 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23227 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23228 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23229 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23230 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23231 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23232 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23233
23234 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23235 sent by you under different user names.
23236 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23237
23238 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23239
23240 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmailsum" t)
23241
23242 ;;;***
23243 \f
23244 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
23245 ;;;;;; (18177 870))
23246 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
23247
23248 (autoload 'news-post-news "rnewspost" "\
23249 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
23250 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
23251 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work.
23252
23253 \(fn &optional NOQUERY)" t nil)
23254
23255 ;;;***
23256 \f
23257 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
23258 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (17928 6535))
23259 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23260
23261 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23262 Define a robin package.
23263
23264 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23265 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23266 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23267 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23268
23269 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23270 one replaces the old one.
23271
23272 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
23273
23274 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23275 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23276
23277 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23278 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23279 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23280
23281 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23282
23283 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23284 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23285
23286 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23287
23288 ;;;***
23289 \f
23290 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23291 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (18177 874))
23292 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23293
23294 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23295 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23296
23297 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23298
23299 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23300 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23301
23302 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23303
23304 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23305 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23306
23307 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23308
23309 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23310 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23311 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23312
23313 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23314 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23315 in ROT13.
23316
23317 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23318
23319 \(fn)" t nil)
23320
23321 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23322 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23323
23324 \(fn)" t nil)
23325
23326 ;;;***
23327 \f
23328 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (18177
23329 ;;;;;; 874))
23330 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23331
23332 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23333 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
23334
23335 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23336
23337 ;;;***
23338 \f
23339 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (18190
23340 ;;;;;; 35188))
23341 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23342
23343 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23344 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23345 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23346 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23347
23348 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23349
23350 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23351 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23352 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23353 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23354
23355 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23356 notation.
23357
23358 STRING
23359 matches string STRING literally.
23360
23361 CHAR
23362 matches character CHAR literally.
23363
23364 `not-newline', `nonl'
23365 matches any character except a newline.
23366
23367 `anything'
23368 matches any character
23369
23370 `(any SET ...)'
23371 `(in SET ...)'
23372 `(char SET ...)'
23373 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23374 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23375 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23376
23377 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23378 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23379 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23380 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23381
23382 `(not (any SET ...))'
23383 matches any character not in SET ...
23384
23385 `line-start', `bol'
23386 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23387 in the text being matched
23388
23389 `line-end', `eol'
23390 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23391
23392 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23393 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23394 string being matched against.
23395
23396 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23397 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23398 string being matched against.
23399
23400 `buffer-start'
23401 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23402 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23403
23404 `buffer-end'
23405 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23406 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23407
23408 `point'
23409 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23410
23411 `word-start', `bow'
23412 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23413
23414 `word-end', `eow'
23415 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23416
23417 `word-boundary'
23418 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23419 word.
23420
23421 `(not word-boundary)'
23422 `not-word-boundary'
23423 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23424 word.
23425
23426 `symbol-start'
23427 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23428
23429 `symbol-end'
23430 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23431
23432 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23433 matches 0 through 9.
23434
23435 `control', `cntrl'
23436 matches ASCII control characters.
23437
23438 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23439 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23440
23441 `blank'
23442 matches space and tab only.
23443
23444 `graphic', `graph'
23445 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23446 space, and DEL.
23447
23448 `printing', `print'
23449 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23450 and DEL.
23451
23452 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23453 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23454 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23455
23456 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23457 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23458 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23459
23460 `ascii'
23461 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23462
23463 `nonascii'
23464 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23465
23466 `lower', `lower-case'
23467 matches anything lower-case.
23468
23469 `upper', `upper-case'
23470 matches anything upper-case.
23471
23472 `punctuation', `punct'
23473 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23474 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23475
23476 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23477 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23478
23479 `word', `wordchar'
23480 matches anything that has word syntax.
23481
23482 `not-wordchar'
23483 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23484
23485 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23486 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23487 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23488 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23489
23490 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23491 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23492 `word' (\\sw)
23493 `symbol' (\\s_)
23494 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23495 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23496 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23497 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23498 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23499 `escape' (\\s\\)
23500 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23501 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23502 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23503 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23504 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23505
23506 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23507 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23508
23509 `(category CATEGORY)'
23510 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23511 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23512
23513 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23514 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23515 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23516 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23517 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23518 `symbol' (\\c5)
23519 `digit' (\\c6)
23520 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23521 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23522 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23523 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23524 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23525 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23526 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23527 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23528 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23529 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23530 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23531 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23532 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23533 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23534 `ascii' (\\ca)
23535 `arabic' (\\cb)
23536 `chinese' (\\cc)
23537 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23538 `greek' (\\cg)
23539 `korean' (\\ch)
23540 `indian' (\\ci)
23541 `japanese' (\\cj)
23542 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23543 `latin' (\\cl)
23544 `lao' (\\co)
23545 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23546 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23547 `thai' (\\ct)
23548 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23549 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23550 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23551 `can-break' (\\c|)
23552
23553 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23554 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23555
23556 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23557 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23558 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23559 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23560 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23561
23562 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23563 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23564 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23565 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23566
23567 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23568 another name for `submatch'.
23569
23570 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23571 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23572 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23573 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23574 regular expression.
23575
23576 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23577 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23578 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23579 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23580 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23581
23582 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23583 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23584
23585 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23586 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23587
23588 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23589 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23590 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23591
23592 `(* SEXP ...)'
23593 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23594 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23595
23596 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23597 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23598 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23599
23600 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23601 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23602 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23603
23604 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23605 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23606
23607 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23608 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23609
23610 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23611 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23612 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23613 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23614
23615 `(? SEXP ...)'
23616 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23617
23618 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23619 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23620
23621 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23622 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23623 matches N occurrences.
23624
23625 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23626 matches N or more occurrences.
23627
23628 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23629 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23630 matches N to M occurrences.
23631
23632 `(backref N)'
23633 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23634
23635 `(backref N)'
23636 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23637
23638 `(backref N)'
23639 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23640
23641 `(eval FORM)'
23642 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23643 `regexp-quote' it.
23644
23645 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23646 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23647
23648 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
23649
23650 ;;;***
23651 \f
23652 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
23653 ;;;;;; (18177 874))
23654 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23655
23656 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23657 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
23658 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
23659 interface.")
23660
23661 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23662
23663 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23664 Toggle savehist-mode.
23665 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
23666 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
23667 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
23668 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
23669
23670 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23671 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
23672 which is probably undesirable.
23673
23674 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23675
23676 ;;;***
23677 \f
23678 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23679 ;;;;;; (18177 873))
23680 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23681
23682 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23683 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23684 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23685
23686 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23687 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23688 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23689 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23690 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23691 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23692 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23693 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23694
23695 Commands:
23696 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23697 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23698 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23699 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23700 if that value is non-nil.
23701
23702 \(fn)" t nil)
23703
23704 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23705 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23706 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23707
23708 Commands:
23709 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23710 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23711 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23712 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23713 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23714 that variable's value is a string.
23715
23716 \(fn)" t nil)
23717
23718 ;;;***
23719 \f
23720 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23721 ;;;;;; (18177 862))
23722 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23723
23724 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23725 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23726 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23727
23728 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23729
23730 \(fn)" t nil)
23731
23732 ;;;***
23733 \f
23734 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "obsolete/scribe.el" (18177
23735 ;;;;;; 870))
23736 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/scribe.el
23737
23738 (autoload 'scribe-mode "scribe" "\
23739 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
23740 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
23741 \\{scribe-mode-map}
23742
23743 Interesting variables:
23744
23745 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
23746 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
23747
23748 `scribe-electric-quote'
23749 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
23750
23751 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
23752 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
23753 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form.
23754
23755 \(fn)" t nil)
23756
23757 ;;;***
23758 \f
23759 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23760 ;;;;;; (18177 874))
23761 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23762
23763 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23764 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23765 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23766 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23767 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23768 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23769
23770 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23771
23772 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23773 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
23774 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23775 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
23776 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23777
23778 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23779
23780 ;;;***
23781 \f
23782 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23783 ;;;;;; (18177 874))
23784 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23785
23786 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23787 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23788 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
23789 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
23790 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
23791 during scrolling.
23792
23793 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23794
23795 ;;;***
23796 \f
23797 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23798 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
23799 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
23800 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
23801 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
23802 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
23803 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
23804 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
23805 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (18190 35201))
23806 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23807
23808 (defvar mail-from-style 'angles "\
23809 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23810
23811 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23812 king@grassland.com
23813 If `parens', they look like:
23814 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23815 If `angles', they look like:
23816 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23817 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
23818 derived from the envelope-from address.
23819
23820 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
23821 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
23822 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
23823 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
23824
23825 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
23826
23827 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23828 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23829 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23830 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23831
23832 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23833 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23834 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23835 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23836
23837 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
23838
23839 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23840 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23841 This is done when the message is initialized,
23842 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23843
23844 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
23845
23846 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
23847 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23848 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
23849
23850 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
23851
23852 (put 'send-mail-function 'standard-value '((if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it)))
23853
23854 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it) "\
23855 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23856 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23857 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23858 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23859 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23860 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23861
23862 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
23863
23864 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
23865 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23866
23867 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
23868
23869 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23870 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23871 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
23872
23873 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
23874
23875 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23876 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23877 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23878 when you first send mail.")
23879
23880 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
23881
23882 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
23883 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
23884 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
23885 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
23886 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
23887
23888 (custom-autoload 'mail-alias-file "sendmail" t)
23889
23890 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
23891 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23892 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23893 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23894 This file need not actually exist.")
23895
23896 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
23897
23898 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23899 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
23900 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
23901
23902 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
23903
23904 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23905 Alist of mail address aliases,
23906 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23907 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23908 can specify a different file name.)
23909 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23910 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23911
23912 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
23913 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23914 nil means use indentation.")
23915
23916 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
23917
23918 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23919 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23920 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23921
23922 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
23923
23924 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23925 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23926 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23927 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23928 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23929 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23930 in the cited portion of the message.
23931
23932 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23933 instead of no action.")
23934
23935 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
23936
23937 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
23938 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
23939 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
23940 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
23941 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
23942
23943 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
23944
23945 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
23946 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
23947 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
23948 If a string, that string is inserted.
23949 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
23950 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
23951 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
23952 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
23953
23954 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
23955
23956 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
23957 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
23958
23959 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
23960
23961 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
23962 Directory for mail buffers.
23963 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
23964 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
23965
23966 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
23967
23968 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
23969 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
23970 It is inserted before you edit the message,
23971 so you can edit or delete these lines.")
23972
23973 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
23974
23975 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
23976 If non-nil, try to show RMAIL summary buffer after returning from mail.
23977 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
23978 the RMAIL summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
23979 is non-nil.")
23980
23981 (custom-autoload 'mail-bury-selects-summary "sendmail" t)
23982
23983 (defvar mail-send-nonascii 'mime "\
23984 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
23985 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
23986 `query' means ask the user each time.
23987 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
23988 The default is `mime'.
23989 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
23990 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
23991
23992 (custom-autoload 'mail-send-nonascii "sendmail" t)
23993
23994 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
23995 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
23996 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
23997
23998 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
23999 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24000
24001 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24002 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24003 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24004 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24005 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24006 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24007 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24008 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24009 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24010 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24011 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC).
24012 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24013 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24014
24015 \(fn)" t nil)
24016
24017 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24018 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24019
24020 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24021 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24022
24023 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24024
24025 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24026 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24027 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
24028 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24029 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24030 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24031
24032 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24033 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24034 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24035
24036 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24037 User should not set this variable manually,
24038 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24039 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24040 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24041 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
24042
24043 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24044 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24045 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24046 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24047
24048 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24049 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24050
24051 \\<mail-mode-map>
24052 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24053
24054 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24055 to move to message header fields:
24056 \\{mail-mode-map}
24057
24058 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24059 when the message is initialized.
24060
24061 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24062 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24063
24064 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24065 is inserted.
24066
24067 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24068 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24069
24070 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24071 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24072 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24073 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24074 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24075 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24076 buffer without erasing the contents.
24077
24078 The second through fifth arguments,
24079 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24080 the initial contents of those header fields.
24081 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24082 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24083 original message being replied to, or else an action
24084 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24085 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24086 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24087 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24088 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24089 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24090
24091 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
24092
24093 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24094 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24095
24096 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24097
24098 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24099 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24100
24101 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24102
24103 ;;;***
24104 \f
24105 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
24106 ;;;;;; server-start) "server" "server.el" (18190 35206))
24107 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24108
24109 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24110 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24111 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
24112 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
24113 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
24114 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24115
24116 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24117 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24118
24119 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
24120
24121 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24122 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24123 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24124 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24125 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24126 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24127
24128 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24129
24130 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24131 Toggle Server mode.
24132 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24133 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24134 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
24135
24136 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24137
24138 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24139 Offer to save each buffer, then kill PROC.
24140
24141 With prefix arg, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24142
24143 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24144 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24145
24146 \(fn PROC &optional ARG)" nil nil)
24147
24148 ;;;***
24149 \f
24150 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (18190 35206))
24151 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24152
24153 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24154 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24155 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
24156
24157 Key definitions:
24158 \\{ses-mode-map}
24159 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24160 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24161 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24162 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24163
24164 \(fn)" t nil)
24165
24166 ;;;***
24167 \f
24168 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24169 ;;;;;; (18177 876))
24170 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24171
24172 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24173 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24174 Makes > match <.
24175 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24176 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24177
24178 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24179 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24180 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24181
24182 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24183 in your `.emacs' file.
24184
24185 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24186
24187 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24188 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24189 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24190
24191 \(fn)" t nil)
24192
24193 (defalias 'xml-mode 'sgml-mode)
24194
24195 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24196 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24197 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24198 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24199 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24200 which this is based.
24201
24202 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24203
24204 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24205 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24206 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24207 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24208
24209 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24210 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24211 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24212
24213 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24214 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24215 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24216 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24217
24218 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24219 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24220 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24221 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24222
24223 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24224
24225 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24226 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24227 To work around that, do:
24228 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24229
24230 \\{html-mode-map}
24231
24232 \(fn)" t nil)
24233
24234 ;;;***
24235 \f
24236 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
24237 ;;;;;; (18190 35206))
24238 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24239 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24240
24241 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24242 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24243 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24244 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24245 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24246 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24247
24248 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24249 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24250 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24251 shell-specific features.
24252
24253 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24254 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24255 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24256 \\<sh-mode-map>
24257 \\[sh-case] case statement
24258 \\[sh-for] for loop
24259 \\[sh-function] function definition
24260 \\[sh-if] if statement
24261 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24262 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24263 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24264 \\[sh-select] select loop
24265 \\[sh-until] until loop
24266 \\[sh-while] while loop
24267
24268 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24269 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24270 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24271 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24272 would indent to the way it currently is.
24273 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24274 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24275
24276
24277 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24278 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24279 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24280 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24281 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24282 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24283
24284 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
24285 {, (, [, ', \", `
24286 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
24287
24288 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24289 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24290 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24291
24292 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24293 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24294
24295 \(fn)" t nil)
24296
24297 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24298
24299 ;;;***
24300 \f
24301 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "gnus/sha1.el" (18177 862))
24302 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sha1.el
24303
24304 (autoload 'sha1 "sha1" "\
24305 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
24306 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
24307 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
24308 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
24309 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
24310
24311 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
24312
24313 ;;;***
24314 \f
24315 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24316 ;;;;;; (18177 858))
24317 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24318
24319 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24320 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24321
24322 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24323 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24324 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24325 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24326 the earlier.
24327
24328 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24329
24330 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
24331
24332 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24333 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24334 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24335
24336 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24337 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24338
24339 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24340 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24341 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24342 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24343 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24344 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24345 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24346 Emacs version).
24347
24348 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24349 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24350 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24351 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24352 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24353
24354 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
24355 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
24356 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
24357
24358 \(fn)" t nil)
24359
24360 ;;;***
24361 \f
24362 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24363 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (18177
24364 ;;;;;; 874))
24365 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24366
24367 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24368 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24369 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24370 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24371 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24372 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
24373 in the cluster.
24374
24375 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24376
24377 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24378 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24379 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24380 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24381 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24382
24383 \(fn)" t nil)
24384
24385 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24386 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24387 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24388 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24389 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this function).
24390 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24391 `shadow-define-cluster').
24392
24393 \(fn)" t nil)
24394
24395 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24396 Set up file shadowing.
24397
24398 \(fn)" t nil)
24399
24400 ;;;***
24401 \f
24402 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24403 ;;;;;; (18190 35206))
24404 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24405
24406 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
24407 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24408 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24409 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24410 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24411 arguments.")
24412
24413 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24414
24415 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24416 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24417 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24418 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24419 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24420
24421 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24422 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24423 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24424 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24425 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24426 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24427 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24428 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24429 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24430 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24431 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24432
24433 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24434 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24435 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24436 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24437 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24438 `default-process-coding-system'.
24439
24440 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24441 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24442 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24443 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24444
24445 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24446
24447 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24448 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
24449
24450 ;;;***
24451 \f
24452 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
24453 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (18177 862))
24454 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24455
24456 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24457 Not documented
24458
24459 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24460
24461 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24462 Not documented
24463
24464 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24465
24466 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24467 Not documented
24468
24469 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24470
24471 ;;;***
24472 \f
24473 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24474 ;;;;;; (18177 862))
24475 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24476
24477 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24478 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24479 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24480 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24481 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24482
24483 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24484
24485 \(fn)" t nil)
24486
24487 ;;;***
24488 \f
24489 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simple" "simple.el" (18190 35207))
24490 ;;; Generated autoloads from simple.el
24491 (put 'fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
24492
24493 ;;;***
24494 \f
24495 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (18177
24496 ;;;;;; 873))
24497 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24498
24499 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24500 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24501 \\{simula-mode-map}
24502 Variables controlling indentation style:
24503 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24504 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24505 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24506 `simula-indent-level'
24507 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24508 `simula-substatement-offset'
24509 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24510 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24511 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24512 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24513 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24514 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24515 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24516 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24517 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24518 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24519 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24520 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24521 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24522 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24523 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24524 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24525 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24526 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24527 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24528 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24529 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24530 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24531 or nil if they should not be changed.
24532 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24533 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24534 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24535 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24536
24537 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24538 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24539
24540 \(fn)" t nil)
24541
24542 ;;;***
24543 \f
24544 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24545 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (18177 874))
24546 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24547
24548 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24549 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24550
24551 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24552 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24553 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24554 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24555
24556 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
24557
24558 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24559 Insert SKELETON.
24560 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24561 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24562 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24563 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24564 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24565
24566 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24567 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24568
24569 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24570
24571 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24572 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24573
24574 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24575 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24576 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24577 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24578
24579 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24580 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24581 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24582 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24583
24584 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24585 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24586 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24587
24588 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24589 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24590
24591 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24592 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24593
24594 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24595 _ interesting point, interregion here
24596 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24597 interesting point set by _
24598 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24599 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24600 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24601 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24602 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24603 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24604 nil skipped
24605
24606 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24607 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24608
24609 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24610 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24611 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24612 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24613 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24614 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24615 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24616 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24617
24618 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24619 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24620 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24621 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24622 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24623 available:
24624
24625 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24626 then: insert previously read string once more
24627 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24628 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24629 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24630
24631 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24632 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24633
24634 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24635
24636 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24637 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24638
24639 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24640 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24641 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24642 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24643 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24644 such as backslash.
24645
24646 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24647 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24648 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24649
24650 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24651
24652 ;;;***
24653 \f
24654 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
24655 ;;;;;; (18190 35207))
24656 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
24657
24658 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24659 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24660 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24661 buffer names.
24662
24663 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24664
24665 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24666 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24667 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24668
24669 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24670
24671 ;;;***
24672 \f
24673 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24674 ;;;;;; (18177 862))
24675 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24676
24677 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24678 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24679 A list of images is returned.
24680
24681 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24682
24683 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24684 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
24685 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
24686
24687 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24688
24689 ;;;***
24690 \f
24691 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24692 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (18177 867))
24693 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24694
24695 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24696 Not documented
24697
24698 \(fn)" nil nil)
24699
24700 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24701 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24702
24703 \(fn)" t nil)
24704
24705 ;;;***
24706 \f
24707 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (18177 871))
24708 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24709
24710 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24711 Play the Snake game.
24712 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24713
24714 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24715
24716 Snake mode keybindings:
24717 \\<snake-mode-map>
24718 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24719 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24720 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24721 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24722 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24723 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24724 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24725
24726 \(fn)" t nil)
24727
24728 ;;;***
24729 \f
24730 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24731 ;;;;;; (18190 35202))
24732 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24733
24734 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24735 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24736 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24737 Tab indents for C code.
24738 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24739 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24740 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24741 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24742 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24743
24744 \(fn)" t nil)
24745
24746 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24747 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24748 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24749 Tab indents for C code.
24750 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24751 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24752 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24753 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24754 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24755
24756 \(fn)" t nil)
24757
24758 ;;;***
24759 \f
24760 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
24761 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
24762 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (18177 856))
24763 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24764
24765 (defvar calendar-time-display-form '(12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")")) "\
24766 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
24767
24768 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
24769 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
24770 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
24771
24772 For example, the form
24773
24774 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
24775 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
24776
24777 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
24778
24779 (custom-autoload 'calendar-time-display-form "solar" t)
24780
24781 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
24782 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24783
24784 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24785 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
24786 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
24787 York City.
24788
24789 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24790
24791 (custom-autoload 'calendar-latitude "solar" t)
24792
24793 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
24794 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24795
24796 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24797 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
24798 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
24799 York City.
24800
24801 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24802
24803 (custom-autoload 'calendar-longitude "solar" t)
24804
24805 (defvar calendar-location-name '(let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) 'north) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) 'east) "E" "W")))) "\
24806 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
24807 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
24808 pair.
24809
24810 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24811
24812 (custom-autoload 'calendar-location-name "solar" t)
24813
24814 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24815 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24816 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
24817
24818 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
24819 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24820
24821 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
24822
24823 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24824
24825 (autoload 'solar-equinoxes-solstices "solar" "\
24826 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
24827 Requires floating point.
24828
24829 \(fn)" nil nil)
24830
24831 ;;;***
24832 \f
24833 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (18190
24834 ;;;;;; 35204))
24835 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24836
24837 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
24838 Play Solitaire.
24839
24840 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24841 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24842 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24843 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24844 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24845 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24846 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24847 check after each move or undo)
24848
24849 What is Solitaire?
24850
24851 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24852 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24853 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24854
24855 Le Solitaire
24856 ============
24857
24858 o o o
24859
24860 o o o
24861
24862 o o o o o o o
24863
24864 o o o . o o o
24865
24866 o o o o o o o
24867
24868 o o o
24869
24870 o o o
24871
24872 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24873 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24874 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24875 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24876
24877 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24878 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24879 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24880 this: o o .
24881
24882 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24883 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24884
24885 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24886
24887 o o o
24888
24889 . o o
24890
24891 o o . o o o o
24892
24893 o . o o o o o
24894
24895 o o o o o o o
24896
24897 o o o
24898
24899 o o o
24900
24901 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
24902
24903 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24904
24905 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24906
24907 ;;;***
24908 \f
24909 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
24910 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
24911 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (18177 874))
24912 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24913 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
24914
24915 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
24916 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24917
24918 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24919 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24920 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24921 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24922 contiguous.
24923
24924 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24925 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24926 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24927 the sort order.
24928
24929 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24930 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24931
24932 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24933 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24934 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24935 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24936 is called.
24937
24938 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24939 It should move point to the end of the record.
24940
24941 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
24942 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
24943 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
24944 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
24945 starts at the beginning of the record.
24946
24947 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
24948 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
24949 same as ENDRECFUN.
24950
24951 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
24952 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
24953
24954 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
24955
24956 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
24957 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24958 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24959 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24960 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24961 the sort order.
24962
24963 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24964
24965 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
24966 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24967 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24968 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24969 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24970 the sort order.
24971
24972 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24973
24974 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
24975 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24976 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24977 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24978 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24979 the sort order.
24980
24981 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24982 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24983
24984 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
24985 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
24986 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24987 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
24988 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
24989 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
24990 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24991 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24992 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24993
24994 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24995
24996 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
24997 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
24998 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24999 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25000 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25001 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25002 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25003 the sort order.
25004
25005 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25006
25007 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25008 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
25009 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
25010 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
25011 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
25012 is to be used for sorting.
25013 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
25014 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
25015 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
25016 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
25017 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
25018
25019 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
25020
25021 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25022 the sort order.
25023
25024 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25025 starting with the letter \"f\",
25026 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25027
25028 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25029
25030 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25031 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25032 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25033 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25034 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25035 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25036 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25037 the sort order.
25038
25039 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25040 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25041 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25042 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25043 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25044
25045 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25046
25047 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25048 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25049 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25050
25051 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25052
25053 ;;;***
25054 \f
25055 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (18177
25056 ;;;;;; 863))
25057 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25058
25059 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25060 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization
25061
25062 \(fn)" t nil)
25063
25064 ;;;***
25065 \f
25066 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
25067 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
25068 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (18177 863))
25069 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25070
25071 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25072 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25073
25074 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25075 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25076 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25077
25078 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25079
25080 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25081 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25082 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25083 server.
25084
25085 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25086
25087 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25088 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25089 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25090
25091 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25092
25093 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25094 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25095 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25096 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25097 Agent is plugged.
25098
25099 \(fn)" t nil)
25100
25101 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25102 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25103 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25104 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25105
25106 \(fn)" t nil)
25107
25108 ;;;***
25109 \f
25110 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25111 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (18190 35207))
25112 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25113
25114 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25115
25116 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25117 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25118 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25119 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25120 supported at a time.
25121 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25122 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25123
25124 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25125
25126 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25127 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25128 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25129 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25130
25131 \(fn)" t nil)
25132
25133 ;;;***
25134 \f
25135 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
25136 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (18177 876))
25137 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
25138
25139 (put 'spell-filter 'risky-local-variable t)
25140
25141 (autoload 'spell-buffer "spell" "\
25142 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
25143 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
25144 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
25145 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
25146 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
25147
25148 \(fn)" t nil)
25149
25150 (autoload 'spell-word "spell" "\
25151 Check spelling of word at or before point.
25152 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
25153 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
25154
25155 \(fn)" t nil)
25156
25157 (autoload 'spell-region "spell" "\
25158 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
25159 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
25160 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
25161 for example, \"word\".
25162
25163 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
25164
25165 (autoload 'spell-string "spell" "\
25166 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
25167
25168 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
25169
25170 ;;;***
25171 \f
25172 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (18177
25173 ;;;;;; 871))
25174 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25175
25176 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25177 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25178
25179 \(fn)" t nil)
25180
25181 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25182 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25183
25184 \(fn)" nil nil)
25185
25186 ;;;***
25187 \f
25188 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25189 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25190 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
25191 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (18190
25192 ;;;;;; 35206))
25193 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25194
25195 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25196 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25197
25198 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
25199 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25200 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25201 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25202 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25203 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25204 of the current highlighting list.
25205
25206 For example:
25207
25208 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25209 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25210
25211 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25212 `_t' as data types.
25213
25214 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25215
25216 (autoload 'sql-help "sql" "\
25217 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25218
25219 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
25220 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
25221
25222 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
25223
25224 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
25225 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
25226 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
25227
25228 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
25229
25230 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
25231 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
25232 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
25233 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
25234 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
25235 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
25236 DB2: \\[sql-db2]
25237 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
25238 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
25239
25240 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
25241
25242 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
25243 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
25244 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
25245 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
25246
25247 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
25248 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
25249 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
25250 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
25251
25252 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
25253 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
25254 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
25255
25256 \(fn)" t nil)
25257
25258 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25259 Major mode to edit SQL.
25260
25261 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25262 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25263 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25264
25265 \\{sql-mode-map}
25266 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25267
25268 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25269 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25270 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25271 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25272 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25273 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25274
25275 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25276 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25277
25278 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25279 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
25280 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
25281
25282 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25283 (lambda ()
25284 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25285
25286 \(fn)" t nil)
25287
25288 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25289 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
25290
25291 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25292 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25293 `*SQL*'.
25294
25295 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25296
25297 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
25298
25299 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25300 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25301
25302 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25303 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25304 `*SQL*'.
25305
25306 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25307 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25308 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25309 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25310
25311 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25312 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25313
25314 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25315 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25316 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25317 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25318 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25319 `default-process-coding-system'.
25320
25321 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25322
25323 \(fn)" t nil)
25324
25325 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25326 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
25327
25328 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25329 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25330 `*SQL*'.
25331
25332 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25333 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25334 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25335 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25336
25337 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25338 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25339
25340 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25341 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25342 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25343 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25344 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25345 `default-process-coding-system'.
25346
25347 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25348
25349 \(fn)" t nil)
25350
25351 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25352 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25353
25354 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25355 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25356 `*SQL*'.
25357
25358 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25359 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25360
25361 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25362 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25363
25364 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25365 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25366 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25367 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25368 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25369 `default-process-coding-system'.
25370
25371 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25372
25373 \(fn)" t nil)
25374
25375 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25376 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25377
25378 SQLite is free software.
25379
25380 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25381 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25382 `*SQL*'.
25383
25384 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25385 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25386 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25387 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25388
25389 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25390 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25391
25392 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25393 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25394 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25395 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25396 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25397 `default-process-coding-system'.
25398
25399 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25400
25401 \(fn)" t nil)
25402
25403 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25404 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25405
25406 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25407
25408 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25409 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25410 `*SQL*'.
25411
25412 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25413 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25414 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25415 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25416
25417 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25418 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25419
25420 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25421 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25422 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25423 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25424 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25425 `default-process-coding-system'.
25426
25427 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25428
25429 \(fn)" t nil)
25430
25431 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25432 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25433
25434 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25435 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25436 `*SQL*'.
25437
25438 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25439 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25440 defaults, if set.
25441
25442 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25443 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25444
25445 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25446 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25447 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25448 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25449 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25450 `default-process-coding-system'.
25451
25452 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25453
25454 \(fn)" t nil)
25455
25456 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25457 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25458
25459 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25460 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25461 `*SQL*'.
25462
25463 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25464 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25465
25466 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25467 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25468
25469 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25470 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25471 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25472 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25473 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25474 `default-process-coding-system'.
25475
25476 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25477
25478 \(fn)" t nil)
25479
25480 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25481 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25482
25483 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25484 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25485 `*SQL*'.
25486
25487 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25488 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25489 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25490 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25491
25492 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25493 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25494
25495 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25496 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25497 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25498 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25499 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25500 `default-process-coding-system'.
25501
25502 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25503
25504 \(fn)" t nil)
25505
25506 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25507 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25508
25509 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25510 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25511 `*SQL*'.
25512
25513 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25514 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25515 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25516 `sql-postgres-options'.
25517
25518 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25519 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25520
25521 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25522 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25523 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25524 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25525 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25526 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25527 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25528 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25529
25530 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25531 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25532
25533 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25534
25535 \(fn)" t nil)
25536
25537 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25538 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25539
25540 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25541 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25542 `*SQL*'.
25543
25544 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25545 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25546 defaults, if set.
25547
25548 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25549 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25550
25551 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25552 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25553 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25554 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25555 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25556 `default-process-coding-system'.
25557
25558 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25559
25560 \(fn)" t nil)
25561
25562 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25563 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25564
25565 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25566 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25567 `*SQL*'.
25568
25569 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25570 automatic login.
25571
25572 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25573 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25574
25575 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25576 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25577 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25578 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25579
25580 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25581 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25582 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25583 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25584 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25585 `default-process-coding-system'.
25586
25587 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25588
25589 \(fn)" t nil)
25590
25591 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25592 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25593
25594 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25595 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25596 `*SQL*'.
25597
25598 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25599 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25600 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25601 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25602 parameters.
25603
25604 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25605 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25606 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25607 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25608 an empty password.
25609
25610 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25611 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25612
25613 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25614
25615 \(fn)" t nil)
25616
25617 ;;;***
25618 \f
25619 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25620 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25621 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25622 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25623 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (18177
25624 ;;;;;; 874))
25625 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25626
25627 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25628 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25629 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25630 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25631 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25632 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25633
25634 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25635
25636 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25637
25638 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25639 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25640 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25641 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25642 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25643 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25644 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25645
25646 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25647
25648 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25649 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25650 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25651 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25652 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25653 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25654 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25655
25656 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25657
25658 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25659 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25660 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25661
25662 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25663
25664 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25665 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25666 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25667
25668 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25669
25670 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25671 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25672
25673 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25674
25675 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25676 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25677
25678 \(fn)" t nil)
25679
25680 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25681 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25682
25683 \(fn)" t nil)
25684
25685 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25686 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25687 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25688 chronologically by command name.
25689 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25690
25691 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25692
25693 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25694 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25695 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25696 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25697 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25698 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25699
25700 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25701
25702 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25703 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
25704 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
25705 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25706 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25707 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25708 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25709
25710 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25711 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25712 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25713 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25714
25715 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25716
25717 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25718
25719 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25720 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25721 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25722 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25723
25724 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25725
25726 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25727 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25728
25729 \(fn)" t nil)
25730
25731 ;;;***
25732 \f
25733 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25734 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (17994 6715))
25735 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25736
25737 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
25738 Studlify-case the region.
25739
25740 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25741
25742 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
25743 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25744
25745 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25746
25747 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
25748 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25749
25750 \(fn)" t nil)
25751
25752 ;;;***
25753 \f
25754 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-library) "subr" "subr.el" (18190 35207))
25755 ;;; Generated autoloads from subr.el
25756
25757 (autoload 'locate-library "subr" "\
25758 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
25759 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
25760 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
25761 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
25762 to the specified name LIBRARY.
25763
25764 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
25765 is used instead of `load-path'.
25766
25767 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
25768 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
25769 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
25770
25771 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
25772
25773 ;;;***
25774 \f
25775 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
25776 ;;;;;; (18190 35202))
25777 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25778
25779 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
25780 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25781 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25782 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25783 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25784 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25785 original message but it does require a few things:
25786
25787 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25788
25789 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25790 reply buffer.
25791
25792 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25793 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25794 original message.
25795
25796 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25797
25798 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25799
25800 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
25801 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
25802 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25803
25804 \(fn)" nil nil)
25805
25806 ;;;***
25807 \f
25808 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (18190
25809 ;;;;;; 35213))
25810 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25811
25812 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
25813
25814 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode nil "\
25815 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
25816 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25817 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25818 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25819 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
25820
25821 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
25822
25823 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
25824 Toggle gpm-mouse mode to use the mouse in GNU/Linux consoles.
25825 With prefix arg, turn gpm-mouse mode on if arg is positive,
25826 otherwise turn it off.
25827
25828 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
25829 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
25830 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
25831
25832 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25833
25834 ;;;***
25835 \f
25836 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (18177 875))
25837 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25838
25839 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
25840 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25841 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25842 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25843 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25844
25845 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25846
25847 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
25848 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25849 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25850 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25851 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25852 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25853 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25854
25855 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25856
25857 ;;;***
25858 \f
25859 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
25860 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
25861 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
25862 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
25863 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
25864 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
25865 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
25866 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
25867 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
25868 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
25869 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
25870 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
25871 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (18190 35212))
25872 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
25873
25874 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
25875 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
25876 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
25877
25878 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
25879
25880 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
25881 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
25882
25883 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
25884
25885 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
25886 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
25887
25888 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
25889
25890 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
25891 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
25892
25893 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
25894
25895 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
25896 Insert an editable text table.
25897 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
25898 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
25899 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
25900 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
25901 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
25902 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
25903 delimiting them.
25904
25905 Examples:
25906
25907 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
25908
25909 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
25910 location of point.
25911
25912 -!-
25913
25914 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
25915 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
25916 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
25917 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
25918 first cell.
25919
25920 +-----+-----+-----+
25921 |-!- | | |
25922 +-----+-----+-----+
25923
25924 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
25925
25926 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
25927 width, which results as
25928
25929 +--------------+-----+-----+
25930 |-!- | | |
25931 +--------------+-----+-----+
25932
25933 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
25934 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
25935
25936 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25937 | | |-!- |
25938 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25939
25940 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
25941 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
25942 width information to `table-insert'.
25943
25944 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
25945
25946 instead of
25947
25948 Cell width(s): 5
25949
25950 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
25951 work all together.
25952
25953 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
25954 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
25955
25956 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25957 |-!- | | |
25958 | | | |
25959 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25960
25961 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
25962
25963 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25964 |-!- | | |
25965 | | | |
25966 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25967 | | | |
25968 | | | |
25969 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25970
25971 Move the point under the table as shown below.
25972
25973 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25974 | | | |
25975 | | | |
25976 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25977 | | | |
25978 | | | |
25979 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25980 -!-
25981
25982 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
25983 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
25984 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
25985
25986 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25987 | | | |
25988 | | | |
25989 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25990 | | | |
25991 | | | |
25992 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25993 |-!- | | |
25994 | | | |
25995 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25996
25997 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
25998 results.
25999
26000 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26001 | | | |
26002 | | | |
26003 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26004 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26005 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26006 | | |expected results.-!- |
26007 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26008 | | | |
26009 | | | |
26010 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26011
26012 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26013
26014 \\{table-cell-map}
26015
26016 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26017
26018 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26019 Insert N table row(s).
26020 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26021 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26022 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26023 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26024
26025 \(fn N)" t nil)
26026
26027 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26028 Insert N table column(s).
26029 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26030 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26031 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26032 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26033
26034 \(fn N)" t nil)
26035
26036 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26037 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26038 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26039
26040 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26041
26042 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26043 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26044 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26045 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26046 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26047 all the table specific features.
26048
26049 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26050
26051 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26052 Not documented
26053
26054 \(fn)" t nil)
26055
26056 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26057 Recognize all tables within region.
26058 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26059 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26060 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26061 specific features.
26062
26063 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26064
26065 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26066 Not documented
26067
26068 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26069
26070 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26071 Recognize a table at point.
26072 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26073 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26074 the table specific features.
26075
26076 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26077
26078 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26079 Not documented
26080
26081 \(fn)" t nil)
26082
26083 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26084 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26085 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26086 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26087 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26088 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26089 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26090
26091 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26092
26093 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26094 Not documented
26095
26096 \(fn)" t nil)
26097
26098 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26099 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26100 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26101 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26102 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26103 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26104 specified.
26105
26106 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26107
26108 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26109 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26110 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26111 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
26112 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26113 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26114 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26115 table structure.
26116
26117 \(fn N)" t nil)
26118
26119 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26120 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26121 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26122 table's rectangle structure.
26123
26124 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26125
26126 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26127 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26128 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26129 table's rectangle structure.
26130
26131 \(fn N)" t nil)
26132
26133 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26134 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26135 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26136 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26137 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26138
26139 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26140
26141 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26142 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26143 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26144
26145 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26146 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26147 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26148 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26149 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26150 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26151 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26152
26153 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26154 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26155 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26156 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26157 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26158 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26159 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26160
26161 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26162 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26163 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26164 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26165 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26166 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26167 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26168 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26169
26170 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26171
26172 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26173 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26174 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26175 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26176
26177 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26178
26179 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26180 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26181 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26182
26183 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26184
26185 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26186 Split current cell vertically.
26187 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26188
26189 \(fn)" t nil)
26190
26191 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26192 Split current cell horizontally.
26193 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26194
26195 \(fn)" t nil)
26196
26197 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26198 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26199 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26200
26201 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26202
26203 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26204 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26205 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26206 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26207
26208 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26209
26210 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26211 Justify cell contents.
26212 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26213 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26214 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26215 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26216
26217 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26218
26219 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26220 Justify cells of a row.
26221 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26222 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26223
26224 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26225
26226 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26227 Justify cells of a column.
26228 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26229 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26230
26231 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26232
26233 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26234 Toggle fixing width mode.
26235 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
26236 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
26237 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
26238
26239 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26240
26241 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26242 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26243 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26244 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26245 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26246 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26247 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26248 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26249 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26250 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26251 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26252
26253 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26254
26255 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26256 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26257 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26258 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26259 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26260 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26261 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26262 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26263 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26264 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26265 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26266 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26267 untouched.
26268
26269 References used for this implementation:
26270
26271 HTML:
26272 http://www.w3.org
26273
26274 LaTeX:
26275 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
26276
26277 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26278 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
26279 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
26280
26281 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26282
26283 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26284 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26285 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26286 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26287 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26288 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26289 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26290 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26291 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26292 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26293 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26294 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26295 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26296 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26297 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26298 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26299 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26300
26301 Example:
26302
26303 (progn
26304 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26305 (table-forward-cell 15)
26306 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26307 (table-forward-cell 16)
26308 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26309 (table-forward-cell 1)
26310 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26311
26312 (progn
26313 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26314 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26315 (table-forward-cell 1)
26316 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26317
26318 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26319
26320 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26321 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26322 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26323 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26324 consists from cells of same height.
26325
26326 \(fn N)" t nil)
26327
26328 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26329 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26330 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26331 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26332 column must consists from cells of same width.
26333
26334 \(fn N)" t nil)
26335
26336 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26337 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26338 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26339 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26340 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26341 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26342 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26343 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26344 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26345 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26346 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26347 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26348 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26349 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26350 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26351
26352
26353 Example 1:
26354
26355 1, 2, 3, 4
26356 5, 6, 7, 8
26357 , 9, 10
26358
26359 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26360 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26361 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26362 specified as 5.
26363
26364 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26365 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26366 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26367 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26368 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26369 | | 9 | 10 | |
26370 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26371
26372 Note:
26373
26374 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26375 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26376 of each row is optional.
26377
26378
26379 Example 2:
26380
26381 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26382 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26383 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26384 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26385 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26386
26387 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26388 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26389
26390 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26391 expression and raw delimiter regular
26392 expression, it parses the specified text
26393 area and extracts cell items from
26394 non-table text and then forms a table out
26395 of them.
26396
26397 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26398 creates a single cell table. The text in
26399 the specified region is placed in that
26400 cell.-*-
26401
26402 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26403 like this.
26404
26405 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26406 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26407 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26408 | |
26409 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26410 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26411 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26412 | area and extracts cell items from |
26413 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26414 | of them. |
26415 | |
26416 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26417 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26418 | the specified region is placed in that |
26419 | cell. |
26420 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26421
26422 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26423 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26424 independently.
26425
26426 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26427 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26428 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26429 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26430 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26431 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26432 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26433 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26434 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26435 | |of them. |
26436 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26437 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26438 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26439 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26440 | |cell. |
26441 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26442
26443 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26444 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26445 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26446
26447 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26448
26449 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26450 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26451 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
26452 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26453 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26454
26455 \(fn)" t nil)
26456
26457 ;;;***
26458 \f
26459 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (18190 35207))
26460 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26461
26462 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26463 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26464
26465 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26466
26467 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26468 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26469
26470 \(fn)" t nil)
26471
26472 ;;;***
26473 \f
26474 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (18177 875))
26475 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26476
26477 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26478 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26479 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26480 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26481 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26482 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26483 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26484
26485 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26486 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26487 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26488 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26489
26490 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26491 \\{tar-mode-map}
26492
26493 \(fn)" t nil)
26494
26495 ;;;***
26496 \f
26497 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26498 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (18177 873))
26499 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26500
26501 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26502 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26503 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26504 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26505 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26506 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26507
26508 Variables controlling indentation style:
26509 `tcl-indent-level'
26510 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26511 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26512 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26513
26514 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26515 documentation for details):
26516 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26517 Controls action of TAB key.
26518 `tcl-auto-newline'
26519 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26520 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26521 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26522 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26523 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26524
26525 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26526 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26527 already exist.
26528
26529 Commands:
26530 \\{tcl-mode-map}
26531
26532 \(fn)" t nil)
26533
26534 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26535 Run inferior Tcl process.
26536 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26537 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26538
26539 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26540
26541 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26542 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26543 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26544
26545 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26546
26547 ;;;***
26548 \f
26549 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (18177 869))
26550 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26551 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
26552
26553 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26554 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26555 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26556 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26557
26558 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26559 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26560 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26561 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26562 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26563
26564 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26565 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
26566
26567 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26568 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26569 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26570 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26571
26572 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26573
26574 ;;;***
26575 \f
26576 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (18177
26577 ;;;;;; 875))
26578 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26579
26580 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26581 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26582 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26583 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26584 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26585 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26586
26587 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26588
26589 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26590 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26591 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26592 commands to use in that buffer.
26593
26594 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26595
26596 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26597
26598 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26599 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26600
26601 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26602
26603 ;;;***
26604 \f
26605 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (18177
26606 ;;;;;; 875))
26607 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26608
26609 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
26610 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26611 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26612 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26613 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26614 program as keyboard input.
26615
26616 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26617 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26618 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26619 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26620
26621 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26622 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26623 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
26624 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26625 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26626
26627 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26628
26629 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26630 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26631 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26632 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26633
26634 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26635 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26636 subprocess started.
26637
26638 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26639
26640 ;;;***
26641 \f
26642 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26643 ;;;;;; (18177 858))
26644 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26645
26646 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26647 Start coverage on function under point.
26648
26649 \(fn)" t nil)
26650
26651 ;;;***
26652 \f
26653 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (18177 871))
26654 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26655
26656 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26657 Play the Tetris game.
26658 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26659 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26660 as to form complete rows.
26661
26662 tetris-mode keybindings:
26663 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26664 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26665 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26666 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26667 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26668 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26669 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26670 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26671 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26672
26673 \(fn)" t nil)
26674
26675 ;;;***
26676 \f
26677 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26678 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26679 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26680 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26681 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26682 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26683 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26684 ;;;;;; (18190 35213))
26685 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26686
26687 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26688 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26689
26690 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26691
26692 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
26693 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
26694 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26695 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26696 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26697
26698 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26699
26700 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26701 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26702 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26703 if it matches the first line of the file,
26704 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26705
26706 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26707
26708 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26709 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26710 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26711 if the variable is non-nil.")
26712
26713 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26714
26715 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26716 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26717
26718 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26719
26720 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
26721 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
26722 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26723 See the documentation of that variable.")
26724
26725 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26726
26727 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
26728 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26729 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26730 See the documentation of that variable.")
26731
26732 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26733
26734 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
26735 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26736 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26737 See the documentation of that variable.")
26738
26739 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26740
26741 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
26742 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26743 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26744 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26745 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26746
26747 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
26748
26749 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
26750 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26751 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26752 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26753
26754 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
26755
26756 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26757 *User defined LaTeX block names.
26758 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26759
26760 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
26761
26762 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
26763 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26764 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26765 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26766
26767 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
26768
26769 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26770 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26771 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26772 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26773
26774 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26775
26776 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26777 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26778 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26779 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26780
26781 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26782 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26783 for example,
26784
26785 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26786 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26787
26788 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26789 use.")
26790
26791 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26792
26793 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command '(cond ((eq window-system 'x) "xdvi") ((eq window-system 'w32) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s")) "\
26794 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26795 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26796 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26797 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26798
26799 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26800
26801 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
26802
26803 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
26804 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26805 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26806
26807 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
26808
26809 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
26810 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26811 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26812 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26813 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26814
26815 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
26816
26817 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
26818 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26819
26820 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
26821
26822 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
26823 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26824
26825 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
26826
26827 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26828 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26829 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26830 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26831 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26832 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26833 says which mode to use.
26834
26835 \(fn)" t nil)
26836
26837 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
26838
26839 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
26840
26841 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
26842
26843 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26844 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26845 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26846 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26847 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26848
26849 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26850 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26851 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26852 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26853 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26854 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26855 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26856
26857 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26858 mismatched $'s or braces.
26859
26860 Special commands:
26861 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
26862
26863 Mode variables:
26864 tex-run-command
26865 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26866 tex-directory
26867 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
26868 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26869 tex-dvi-print-command
26870 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26871 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26872 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26873 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26874 tex-dvi-view-command
26875 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26876 tex-show-queue-command
26877 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26878 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26879
26880 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26881 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
26882 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26883
26884 \(fn)" t nil)
26885
26886 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26887 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
26888 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26889 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26890 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26891
26892 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26893 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26894 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26895 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26896 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26897 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26898 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26899
26900 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26901 mismatched $'s or braces.
26902
26903 Special commands:
26904 \\{latex-mode-map}
26905
26906 Mode variables:
26907 latex-run-command
26908 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26909 tex-directory
26910 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
26911 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26912 tex-dvi-print-command
26913 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26914 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26915 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26916 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26917 tex-dvi-view-command
26918 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26919 tex-show-queue-command
26920 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26921 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26922
26923 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
26924 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
26925 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26926
26927 \(fn)" t nil)
26928
26929 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26930 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
26931 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26932 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26933 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26934
26935 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26936 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26937 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26938 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26939 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26940 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26941 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26942
26943 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26944 mismatched $'s or braces.
26945
26946 Special commands:
26947 \\{slitex-mode-map}
26948
26949 Mode variables:
26950 slitex-run-command
26951 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26952 tex-directory
26953 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
26954 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26955 tex-dvi-print-command
26956 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26957 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26958 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26959 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26960 tex-dvi-view-command
26961 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26962 tex-show-queue-command
26963 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26964 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26965
26966 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26967 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
26968 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
26969 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26970
26971 \(fn)" t nil)
26972
26973 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
26974 Not documented
26975
26976 \(fn)" nil nil)
26977
26978 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26979 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
26980
26981 \(fn)" t nil)
26982
26983 ;;;***
26984 \f
26985 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
26986 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (18177 876))
26987 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
26988
26989 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
26990 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
26991 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26992 name specified in the @setfilename command.
26993
26994 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
26995 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
26996 `Info-split' to do these manually.
26997
26998 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26999
27000 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27001 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27002 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27003 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27004 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27005
27006 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27007
27008 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27009 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27010 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27011 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27012
27013 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27014 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27015 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27016 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27017
27018 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27019 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27020
27021 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27022
27023 ;;;***
27024 \f
27025 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
27026 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (18190 35213))
27027 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27028
27029 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
27030 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27031
27032 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27033
27034 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
27035 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27036
27037 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27038
27039 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27040 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27041
27042 It has these extra commands:
27043 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27044
27045 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27046 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27047 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27048 modified version of TeX input format.
27049
27050 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27051 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27052 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27053 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27054
27055 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27056 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27057 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27058 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27059 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27060 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27061 in the Texinfo file.
27062
27063 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27064 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27065 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27066 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27067 move forward past the closing brace.
27068
27069 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27070 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27071
27072 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27073 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27074 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27075
27076 Here are the functions:
27077
27078 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27079 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27080 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27081
27082 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27083 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27084 texinfo-master-menu
27085
27086 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27087
27088 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27089 which menu descriptions are indented.
27090
27091 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27092 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27093 in the region.
27094
27095 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27096 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27097 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27098 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27099
27100 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27101 be the first node in the file.
27102
27103 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27104 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27105
27106 \(fn)" t nil)
27107
27108 ;;;***
27109 \f
27110 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
27111 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27112 ;;;;;; (18177 866))
27113 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27114
27115 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27116 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27117 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27118 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27119
27120 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27121
27122 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27123 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27124
27125 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27126
27127 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27128 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27129
27130 \(fn)" t nil)
27131
27132 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27133 Not documented
27134
27135 \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27136
27137 ;;;***
27138 \f
27139 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27140 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27141 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (18177 876))
27142 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27143
27144 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27145 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27146
27147 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27148
27149 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27150 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27151 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27152 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27153 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27154
27155 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27156 a symbol as a valid THING.
27157
27158 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
27159 of the textual entity that was found.
27160
27161 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27162
27163 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27164 Return the THING at point.
27165 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27166 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27167 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27168
27169 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27170 a symbol as a valid THING.
27171
27172 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27173
27174 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27175 Not documented
27176
27177 \(fn)" nil nil)
27178
27179 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27180 Not documented
27181
27182 \(fn)" nil nil)
27183
27184 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27185 Not documented
27186
27187 \(fn)" nil nil)
27188
27189 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27190 Not documented
27191
27192 \(fn)" nil nil)
27193
27194 ;;;***
27195 \f
27196 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27197 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27198 ;;;;;; (18177 876))
27199 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27200
27201 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27202 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27203
27204 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27205
27206 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27207 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27208 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27209 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27210
27211 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27212
27213 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27214 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27215
27216 \(fn)" t nil)
27217
27218 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27219 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27220
27221 \(fn)" t nil)
27222
27223 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27224
27225 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27226 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27227
27228 \(fn)" t nil)
27229
27230 ;;;***
27231 \f
27232 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
27233 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
27234 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
27235 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
27236 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
27237 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (18177 866))
27238 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27239
27240 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27241 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27242 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27243
27244 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27245
27246 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27247 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27248
27249 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27250
27251 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27252 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27253 The returned string has no composition information.
27254
27255 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27256
27257 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27258 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27259
27260 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27261
27262 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27263 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27264
27265 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27266
27267 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27268 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27269 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27270 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27271
27272 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27273
27274 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27275 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27276 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27277 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27278
27279 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27280
27281 (autoload 'tibetan-composition-function "tibet-util" "\
27282 Not documented
27283
27284 \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27285
27286 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27287 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27288 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27289
27290 \(fn)" t nil)
27291
27292 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27293 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27294 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27295
27296 \(fn)" t nil)
27297
27298 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27299 Not documented
27300
27301 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27302
27303 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27304 Not documented
27305
27306 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27307
27308 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27309 Not documented
27310
27311 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27312
27313 ;;;***
27314 \f
27315 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27316 ;;;;;; (18177 876))
27317 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27318
27319 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27320 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27321 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27322 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27323 parameters.
27324 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27325
27326 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27327
27328 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27329 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27330 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27331 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27332 parameters.
27333 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27334
27335 \(fn)" t nil)
27336
27337 ;;;***
27338 \f
27339 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-world display-time-mode display-time
27340 ;;;;;; display-time-day-and-date) "time" "time.el" (18177 876))
27341 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27342
27343 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27344 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27345
27346 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27347
27348 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27349 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27350 This display updates automatically every minute.
27351 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27352 are displayed as well.
27353 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27354
27355 \(fn)" t nil)
27356
27357 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27358 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27359 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27360 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27361 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27362 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27363
27364 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27365
27366 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27367 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27368 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
27369
27370 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
27371 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27372 are displayed as well.
27373 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27374
27375 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27376
27377 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27378 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27379 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27380 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27381
27382 \(fn)" t nil)
27383
27384 ;;;***
27385 \f
27386 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
27387 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
27388 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time time-to-seconds
27389 ;;;;;; date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (18177
27390 ;;;;;; 856))
27391 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27392
27393 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27394 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27395
27396 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27397
27398 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date" "\
27399 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
27400 You can use `float-time' instead.
27401
27402 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27403
27404 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27405 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27406
27407 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27408
27409 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27410 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
27411
27412 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27413
27414 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27415 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27416
27417 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27418
27419 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27420 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27421 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27422
27423 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27424
27425 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27426
27427 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27428 Subtract two time values.
27429 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27430
27431 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27432
27433 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27434 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
27435
27436 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27437
27438 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27439 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27440 DATE should be a date-time string.
27441
27442 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27443
27444 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27445 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27446 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27447
27448 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27449
27450 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27451 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27452
27453 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27454
27455 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27456 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27457
27458 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27459
27460 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27461 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27462 TIME should be a time value.
27463 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27464
27465 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27466
27467 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27468 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27469 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27470
27471 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27472
27473 ;;;***
27474 \f
27475 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27476 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (18177 876))
27477 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27478 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27479 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27480 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27481 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27482 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27483 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27484 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27485
27486 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27487 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27488 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27489 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
27490 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27491 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27492 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27493 look like one of the following:
27494 Time-stamp: <>
27495 Time-stamp: \" \"
27496 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27497 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27498 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27499 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27500 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27501 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27502 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27503 the template.
27504
27505 \(fn)" t nil)
27506
27507 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27508 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27509 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27510
27511 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27512
27513 ;;;***
27514 \f
27515 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27516 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27517 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27518 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27519 ;;;;;; (18177 856))
27520 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27521
27522 (autoload 'timeclock-modeline-display "timeclock" "\
27523 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
27524 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27525 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
27526 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27527 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27528 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
27529 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
27530 display (non-nil means on).
27531
27532 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27533
27534 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27535 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27536 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27537 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
27538 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27539 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27540 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27541 this function is called within a day.
27542
27543 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27544 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27545 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27546 discover the name of the project.
27547
27548 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27549
27550 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27551 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27552 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27553 begun during the last time segment.
27554
27555 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27556 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27557 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27558 discover the reason.
27559
27560 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27561
27562 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27563 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27564 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27565 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27566 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27567
27568 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27569
27570 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27571 Change to working on a different project.
27572 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27573 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27574 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27575 working on.
27576
27577 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27578
27579 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27580 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27581 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27582
27583 \(fn)" nil nil)
27584
27585 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27586 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27587 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27588
27589 \(fn)" t nil)
27590
27591 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27592 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27593 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27594 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27595 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27596 \"relative to today\".
27597
27598 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27599
27600 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27601 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27602 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27603 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27604
27605 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27606
27607 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27608 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27609 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27610 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27611 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27612 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27613
27614 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27615
27616 ;;;***
27617 \f
27618 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
27619 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
27620 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (18177 858))
27621 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
27622
27623 (defalias 'disable-timeout 'cancel-timer)
27624
27625 (autoload 'cancel-timer "timer" "\
27626 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
27627
27628 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
27629
27630 (autoload 'cancel-function-timers "timer" "\
27631 Cancel all timers which would run FUNCTION.
27632 This affects ordinary timers such as are scheduled by `run-at-time',
27633 and idle timers such as are scheduled by `run-with-idle-timer'.
27634
27635 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
27636
27637 (autoload 'run-at-time "timer" "\
27638 Perform an action at time TIME.
27639 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27640 TIME should be one of: a string giving an absolute time like
27641 \"11:23pm\" (the acceptable formats are those recognized by
27642 `diary-entry-time'; note that such times are interpreted as times
27643 today, even if in the past); a string giving a relative time like
27644 \"2 hours 35 minutes\" (the acceptable formats are those
27645 recognized by `timer-duration'); nil meaning now; a number of
27646 seconds from now; a value from `encode-time'; or t (with non-nil
27647 REPEAT) meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT. REPEAT may
27648 be an integer or floating point number. The action is to call
27649 FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27650
27651 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27652
27653 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27654
27655 (autoload 'run-with-timer "timer" "\
27656 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
27657 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27658 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
27659 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27660
27661 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27662
27663 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27664
27665 (autoload 'add-timeout "timer" "\
27666 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
27667 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
27668 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
27669
27670 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
27671
27672 (autoload 'run-with-idle-timer "timer" "\
27673 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
27674 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27675 SECS may be an integer, a floating point number, or the internal
27676 time format (HIGH LOW USECS) returned by, e.g., `current-idle-time'.
27677 If Emacs is currently idle, and has been idle for N seconds (N < SECS),
27678 then it will call FUNCTION in SECS - N seconds from now.
27679
27680 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
27681 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
27682
27683 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27684
27685 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27686 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
27687
27688 (autoload 'with-timeout "timer" "\
27689 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
27690 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
27691 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
27692 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
27693 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
27694 be detected.
27695
27696 \(fn (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY)" nil (quote macro))
27697
27698 ;;;***
27699 \f
27700 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27701 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (18177 865))
27702 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27703
27704 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27705 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27706 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27707 the generated Quail package is saved.
27708
27709 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27710
27711 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27712 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27713 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27714 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27715 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27716 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27717 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27718
27719 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27720
27721 ;;;***
27722 \f
27723 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
27724 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (18177
27725 ;;;;;; 866))
27726 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
27727
27728 (autoload 'tamil-compose-region "tml-util" "\
27729 Not documented
27730
27731 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27732
27733 (autoload 'tamil-post-read-conversion "tml-util" "\
27734 Not documented
27735
27736 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27737
27738 (autoload 'tamil-composition-function "tml-util" "\
27739 Compose Tamil characters after the position POS.
27740 If STRING is not nil, it is a string, and POS is an index to the string.
27741 In this case, compose characters after POS of the string.
27742
27743 \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27744
27745 ;;;***
27746 \f
27747 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27748 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (18190 35213))
27749 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27750 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27751 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27752
27753 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27754 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27755 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27756 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27757 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27758
27759 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27760
27761 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27762 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27763 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27764 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27765 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27766
27767 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27768
27769 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27770 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27771 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27772 in the menu in two ways:
27773 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27774 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27775 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27776
27777 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27778 keymap or an alist of alists.
27779 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27780 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27781
27782 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27783
27784 ;;;***
27785 \f
27786 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27787 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27788 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (18177 856))
27789 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27790
27791 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
27792 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27793
27794 \(fn CAT)" t nil)
27795
27796 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
27797 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
27798
27799 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
27800
27801 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
27802 Insert new TODO list entry.
27803 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
27804 category.
27805
27806 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27807
27808 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
27809 List top priorities for each category.
27810
27811 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
27812 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
27813
27814 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
27815 between each category.
27816
27817 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27818
27819 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
27820 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
27821 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
27822 between each category.
27823
27824 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
27825
27826 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27827
27828 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
27829 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
27830
27831 \\{todo-mode-map}
27832
27833 \(fn)" t nil)
27834
27835 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
27836 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
27837
27838 \(fn)" nil nil)
27839
27840 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
27841 Show TODO list.
27842
27843 \(fn)" t nil)
27844
27845 ;;;***
27846 \f
27847 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
27848 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
27849 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (18190 35213))
27850 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27851
27852 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
27853 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
27854 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
27855
27856 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27857
27858 (put 'tool-bar-mode 'standard-value '(t))
27859
27860 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
27861 Add an item to the tool bar.
27862 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27863 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27864 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27865 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27866
27867 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27868 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27869 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27870 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27871
27872 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27873 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27874
27875 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27876
27877 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
27878 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27879 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27880 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27881 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27882 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27883
27884 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27885 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27886 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27887 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27888
27889 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27890
27891 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
27892 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
27893 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
27894 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27895 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27896 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27897 properties to add to the binding.
27898
27899 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
27900
27901 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27902 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
27903
27904 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27905
27906 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
27907 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
27908 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
27909 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27910 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27911 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27912 properties to add to the binding.
27913
27914 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
27915 holds a keymap.
27916
27917 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27918
27919 ;;;***
27920 \f
27921 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
27922 ;;;;;; (18177 858))
27923 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
27924
27925 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
27926 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
27927 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27928 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27929 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27930 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
27931
27932 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
27933
27934 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
27935 TPU/edt emulation.
27936
27937 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27938
27939 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
27940
27941 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
27942 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
27943
27944 \(fn)" t nil)
27945
27946 ;;;***
27947 \f
27948 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (18177 858))
27949 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
27950
27951 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
27952 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
27953 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
27954 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
27955 to a tcp server on another machine.
27956
27957 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
27958
27959 ;;;***
27960 \f
27961 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
27962 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (18177 858))
27963 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
27964
27965 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
27966 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
27967
27968 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
27969
27970 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
27971 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
27972 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
27973 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
27974 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
27975 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
27976 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
27977 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
27978
27979 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27980
27981 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
27982 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
27983 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
27984 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
27985 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
27986 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
27987 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
27988 the window or buffer configuration.
27989
27990 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
27991
27992 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27993
27994 ;;;***
27995 \f
27996 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
27997 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
27998 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax) "tramp" "net/tramp.el"
27999 ;;;;;; (18190 35203))
28000 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28001
28002 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28003 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28004
28005 It can have the following values:
28006
28007 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28008 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
28009 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
28010
28011 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28012
28013 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
28014 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28015 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28016 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28017
28018 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28019 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28020 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28021 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28022
28023 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+://" "\
28024 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28025 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28026
28027 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28028 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28029 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
28030 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28031 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28032 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28033 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
28034 files which are not really Tramp files.
28035
28036 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28037 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28038 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28039 updated after changing this variable.
28040
28041 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28042
28043 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/$\\|^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/[^/:][^/]*$" "^/$\\|^/[^/:][^/]*$") "\
28044 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28045 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28046 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28047
28048 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$") "\
28049 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28050 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28051 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28052
28053 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/$\\|^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?$" "^/$\\|^/[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?$") "\
28054 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28055 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28056
28057 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28058 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
28059 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
28060
28061 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28062 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28063 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28064 updated after changing this variable.
28065
28066 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28067
28068 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28069 Alist of completion handler functions.
28070 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
28071 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
28072 normal Emacs functions.")
28073
28074 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28075 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28076 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28077 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28078
28079 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28080 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28081 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28082 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28083
28084 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
28085 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28086 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
28087
28088 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28089
28090 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28091 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
28092 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists." (let ((fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if fn (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28093
28094 (defsubst tramp-register-file-name-handler nil "\
28095 Add tramp file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delete a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
28096 (tramp-register-file-name-handler)
28097
28098 (defsubst tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler nil "\
28099 Add tramp completion file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delete a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (when (or (not (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode))) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode)) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
28100 (add-hook
28101 'after-init-hook
28102 '(lambda () (tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler)))
28103
28104 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28105 Not documented
28106
28107 \(fn)" nil nil)
28108
28109 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28110 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28111
28112 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28113
28114 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28115 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28116
28117 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28118
28119 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28120 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28121
28122 \(fn)" t nil)
28123
28124 ;;;***
28125 \f
28126 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28127 ;;;;;; (18190 35203))
28128 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28129
28130 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28131 Not documented
28132
28133 \(fn)" nil nil)
28134
28135 ;;;***
28136 \f
28137 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (18190
28138 ;;;;;; 35213))
28139 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28140
28141 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28142 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28143 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28144 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28145 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28146 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28147 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28148 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28149
28150 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28151 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28152 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28153
28154 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28155 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28156 resumed later.
28157
28158 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28159
28160 ;;;***
28161 \f
28162 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
28163 ;;;;;; (18177 848))
28164 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28165
28166 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28167 Not documented
28168
28169 \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
28170
28171 ;;;***
28172 \f
28173 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28174 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (18177 876))
28175 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28176 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28177 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28178 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28179
28180 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28181 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28182 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28183 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28184 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28185 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28186 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28187
28188 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28189
28190 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28191 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28192 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28193 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28194
28195 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28196
28197 \(fn)" t nil)
28198
28199 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28200 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28201 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28202 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28203 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28204 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28205 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28206
28207 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28208 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28209
28210 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28211 \\___/\\
28212 / \\
28213 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28214
28215 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28216
28217 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28218
28219 ;;;***
28220 \f
28221 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28222 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
28223 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
28224 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28225 ;;;;;; (18177 877))
28226 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28227
28228 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28229 Toggle typing break mode.
28230 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
28231 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28232 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
28233
28234 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28235
28236 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
28237 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
28238
28239 (custom-autoload 'type-break-interval "type-break" t)
28240
28241 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
28242 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
28243
28244 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
28245 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
28246 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
28247
28248 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
28249 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
28250
28251 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-rest-interval "type-break" t)
28252
28253 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
28254 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
28255
28256 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
28257 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
28258 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
28259 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
28260
28261 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-break-interval "type-break" t)
28262
28263 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
28264 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
28265 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
28266
28267 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
28268 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
28269 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
28270 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
28271 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
28272 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
28273
28274 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
28275 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
28276 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
28277 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
28278
28279 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
28280 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
28281
28282 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
28283 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
28284
28285 (custom-autoload 'type-break-keystroke-threshold "type-break" t)
28286
28287 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28288 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28289 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28290
28291 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28292 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28293 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28294 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28295 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28296 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28297 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28298
28299 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28300 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28301
28302 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28303 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28304 reset the keystroke counter.
28305
28306 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28307 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28308 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28309 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28310
28311 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28312 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28313 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28314 `type-break-schedule' command.
28315
28316 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28317 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28318 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28319 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28320 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28321 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28322 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28323 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28324 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28325
28326 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28327 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28328 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28329 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28330 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28331
28332 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28333 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28334 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28335 approximate good values for this.
28336
28337 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28338 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28339
28340 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28341 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28342 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28343 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28344 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28345 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28346
28347 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28348 a typing break occur. They include:
28349
28350 `type-break-query-mode'
28351 `type-break-query-function'
28352 `type-break-query-interval'
28353
28354 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28355
28356 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28357 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28358 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28359 problems.
28360
28361 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
28362
28363 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28364 Take a typing break.
28365
28366 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28367 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28368
28369 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28370 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28371
28372 \(fn)" t nil)
28373
28374 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28375 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28376 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28377 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28378
28379 \(fn)" t nil)
28380
28381 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28382 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28383
28384 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28385 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28386 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28387 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28388 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28389 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28390 average typing speed.)
28391
28392 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28393 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28394 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28395 the computed maximum threshold.
28396
28397 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28398 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28399 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28400 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28401 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28402
28403 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28404
28405 ;;;***
28406 \f
28407 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28408 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (18177 876))
28409 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28410
28411 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28412 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28413 Works by overstriking underscores.
28414 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28415 which specify the range to operate on.
28416
28417 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28418
28419 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28420 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28421 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28422 which specify the range to operate on.
28423
28424 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28425
28426 ;;;***
28427 \f
28428 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
28429 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (18177 867))
28430 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
28431
28432 (autoload 'undigestify-rmail-message "undigest" "\
28433 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
28434 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
28435
28436 \(fn)" t nil)
28437
28438 (autoload 'unforward-rmail-message "undigest" "\
28439 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
28440 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
28441 following the containing message.
28442
28443 \(fn)" t nil)
28444
28445 ;;;***
28446 \f
28447 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28448 ;;;;;; (18177 867))
28449 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28450
28451 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28452 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
28453 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
28454 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28455 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28456 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28457
28458 \(fn)" nil nil)
28459
28460 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28461 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28462
28463 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28464
28465 ;;;***
28466 \f
28467 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (18177
28468 ;;;;;; 858))
28469 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28470
28471 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28472 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
28473 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
28474 of symbols with local bindings.
28475
28476 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28477
28478 ;;;***
28479 \f
28480 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28481 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (18177 877))
28482 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28483
28484 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28485 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28486 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28487
28488 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28489 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28490 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28491 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
28492 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
28493 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
28494
28495 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28496 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28497 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28498
28499 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28500 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28501 the callback is not called).
28502
28503 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28504 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28505 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28506 take effect.
28507
28508 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
28509
28510 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28511 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28512 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28513 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28514 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28515
28516 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28517
28518 ;;;***
28519 \f
28520 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28521 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (18190 35213))
28522 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28523
28524 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28525 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28526 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28527
28528 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28529 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28530 `url-generic-parse-url'
28531 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28532 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28533 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28534 realm
28535 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28536 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28537 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28538 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28539 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28540 what type of auth to use
28541 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28542 if one cannot be found in the cache
28543
28544 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28545
28546 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28547 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28548
28549 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This
28550 should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
28551 header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28552 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This
28553 defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
28554 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28555 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28556 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28557
28558 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28559
28560 ;;;***
28561 \f
28562 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
28563 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (18177
28564 ;;;;;; 877))
28565 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28566
28567 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28568 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28569
28570 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28571
28572 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28573 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28574
28575 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28576
28577 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28578 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
28579
28580 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28581
28582 (autoload 'url-cache-expired "url-cache" "\
28583 Return t if a cached file has expired.
28584
28585 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
28586
28587 ;;;***
28588 \f
28589 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (18177 877))
28590 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28591
28592 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28593 Not documented
28594
28595 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28596
28597 ;;;***
28598 \f
28599 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
28600 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (18190 35213))
28601 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28602
28603 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28604 Not documented
28605
28606 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28607
28608 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28609 Not documented
28610
28611 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28612
28613 ;;;***
28614 \f
28615 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (18190
28616 ;;;;;; 35213))
28617 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28618
28619 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28620 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28621
28622 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28623
28624 ;;;***
28625 \f
28626 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28627 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (18177 877))
28628 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28629
28630 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28631 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28632
28633 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28634
28635 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28636 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28637 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28638 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28639 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28640
28641 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28642
28643 ;;;***
28644 \f
28645 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28646 ;;;;;; url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (18177
28647 ;;;;;; 877))
28648 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28649
28650 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28651 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28652 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28653 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28654 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28655 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28656
28657 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28658
28659 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28660 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
28661
28662 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28663
28664 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28665 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28666 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28667 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28668 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28669 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28670 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28671 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28672 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28673
28674 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
28675
28676 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28677 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28678 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28679 accessible.
28680
28681 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28682
28683 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28684 Not documented
28685
28686 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28687
28688 ;;;***
28689 \f
28690 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
28691 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (18190 35213))
28692 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28693
28694 (autoload 'url-http "url-http" "\
28695 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
28696 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
28697 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
28698 CBARGS as the arguments.
28699
28700 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28701
28702 (autoload 'url-http-file-exists-p "url-http" "\
28703 Not documented
28704
28705 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28706
28707 (defalias 'url-http-file-readable-p 'url-http-file-exists-p)
28708
28709 (autoload 'url-http-file-attributes "url-http" "\
28710 Not documented
28711
28712 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
28713
28714 (autoload 'url-http-options "url-http" "\
28715 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
28716 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
28717
28718 Property list members:
28719
28720 methods
28721 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
28722 supports.
28723
28724 dav
28725 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
28726 supported.
28727
28728 dasl
28729 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
28730
28731 ranges
28732 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
28733
28734 p3p
28735 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
28736 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
28737 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
28738 Emacs/W3.
28739
28740 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28741
28742 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
28743 Default HTTPS port.")
28744
28745 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
28746 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
28747
28748 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-http-expand-file-name)
28749 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28750 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28751 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28752 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28753
28754 ;;;***
28755 \f
28756 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (18177 877))
28757 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28758
28759 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
28760 Not documented
28761
28762 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28763
28764 ;;;***
28765 \f
28766 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (18177
28767 ;;;;;; 877))
28768 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28769
28770 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
28771 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28772 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28773 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28774 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28775
28776 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28777
28778 ;;;***
28779 \f
28780 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
28781 ;;;;;; (18190 35213))
28782 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28783
28784 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
28785 Not documented
28786
28787 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28788
28789 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
28790 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28791
28792 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28793
28794 ;;;***
28795 \f
28796 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
28797 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (18190 35213))
28798 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28799
28800 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
28801 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28802
28803 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28804
28805 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
28806 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28807
28808 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28809
28810 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
28811 Not documented
28812
28813 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28814
28815 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28816
28817 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28818
28819 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28820
28821 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
28822 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28823
28824 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28825
28826 ;;;***
28827 \f
28828 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
28829 ;;;;;; (18190 35213))
28830 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28831
28832 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
28833 Not documented
28834
28835 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28836
28837 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
28838 Not documented
28839
28840 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28841
28842 ;;;***
28843 \f
28844 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
28845 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
28846 ;;;;;; (18177 877))
28847 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28848
28849 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
28850 Not documented
28851
28852 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28853
28854 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
28855 Not documented
28856
28857 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28858
28859 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
28860 Not documented
28861
28862 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28863
28864 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
28865 Not documented
28866
28867 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28868
28869 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
28870 Not documented
28871
28872 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28873
28874 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
28875 Not documented
28876
28877 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28878
28879 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
28880 Not documented
28881
28882 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28883
28884 ;;;***
28885 \f
28886 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
28887 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (18190 35213))
28888 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28889
28890 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
28891 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28892
28893 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28894
28895 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
28896 Return a vector of the parts of URL.
28897 Format is:
28898 \[TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORT FILE TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULL]
28899
28900 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28901
28902 ;;;***
28903 \f
28904 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
28905 ;;;;;; (18177 877))
28906 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
28907
28908 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
28909 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
28910
28911 \(fn)" t nil)
28912
28913 ;;;***
28914 \f
28915 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
28916 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
28917 ;;;;;; url-basepath url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length
28918 ;;;;;; url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date
28919 ;;;;;; url-lazy-message url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string
28920 ;;;;;; url-parse-args url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el"
28921 ;;;;;; (18190 35213))
28922 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
28923
28924 (defvar url-debug nil "\
28925 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
28926 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
28927
28928 If t, all messages will be logged.
28929 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
28930 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
28931
28932 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
28933
28934 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
28935 Not documented
28936
28937 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28938
28939 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
28940 Not documented
28941
28942 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
28943
28944 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
28945 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
28946 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
28947 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
28948 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
28949 & ==> &amp;
28950 < ==> &lt;
28951 > ==> &gt;
28952 \" ==> &quot;
28953
28954 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28955
28956 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
28957 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
28958 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
28959
28960 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28961
28962 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
28963 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
28964 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
28965
28966 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28967
28968 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
28969 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
28970
28971 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
28972
28973 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
28974 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
28975
28976 \(fn X)" nil nil)
28977
28978 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
28979 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
28980
28981 \(fn X)" nil nil)
28982
28983 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
28984 Not documented
28985
28986 \(fn N)" nil nil)
28987
28988 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
28989 Not documented
28990
28991 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28992
28993 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
28994 Not documented
28995
28996 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
28997
28998 (autoload 'url-basepath "url-util" "\
28999 Return the base pathname of FILE, or the actual filename if X is true.
29000
29001 \(fn FILE &optional X)" nil nil)
29002
29003 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29004 Not documented
29005
29006 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29007
29008 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29009 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
29010 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29011 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29012 forbidden in URL encoding.
29013
29014 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29015
29016 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29017 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
29018 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
29019 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
29020 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
29021 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
29022
29023 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29024
29025 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29026 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29027 If optional variable X is t,
29028 then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
29029
29030 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29031
29032 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29033 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
29034 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29035
29036 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29037
29038 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29039 View the current document's URL.
29040 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29041 the minibuffer.
29042
29043 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29044
29045 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29046
29047 ;;;***
29048 \f
29049 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29050 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (18177 877))
29051 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29052
29053 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29054 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29055 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29056 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29057 to refrain from editing the file
29058 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29059 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29060 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29061 in any way you like.
29062
29063 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29064
29065 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29066 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29067 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29068 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29069 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29070
29071 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29072 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29073
29074 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29075
29076 ;;;***
29077 \f
29078 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-pre-write-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
29079 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (18177 865))
29080 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29081
29082 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29083 Not documented
29084
29085 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29086
29087 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29088 Not documented
29089
29090 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29091
29092 ;;;***
29093 \f
29094 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29095 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el"
29096 ;;;;;; (18177 863))
29097 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
29098
29099 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29100 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29101 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29102 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29103
29104 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29105
29106 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29107 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29108 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29109
29110 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29111
29112 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29113 Uudecode region between START and END.
29114 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29115
29116 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29117
29118 ;;;***
29119 \f
29120 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
29121 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-rollback vc-update
29122 ;;;;;; vc-revert vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
29123 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-revision-other-window
29124 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
29125 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook)
29126 ;;;;;; "vc" "vc.el" (18190 35214))
29127 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
29128
29129 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29130 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29131 See `run-hooks'.")
29132
29133 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29134
29135 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29136 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29137 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29138
29139 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29140
29141 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29142 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29143 See `run-hooks'.")
29144
29145 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29146
29147 (autoload 'with-vc-file "vc" "\
29148 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
29149 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
29150 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
29151 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or you are
29152 using a locking version-control system and the file is locked by
29153 somebody else, signal error.
29154
29155 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
29156
29157 (autoload 'edit-vc-file "vc" "\
29158 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
29159 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
29160 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
29161 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
29162
29163 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
29164
29165 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc" "\
29166 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29167 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
29168 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
29169 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
29170 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29171 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is `async', that
29172 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess; if it is t it means to
29173 ignore all execution errors). FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file;
29174 it may be a list of files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect
29175 a file name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29176 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29177
29178 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29179
29180 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29181 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
29182
29183 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
29184 it will operate on the file in the current line.
29185
29186 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
29187 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
29188 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
29189 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
29190 lock steals will raise an error.
29191
29192 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
29193
29194 For RCS and SCCS files:
29195 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
29196 control.
29197 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
29198 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
29199 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
29200 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
29201 it performs a revert.
29202 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
29203 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
29204 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
29205 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
29206 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
29207 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
29208 the option to steal the lock.
29209
29210 For CVS files:
29211 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
29212 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
29213 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
29214 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
29215 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
29216 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
29217 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
29218 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
29219 merge in the changes into your working copy.
29220
29221 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29222
29223 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29224 Register the current file into a version control system.
29225 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
29226 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29227
29228 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29229 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29230 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29231 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29232 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29233 first backend that could register the file is used.
29234
29235 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
29236
29237 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29238 Display diffs between file versions.
29239 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
29240 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
29241 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
29242 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
29243 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29244 saving the buffer.
29245
29246 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29247
29248 (autoload 'vc-version-other-window "vc" "\
29249 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
29250 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
29251 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29252
29253 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29254
29255 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29256 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29257 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29258 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29259
29260 \(fn)" t nil)
29261
29262 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29263 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
29264 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
29265 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29266 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
29267 from the current branch.
29268
29269 See Info node `Merging'.
29270
29271 \(fn)" t nil)
29272
29273 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29274
29275 (autoload 'vc-directory "vc" "\
29276 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
29277
29278 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
29279
29280 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
29281 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
29282
29283 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
29284
29285 (autoload 'vc-create-snapshot "vc" "\
29286 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
29287 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
29288 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
29289 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
29290 are checked out in that new branch.
29291
29292 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29293
29294 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-snapshot "vc" "\
29295 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
29296 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
29297 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29298 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29299 allowed and simply skipped).
29300
29301 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29302
29303 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29304 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
29305 If FOCUS-REV is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
29306
29307 \(fn &optional FOCUS-REV)" t nil)
29308
29309 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29310 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
29311 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29312 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
29313 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
29314
29315 \(fn)" t nil)
29316
29317 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29318 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
29319 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
29320
29321 \(fn &optional NOREVERT)" t nil)
29322
29323 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29324
29325 (autoload 'vc-update "vc" "\
29326 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
29327 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
29328 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
29329 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
29330 the current branch are merged into the working file.
29331
29332 \(fn)" t nil)
29333
29334 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29335 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29336 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29337 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29338 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29339 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29340 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29341
29342 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29343
29344 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29345 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29346 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29347 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29348 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
29349 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29350 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29351 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29352 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29353
29354 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29355
29356 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29357 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
29358
29359 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29360
29361 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29362 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29363 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29364 directory.
29365
29366 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29367
29368 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29369 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29370 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29371
29372 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29373 log entries should be gathered.
29374
29375 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29376
29377 (autoload 'vc-trunk-p "vc" "\
29378 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
29379
29380 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29381
29382 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29383 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29384
29385 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29386
29387 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc" "\
29388 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
29389
29390 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29391 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29392 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29393 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29394 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29395 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29396
29397 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29398 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
29399 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
29400 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29401 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29402 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29403 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29404 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29405
29406 Customization variables:
29407
29408 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29409 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29410 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
29411 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29412
29413 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF)" t nil)
29414
29415 ;;;***
29416 \f
29417 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (18190 35213))
29418 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
29419 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29420 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29421 (progn
29422 (load "vc-arch")
29423 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29424
29425 ;;;***
29426 \f
29427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc-bzr.el" (18190 35214))
29428 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-bzr.el
29429
29430 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29431 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29432
29433 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format"))
29434 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29435 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29436 (progn
29437 (load "vc-bzr")
29438 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29439
29440 ;;;***
29441 \f
29442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (18190 35214))
29443 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
29444 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29445 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29446 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29447 (load "vc-cvs")
29448 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29449
29450 ;;;***
29451 \f
29452 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc-git.el" (18190 35214))
29453 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-git.el
29454 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29455 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29456 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; short cut
29457 (progn
29458 (load "vc-git")
29459 (vc-git-registered file))))
29460
29461 ;;;***
29462 \f
29463 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc-hg.el" (18190 35214))
29464 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-hg.el
29465 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29466 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29467 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29468 (progn
29469 (load "vc-hg")
29470 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29471
29472 ;;;***
29473 \f
29474 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (18177 877))
29475 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
29476 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
29477 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
29478 (progn
29479 (load "vc-mcvs")
29480 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
29481
29482 ;;;***
29483 \f
29484 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc-mtn.el" (18190 34947))
29485 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mtn.el
29486
29487 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN")
29488
29489 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format"))
29490 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29491 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29492 (progn
29493 (load "vc-mtn")
29494 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29495
29496 ;;;***
29497 \f
29498 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
29499 ;;;;;; (18177 877))
29500 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
29501
29502 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s") "\
29503 *Where to look for RCS master files.
29504 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29505
29506 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29507 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29508
29509 ;;;***
29510 \f
29511 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
29512 ;;;;;; (18177 877))
29513 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
29514
29515 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir) "\
29516 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
29517 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29518
29519 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29520 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29521
29522 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29523 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29524 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29525 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29526
29527 ;;;***
29528 \f
29529 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (18190 35214))
29530 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
29531 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29532 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29533 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29534 "_svn")
29535 (t ".svn"))))
29536 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29537 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
29538 (file-name-directory f)))
29539 (load "vc-svn")
29540 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29541
29542 (add-to-list 'completion-ignored-extensions ".svn/")
29543
29544 ;;;***
29545 \f
29546 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
29547 ;;;;;; (18177 848))
29548 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29549 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.vr[hi]?\\'" . vera-mode))
29550
29551 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29552 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29553
29554 Usage:
29555 ------
29556
29557 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29558 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29559 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29560 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29561
29562 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29563 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29564 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29565 completions.
29566
29567 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29568 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29569
29570 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29571 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29572
29573 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29574 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29575 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29576
29577 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29578
29579
29580 Maintenance:
29581 ------------
29582
29583 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29584 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29585
29586 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29587
29588 Official distribution is at
29589 <http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html>.
29590
29591
29592 The Vera Mode Maintainer
29593 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29594
29595 Key bindings:
29596 -------------
29597
29598 \\{vera-mode-map}
29599
29600 \(fn)" t nil)
29601
29602 ;;;***
29603 \f
29604 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
29605 ;;;;;; (18190 35206))
29606 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
29607
29608 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
29609 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
29610
29611 Usage:
29612 ------
29613
29614 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
29615 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
29616 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
29617 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
29618 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
29619 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
29620 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
29621 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
29622 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
29623
29624 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
29625 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
29626 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
29627 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
29628
29629 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
29630 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
29631 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
29632 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
29633 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
29634
29635 Template styles can be customized in customization group
29636 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
29637
29638
29639 HEADER INSERTION:
29640 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
29641 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
29642 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
29643
29644
29645 STUTTERING:
29646 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
29647 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
29648 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
29649 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
29650
29651 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
29652 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
29653 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
29654 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
29655 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
29656
29657
29658 WORD COMPLETION:
29659 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
29660 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
29661 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
29662 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
29663
29664 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
29665 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
29666 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
29667 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
29668 beginning with \"std\").
29669
29670 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
29671 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
29672 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
29673 stop.
29674
29675
29676 COMMENTS:
29677 `--' puts a single comment.
29678 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
29679 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
29680 with a comment in between.
29681 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
29682 out following lines.
29683 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
29684 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29685
29686 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
29687 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
29688 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
29689 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
29690 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
29691 non-nil.
29692
29693 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
29694 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
29695 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
29696 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
29697 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
29698 multi-line comments.
29699
29700
29701 INDENTATION:
29702 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
29703 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
29704 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
29705 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
29706
29707 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
29708 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
29709 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
29710 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
29711
29712 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
29713 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
29714 and vice versa.
29715
29716 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
29717 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
29718
29719
29720 ALIGNMENT:
29721 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
29722 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
29723 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
29724 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
29725 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
29726 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
29727 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
29728 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
29729
29730 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
29731 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
29732 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
29733 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
29734 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
29735 is non-nil.
29736
29737 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
29738 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
29739 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
29740
29741 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
29742 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
29743
29744
29745 CODE FILLING:
29746 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
29747 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
29748 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
29749 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
29750 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
29751 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
29752
29753
29754 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
29755 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
29756 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
29757 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
29758 command:
29759
29760 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
29761
29762
29763 PORT TRANSLATION:
29764 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
29765 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
29766 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
29767 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
29768 internal signal initializations (menu).
29769
29770 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
29771 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
29772 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
29773
29774 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
29775 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
29776 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
29777 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
29778 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
29779 in subsequent paste operations.)
29780
29781 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
29782 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
29783 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
29784
29785
29786 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
29787 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
29788 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
29789 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
29790 association list with formals).
29791
29792
29793 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
29794 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
29795 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
29796 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
29797 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
29798 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
29799 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
29800 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
29801 `vhdl-testbench'.
29802
29803
29804 KEY BINDINGS:
29805 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
29806
29807
29808 VHDL MENU:
29809 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
29810
29811
29812 FILE BROWSER:
29813 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
29814 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
29815 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
29816
29817 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
29818 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
29819
29820
29821 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
29822 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
29823 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
29824 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
29825
29826 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
29827 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
29828 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
29829
29830 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
29831 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
29832 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
29833 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
29834
29835 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
29836 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
29837 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
29838 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
29839 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
29840
29841 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
29842 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
29843 required by secondary units.
29844
29845
29846 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
29847 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
29848 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
29849 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
29850 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
29851 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
29852 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
29853 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
29854 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
29855 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
29856 inputs to this component -> input port created
29857 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
29858 outputs from this component -> output port created
29859 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
29860 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
29861
29862 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
29863 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
29864 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
29865 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
29866 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
29867
29868 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
29869 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
29870
29871 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
29872 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
29873 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
29874 component instantiation is also supported (option
29875 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
29876
29877 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
29878 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
29879 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
29880 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
29881 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
29882 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
29883 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
29884 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
29885 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
29886 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
29887 | generating the configuration.
29888 |
29889 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
29890 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
29891 | configurations in speedbar.
29892
29893 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
29894
29895
29896 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
29897 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
29898 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
29899 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
29900 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
29901 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
29902 information. New compilers can be added.
29903
29904 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
29905 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
29906
29907
29908 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
29909 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
29910 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
29911 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
29912 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29913
29914 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
29915 command:
29916
29917 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
29918 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
29919 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
29920
29921 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
29922 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
29923 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
29924 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
29925 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
29926 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
29927 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
29928
29929 Limitations:
29930 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
29931 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
29932 not (yet) supported.
29933 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
29934 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
29935 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
29936
29937
29938 PROJECTS:
29939 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
29940 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
29941 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
29942 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
29943 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
29944 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
29945 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
29946 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29947
29948 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
29949 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
29950 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
29951 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
29952 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
29953 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
29954 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
29955 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
29956 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
29957 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
29958 `vhdl-project-alist'.
29959
29960
29961 SPECIAL MENUES:
29962 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
29963 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
29964 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
29965 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
29966 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
29967 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
29968 current directory for VHDL source files.
29969
29970
29971 VHDL STANDARDS:
29972 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
29973 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
29974
29975
29976 KEYWORD CASE:
29977 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
29978 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
29979 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
29980 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
29981 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
29982 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
29983 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
29984 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
29985
29986
29987 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
29988 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
29989 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
29990 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
29991 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
29992 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
29993 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
29994
29995 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
29996 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
29997 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
29998 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
29999 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30000 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30001
30002 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30003 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30004 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30005 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30006 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30007 visually.
30008
30009 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30010 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30011 highlighted if written in lower case.
30012
30013 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30014 highlighted using a different background color if option
30015 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30016
30017 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30018 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30019 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30020 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30021 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30022
30023
30024 USER MODELS:
30025 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30026 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30027 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30028
30029
30030 HIDE/SHOW:
30031 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30032 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30033 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30034 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30035 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30036
30037
30038 CODE UPDATING:
30039 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30040 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30041 Limitations:
30042 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30043 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30044 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30045 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30046 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30047 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30048 (used to obtain the port names).
30049
30050
30051 CODE FIXING:
30052 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30053 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30054
30055
30056 PRINTING:
30057 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30058 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30059 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30060 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30061 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30062 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30063 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30064 printers.
30065
30066
30067 OPTIONS:
30068 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30069 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30070 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30071 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30072 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30073
30074 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30075 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30076 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30077 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30078 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30079 INSTALL file).
30080
30081 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30082 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30083
30084
30085 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30086 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30087 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30088 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30089
30090 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
30091
30092
30093 HINTS:
30094 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30095 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30096
30097 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30098
30099 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30100
30101 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30102
30103
30104 RELEASE NOTES:
30105 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30106
30107
30108 Maintenance:
30109 ------------
30110
30111 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30112 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30113
30114 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30115
30116 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30117 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30118 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30119 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30120
30121 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30122 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30123 where the latest version can be found.
30124
30125
30126 Known problems:
30127 ---------------
30128
30129 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
30130 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30131 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30132
30133
30134 The VHDL Mode Authors
30135 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30136
30137 Key bindings:
30138 -------------
30139
30140 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30141
30142 \(fn)" t nil)
30143
30144 ;;;***
30145 \f
30146 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (18177 858))
30147 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30148
30149 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
30150 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30151 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30152 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30153
30154 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30155 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30156 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30157 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30158 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30159
30160 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30161 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30162
30163 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30164
30165 * Limitations and unsupported features
30166 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30167 not supported.
30168 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30169 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30170
30171 * Modifications
30172 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30173 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30174 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30175 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30176 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30177 for undoing a repeated change command.
30178 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30179 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30180 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30181
30182 * Extensions
30183 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30184 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30185 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30186 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30187 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30188 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30189 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30190 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30191
30192 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30193
30194 \(fn)" t nil)
30195
30196 ;;;***
30197 \f
30198 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
30199 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
30200 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
30201 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (18177 866))
30202 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30203
30204 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30205 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30206
30207 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30208
30209 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30210 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30211 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30212 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30213
30214 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30215
30216 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30217 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30218
30219 \(fn)" t nil)
30220
30221 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30222 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30223 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30224 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30225
30226 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30227
30228 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30229 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30230
30231 \(fn)" t nil)
30232
30233 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30234 Not documented
30235
30236 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30237
30238 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30239 Not documented
30240
30241 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30242
30243 ;;;***
30244 \f
30245 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
30246 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
30247 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (18190
30248 ;;;;;; 35214))
30249 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30250
30251 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30252 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30253 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30254 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30255
30256 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30257
30258 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30259 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30260 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30261 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30262 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30263 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30264 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30265
30266 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30267
30268 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30269
30270 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30271 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30272 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
30273 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30274 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30275 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30276 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30277 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30278
30279 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30280
30281 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30282
30283 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30284 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30285 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
30286 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30287 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30288 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30289 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30290 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30291
30292 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30293
30294 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30295
30296 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30297 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30298 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30299 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30300 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30301 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30302 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30303
30304 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30305
30306 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30307 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30308 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30309
30310 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30311
30312 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30313 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30314 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
30315 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30316 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30317 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30318 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30319 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30320
30321 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30322
30323 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30324 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30325 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30326
30327 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30328
30329 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30330 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30331 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
30332 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30333 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30334 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30335 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30336 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30337
30338 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30339
30340 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30341 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30342 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30343
30344 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30345
30346 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30347 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30348 With prefix argument ARG, turn View mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
30349 turn it off.
30350
30351 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
30352 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
30353 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
30354 read-only.
30355 \\<view-mode-map>
30356 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
30357 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
30358 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
30359 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
30360 commands default to a repeat count of one.
30361
30362 H, h, ? This message.
30363 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30364 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30365 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30366 > move to the end of buffer.
30367 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30368 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30369 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30370 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30371 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30372 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30373 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30374 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30375 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30376 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30377 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30378 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30379 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30380 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30381 Use this to view a changing file.
30382 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30383 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30384 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30385 . set the mark.
30386 x exchanges point and mark.
30387 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30388 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30389 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30390 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30391 ' go to position saved in character register.
30392 s do forward incremental search.
30393 r do reverse incremental search.
30394 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30395 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30396 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30397 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30398 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30399 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30400 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30401 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30402 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30403 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30404 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30405 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30406 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30407 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30408 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30409 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30410 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30411
30412 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30413 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30414 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30415 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30416 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30417 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30418 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30419 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30420 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30421
30422 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30423
30424 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30425
30426 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
30427 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30428 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
30429 `view-return-to-alist'.
30430 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
30431 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
30432 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
30433
30434 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
30435 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
30436 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
30437 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
30438 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
30439 1) nil Do nothing.
30440 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
30441 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
30442 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
30443 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
30444
30445 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30446
30447 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30448
30449 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30450
30451 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
30452 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30453
30454 \(fn)" t nil)
30455
30456 ;;;***
30457 \f
30458 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (18177
30459 ;;;;;; 858))
30460 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30461
30462 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
30463 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30464
30465 \(fn)" nil nil)
30466
30467 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
30468 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30469
30470 \(fn)" t nil)
30471
30472 ;;;***
30473 \f
30474 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
30475 ;;;;;; (18190 35188))
30476 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30477
30478 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
30479 Toggle Viper on/off.
30480 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30481
30482 \(fn)" t nil)
30483
30484 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
30485 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30486
30487 \(fn)" t nil)
30488
30489 ;;;***
30490 \f
30491 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
30492 ;;;;;; (18177 858))
30493 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30494
30495 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30496 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30497 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30498 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30499 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30500 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30501 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30502 the beginning of the warning.")
30503
30504 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30505 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30506 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30507 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30508 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30509 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30510 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30511 also call that function before the next warning.")
30512
30513 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30514 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30515
30516 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
30517 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30518 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30519 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30520
30521 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
30522 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30523 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30524 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30525 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30526 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30527
30528 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30529 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30530 Default is :warning.
30531
30532 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30533 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30534 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30535 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30536 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30537 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30538
30539 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
30540 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
30541 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
30542
30543 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30544
30545 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30546 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30547
30548 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30549
30550 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
30551 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30552 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30553 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30554
30555 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30556 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30557 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30558 can be whatever you like.)
30559
30560 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30561 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30562
30563 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30564 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30565 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30566 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30567 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30568
30569 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30570
30571 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
30572 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30573 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30574 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30575 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30576
30577 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30578
30579 ;;;***
30580 \f
30581 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
30582 ;;;;;; (18177 878))
30583 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30584
30585 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
30586 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
30587 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30588 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
30589 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
30590 in disk.
30591
30592 See `wdired-mode'.
30593
30594 \(fn)" t nil)
30595
30596 ;;;***
30597 \f
30598 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (18177 869))
30599 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30600
30601 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
30602 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
30603
30604 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
30605 hotlist.
30606
30607 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
30608 <nwv@acm.org>.
30609
30610 \(fn)" t nil)
30611
30612 ;;;***
30613 \f
30614 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
30615 ;;;;;; (18190 35206))
30616 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
30617 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
30618 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
30619
30620 (defalias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode)
30621
30622 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
30623 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
30624 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30625 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30626 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30627 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
30628
30629 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
30630
30631 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
30632 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
30633 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
30634 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
30635
30636 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on if arg is positive,
30637 and off otherwise.
30638
30639 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30640
30641 ;;;***
30642 \f
30643 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
30644 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
30645 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
30646 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
30647 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
30648 ;;;;;; (18190 35214))
30649 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
30650
30651 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-leading-check "whitespace" "\
30652 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
30653
30654 \(fn)" t nil)
30655
30656 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-trailing-check "whitespace" "\
30657 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
30658
30659 \(fn)" t nil)
30660
30661 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-indent-check "whitespace" "\
30662 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
30663
30664 \(fn)" t nil)
30665
30666 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check "whitespace" "\
30667 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
30668
30669 \(fn)" t nil)
30670
30671 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-ateol-check "whitespace" "\
30672 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
30673
30674 \(fn)" t nil)
30675
30676 (autoload 'whitespace-buffer "whitespace" "\
30677 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
30678 These are:
30679 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
30680 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
30681 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
30682 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
30683 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
30684
30685 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
30686 and:
30687 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
30688 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
30689
30690 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
30691
30692 (autoload 'whitespace-region "whitespace" "\
30693 Check the region for whitespace errors.
30694
30695 \(fn S E)" t nil)
30696
30697 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
30698 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
30699 It normally applies to the whole buffer, but in Transient Mark mode
30700 when the mark is active it applies to the region.
30701 See `whitespace-buffer' docstring for a summary of the problems.
30702
30703 \(fn)" t nil)
30704
30705 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
30706 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
30707
30708 \(fn S E)" t nil)
30709
30710 (defalias 'global-whitespace-mode 'whitespace-global-mode)
30711
30712 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
30713 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
30714 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30715 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30716 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30717 or call the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
30718
30719 (custom-autoload 'whitespace-global-mode "whitespace" nil)
30720
30721 (autoload 'whitespace-global-mode "whitespace" "\
30722 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
30723 With ARG, turn the mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
30724
30725 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
30726 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
30727
30728 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30729
30730 (autoload 'whitespace-write-file-hook "whitespace" "\
30731 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
30732 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
30733
30734 \(fn)" t nil)
30735
30736 ;;;***
30737 \f
30738 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
30739 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (18190 35214))
30740 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
30741
30742 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
30743 Browse the widget under point.
30744
30745 \(fn POS)" t nil)
30746
30747 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
30748 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
30749
30750 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
30751
30752 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
30753 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
30754
30755 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
30756
30757 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
30758 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
30759 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30760
30761 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30762
30763 ;;;***
30764 \f
30765 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
30766 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (18190
30767 ;;;;;; 35214))
30768 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
30769
30770 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
30771 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
30772
30773 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30774
30775 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
30776 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
30777 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
30778
30779 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
30780
30781 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
30782 Create widget of TYPE.
30783 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
30784
30785 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30786
30787 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
30788 Delete WIDGET.
30789
30790 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30791
30792 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
30793 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
30794
30795 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30796
30797 (defalias 'advertised-widget-backward 'widget-backward)
30798
30799 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'advertised-widget-backward) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map " " 'widget-button-press) map) "\
30800 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
30801 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
30802
30803 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
30804 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
30805
30806 \(fn)" nil nil)
30807
30808 ;;;***
30809 \f
30810 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
30811 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (18177
30812 ;;;;;; 878))
30813 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
30814
30815 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
30816 Select the window to the left of the current one.
30817 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30818 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30819 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
30820 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30821 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30822
30823 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30824
30825 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
30826 Select the window above the current one.
30827 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
30828 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
30829 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
30830 negative ARG) of the current window.
30831 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30832
30833 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30834
30835 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
30836 Select the window to the right of the current one.
30837 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30838 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
30839 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
30840 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
30841 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30842
30843 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30844
30845 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
30846 Select the window below the current one.
30847 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30848 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30849 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
30850 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30851 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30852
30853 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30854
30855 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
30856 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
30857 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
30858 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
30859
30860 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
30861
30862 ;;;***
30863 \f
30864 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
30865 ;;;;;; (18177 878))
30866 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
30867
30868 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
30869 Toggle Winner mode.
30870 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30871 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
30872
30873 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
30874
30875 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
30876 Toggle Winner mode.
30877 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30878
30879 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30880
30881 ;;;***
30882 \f
30883 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
30884 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (18190 35215))
30885 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
30886
30887 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
30888 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
30889 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
30890 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
30891 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
30892 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
30893 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
30894 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
30895
30896 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
30897 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
30898
30899 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
30900
30901 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
30902 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
30903
30904 \(fn)" t nil)
30905
30906 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
30907 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
30908 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
30909 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
30910 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
30911 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
30912 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
30913 `woman' command for further details.
30914
30915 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
30916
30917 ;;;***
30918 \f
30919 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
30920 ;;;;;; (18177 858))
30921 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
30922
30923 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
30924 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
30925
30926 BUGS:
30927 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
30928 are not implemented
30929 - Options for search and replace
30930 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
30931 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
30932
30933 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
30934 Emacs-like.
30935
30936 The key bindings are:
30937
30938 C-a backward-word
30939 C-b fill-paragraph
30940 C-c scroll-up-line
30941 C-d forward-char
30942 C-e previous-line
30943 C-f forward-word
30944 C-g delete-char
30945 C-h backward-char
30946 C-i indent-for-tab-command
30947 C-j help-for-help
30948 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
30949 C-l ws-repeat-search
30950 C-n open-line
30951 C-p quoted-insert
30952 C-r scroll-down-line
30953 C-s backward-char
30954 C-t kill-word
30955 C-u keyboard-quit
30956 C-v overwrite-mode
30957 C-w scroll-down
30958 C-x next-line
30959 C-y kill-complete-line
30960 C-z scroll-up
30961
30962 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
30963 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
30964 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
30965 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
30966 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
30967 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
30968 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
30969 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
30970 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
30971 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
30972 C-k b ws-begin-block
30973 C-k c ws-copy-block
30974 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
30975 C-k f find-file
30976 C-k h ws-show-markers
30977 C-k i ws-indent-block
30978 C-k k ws-end-block
30979 C-k p ws-print-block
30980 C-k q kill-emacs
30981 C-k r insert-file
30982 C-k s save-some-buffers
30983 C-k t ws-mark-word
30984 C-k u ws-exdent-block
30985 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
30986 C-k v ws-move-block
30987 C-k w ws-write-block
30988 C-k x kill-emacs
30989 C-k y ws-delete-block
30990
30991 C-o c wordstar-center-line
30992 C-o b switch-to-buffer
30993 C-o j justify-current-line
30994 C-o k kill-buffer
30995 C-o l list-buffers
30996 C-o m auto-fill-mode
30997 C-o r set-fill-column
30998 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
30999 C-o wd delete-other-windows
31000 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
31001 C-o wo other-window
31002 C-o wv split-window-vertically
31003
31004 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
31005 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
31006 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
31007 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
31008 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
31009 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
31010 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
31011 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
31012 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
31013 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
31014 C-q a ws-query-replace
31015 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
31016 C-q c end-of-buffer
31017 C-q d end-of-line
31018 C-q f ws-search
31019 C-q k ws-to-block-end
31020 C-q l ws-undo
31021 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
31022 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
31023 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
31024 C-q w ws-last-error
31025 C-q y ws-kill-eol
31026 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
31027
31028 \(fn)" t nil)
31029
31030 ;;;***
31031 \f
31032 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
31033 ;;;;;; (18177 878))
31034 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31035
31036 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31037 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31038 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
31039 Returns the top node with all its children.
31040 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31041 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31042
31043 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31044
31045 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31046 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31047 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31048 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
31049 is not well-formed XML.
31050 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
31051 and returned as the first element of the list.
31052 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31053
31054 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31055
31056 ;;;***
31057 \f
31058 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (18190
31059 ;;;;;; 35215))
31060 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31061
31062 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31063 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31064 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31065 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31066 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31067 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31068
31069 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31070
31071 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31072 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31073 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn
31074 it off.
31075
31076 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31077 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31078 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31079 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31080 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31081 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31082
31083 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31084
31085 ;;;***
31086 \f
31087 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
31088 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (18177 863))
31089 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31090
31091 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31092 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31093
31094 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31095
31096 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31097 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31098
31099 \(fn)" nil nil)
31100
31101 ;;;***
31102 \f
31103 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
31104 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (18177 871))
31105 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
31106
31107 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
31108 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
31109
31110 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
31111
31112 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
31113 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
31114
31115 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
31116
31117 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
31118 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
31119 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
31120
31121 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
31122
31123 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
31124 Zippy goes to the analyst.
31125
31126 \(fn)" t nil)
31127
31128 ;;;***
31129 \f
31130 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (18190 35204))
31131 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31132
31133 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31134 Zone out, completely.
31135
31136 \(fn)" t nil)
31137
31138 ;;;***
31139 \f
31140 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("bindings.el" "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el"
31141 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el"
31142 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el"
31143 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
31144 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el"
31145 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el"
31146 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
31147 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
31148 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
31149 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
31150 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
31151 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el"
31152 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
31153 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
31154 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-china.el"
31155 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el"
31156 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el"
31157 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
31158 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
31159 ;;;;;; "case-table.el" "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el"
31160 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el"
31161 ;;;;;; "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el"
31162 ;;;;;; "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
31163 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
31164 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
31165 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
31166 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el"
31167 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/levents.el"
31168 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp.el"
31169 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lselect.el" "emacs-lisp/lucid.el"
31170 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el"
31171 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
31172 ;;;;;; "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el"
31173 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el"
31174 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
31175 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
31176 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
31177 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
31178 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
31179 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
31180 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el"
31181 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
31182 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el"
31183 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el"
31184 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el"
31185 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
31186 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
31187 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "foldout.el"
31188 ;;;;;; "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el"
31189 ;;;;;; "frame.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el"
31190 ;;;;;; "gnus/dig.el" "gnus/dns.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
31191 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
31192 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
31193 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
31194 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
31195 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
31196 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
31197 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/hex-util.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
31198 ;;;;;; "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
31199 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
31200 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
31201 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el"
31202 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el"
31203 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
31204 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
31205 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
31206 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el"
31207 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
31208 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el"
31209 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
31210 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el"
31211 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el"
31212 ;;;;;; "help.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/charprop.el"
31213 ;;;;;; "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/fontset.el"
31214 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
31215 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/mule-cmds.el"
31216 ;;;;;; "international/mule-conf.el" "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el"
31217 ;;;;;; "international/uni-bidi.el" "international/uni-category.el"
31218 ;;;;;; "international/uni-combining.el" "international/uni-comment.el"
31219 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decimal.el" "international/uni-decomposition.el"
31220 ;;;;;; "international/uni-digit.el" "international/uni-lowercase.el"
31221 ;;;;;; "international/uni-mirrored.el" "international/uni-name.el"
31222 ;;;;;; "international/uni-numeric.el" "international/uni-old-name.el"
31223 ;;;;;; "international/uni-titlecase.el" "international/uni-uppercase.el"
31224 ;;;;;; "isearch.el" "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "kermit.el"
31225 ;;;;;; "language/chinese.el" "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el"
31226 ;;;;;; "language/devanagari.el" "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el"
31227 ;;;;;; "language/european.el" "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el"
31228 ;;;;;; "language/hebrew.el" "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el"
31229 ;;;;;; "language/kannada.el" "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el"
31230 ;;;;;; "language/malayalam.el" "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el"
31231 ;;;;;; "language/slovak.el" "language/tai-viet.el" "language/tamil.el"
31232 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el" "language/tibetan.el"
31233 ;;;;;; "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el" "ldefs-boot.el"
31234 ;;;;;; "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mailpost.el"
31235 ;;;;;; "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
31236 ;;;;;; "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
31237 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
31238 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
31239 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
31240 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el"
31241 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el"
31242 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el"
31243 ;;;;;; "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
31244 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el"
31245 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/socks.el"
31246 ;;;;;; "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-cache.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-fish.el"
31247 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el"
31248 ;;;;;; "patcomp.el" "paths.el" "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el"
31249 ;;;;;; "pgg-def.el" "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
31250 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
31251 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
31252 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
31253 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
31254 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
31255 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
31256 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
31257 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
31258 ;;;;;; "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el" "register.el" "replace.el"
31259 ;;;;;; "rfn-eshadow.el" "s-region.el" "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el"
31260 ;;;;;; "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el"
31261 ;;;;;; "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el"
31262 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
31263 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
31264 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
31265 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el" "timezone.el"
31266 ;;;;;; "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el"
31267 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-expand.el"
31268 ;;;;;; "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
31269 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el"
31270 ;;;;;; "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el" "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el"
31271 ;;;;;; "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el"
31272 ;;;;;; "widget.el" "window.el" "x-dnd.el") (18190 59623 725683))
31273
31274 ;;;***
31275 \f
31276 ;; Local Variables:
31277 ;; version-control: never
31278 ;; no-byte-compile: t
31279 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
31280 ;; End:
31281 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here